SiSG282101EB

Service
Manual

RZF-C, RZFC-E, RZFC-D(A) Series

Cooling Only 50 Hz
 SiSG282101EB

Introduction .................................................................................... 1
1. Safety Cautions.......................................................................................2
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers.............................2
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users.................................8
2. Icons Used ............................................................................................10
3. Revision History ....................................................................................11

Part 1 General Information .......................................................... 12

1. Model Names and Power Supply..........................................................13
1.1 Premium Series......................................................................................13
1.2 Standard Series......................................................................................13
2. External Appearance.............................................................................14
3. Functions...............................................................................................16
3.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) with Streamer ...............16
3.2 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow).......................................17
3.3 Compact Multi Flow Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type.............................19
3.4 Ceiling Suspended Type ........................................................................21
3.5 Duct Connection Middle Static Pressure Type.......................................23
3.6 Wall Mounted Type ................................................................................24
4. Specifications ........................................................................................25
4.1 Premium Series......................................................................................25
4.2 Standard Series......................................................................................31

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit ............................................................. 49

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) ...................................................50
1.1 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................50
1.2 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................53
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................59
2.1 Premium Series......................................................................................59
2.2 Standard Series......................................................................................62

Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................. 68

1. Applicable Models .................................................................................69
1.1 Wired Remote Controller........................................................................69
1.2 Wireless Remote Controller ...................................................................70
2. Names and Functions ...........................................................................72
2.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 ...........................................................................72
2.2 BRC1H61 Series ....................................................................................74
2.3 BRC1H62 Series ....................................................................................80
2.4 BRC2E61 ...............................................................................................87
2.5 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ....................................................90
2.6 BRC7M Series........................................................................................93
2.7 ARC466A14 ...........................................................................................96
3. Main/Sub Setting...................................................................................98
3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E63, BRC073A5) ................................98
3.2 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series).......................99
3.3 Wired Remote Controller (BRC2E61) ..................................................101
3.4 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together...........................101

i Table of Contents
SiSG282101EB

4. Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series ...102

4.1 Setting for Signal Receiver PCB ..........................................................102
4.2 Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series .................................103
4.3 Setting for BRC7M Series ....................................................................104
4.4 Multiple Settings A/b.............................................................................105
5. Address Setting for ARC466A14.........................................................106
6. Centralized Control Group No. Setting................................................107
6.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................107
6.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................108
6.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................109
6.4 Group No. Setting Example..................................................................109
7. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu........................................110
7.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................110
7.2 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................114
7.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................116
8. Administrator Menu, Installer Menu ....................................................117
8.1 BRC1H61 Series ..................................................................................117
8.2 BRC1H62 Series ..................................................................................117

Part 4 Functions and Control ..................................................... 118

1. Function Outline ..................................................................................120
1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................120
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................121
2. Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B,
FHFC-D, FBFC-D) ..............................................................................122
2.1 Set Temperature and Control Target Temperature..............................122
2.2 Thermostat Control (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)....122
2.3 Thermostat Control (FFFC-A, FFFC-B)................................................123
2.4 Power-Saving Control ..........................................................................124
2.5 Eco Full Automatic Control...................................................................125
2.6 Automatic Airflow Rate Control ............................................................126
2.7 Airflow Direction Control.......................................................................126
2.8 Auto Direct/Indirect Airflow Control ......................................................127
2.9 Individual Airflow Direction Setting .......................................................128
2.10 Drain Pump Control..............................................................................128
2.11 Dew Condensation Prevention Control ................................................128
2.12 Freeze-Up Prevention Control..............................................................129
2.13 Automatic Restart.................................................................................129
2.14 Monitoring Control ................................................................................130
2.15 Interlocking With External Devices.......................................................130
2.16 Rotation Operation ...............................................................................133
2.17 Eco Mode .............................................................................................133
2.18 Circulation Airflow.................................................................................133
2.19 Streamer Operation..............................................................................134
3. Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)..........................................................135
3.1 Temperature Control ............................................................................135
3.2 Airflow Direction Control.......................................................................135
3.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Unit .......................................................137
3.4 Program Dry Operation ........................................................................138
3.5 Thermostat Control...............................................................................139
3.6 ECONO Operation ..............................................................................139

Table of Contents ii
 SiSG282101EB

3.7 NIGHT SET Mode ................................................................................140

3.8 POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................140
3.9 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................141
3.10 Clock Setting ........................................................................................142
3.11 WEEKLY TIMER Operation .................................................................143
3.12 Other Functions....................................................................................149
4. Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,
RZFC50DAV1G ..................................................................................150
4.1 Mode Hierarchy ....................................................................................150
4.2 Frequency Control................................................................................150
4.3 Controls at Mode Changing/Start-up....................................................152
4.4 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................153
4.5 Input Current Control............................................................................154
4.6 Freeze-Up Protection Control...............................................................155
4.7 Outdoor Fan Control.............................................................................155
4.8 Liquid Compression Protection Function..............................................155
4.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .....................................................156
4.10 Malfunctions .........................................................................................158
4.11 Pump Down Operation .........................................................................159
5. Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G...160
5.1 Operation Flowchart .............................................................................160
5.2 Overview of Outdoor Unit Controls.......................................................161
5.3 Abnormal Stop......................................................................................162
5.4 Restart Standby....................................................................................162
5.5 Preheating Control on Standby ............................................................163
5.6 Startup Control .....................................................................................164
5.7 Room Temperature Thermostat Control ..............................................165
5.8 Starting Frequency Control ..................................................................165
5.9 Compressor Step Control.....................................................................166
5.10 Outdoor Fan Speed Control .................................................................167
5.11 Low Noise Control (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only)........................167
5.12 Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................168
5.13 High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................169
5.14 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................170
5.15 Capacitor Electrical Discharge Control.................................................171
5.16 Inverter Current Protection Control ......................................................171
5.17 Forced Thermostat OFF Due to Freeze-Up Prevention Control in
Cooling .................................................................................................171
5.18 Cooling Control with Low Outdoor Air Temperature.............................171
5.19 Overall Current Protection Control .......................................................172
5.20 Refrigerant Shortage Detection Control ...............................................172
5.21 Piping/Wiring Mismatch Detection Control ...........................................172
5.22 Pump Down Operation .........................................................................173
5.23 Oil Return Control.................................................................................173
5.24 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................173
5.25 Simulated Operation Function..............................................................174
5.26 Test Operation Control .........................................................................174

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation .................................. 175

1. Field Settings with Remote Controller.................................................176
1.1 BRC1E63 .............................................................................................176

iii Table of Contents

SiSG282101EB

1.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................178

1.3 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................181
1.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................183
1.5 BRC7M Series......................................................................................184
1.6 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit .....................................................185
1.7 Applicable Field Settings ......................................................................187
1.8 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit................................................194
1.9 Field Settings for Outdoor Unit .............................................................210
2. Field Settings from Indoor Unit PCB (FAFC-A)...................................211
3. Field Settings from Demand Adaptor (RZF100/125CV1G,
RZFC125/140DV1G)...........................................................................212
3.1 i-Demand Function ...............................................................................212
4. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G,
RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) ....................................................213
4.1 Setting by BS Buttons ..........................................................................213
4.2 Normal Mode........................................................................................215
4.3 Monitor Mode (Mode 1) ........................................................................216
4.4 Setting Mode (Mode 2).........................................................................218
5. Emergency Operation .........................................................................220
5.1 Forced Operation .................................................................................220
5.2 Emergency Operation when the Wireless Remote Controller is Lost...222
6. Pump Down Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only).....................................223
7. Forced Cooling Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only) ................................224
8. Test Operation ....................................................................................225
8.1 Checks before Test Operation .............................................................225
8.2 Test Operation......................................................................................225
9. Silicone Grease on Power Transistor/Diode Bridge (RZFC-EV1G,
RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G).................................................227

Part 6 Service Diagnosis ............................................................ 228

1. Maintenance Inspection ......................................................................231
1.1 Overview ..............................................................................................231
1.2 Refrigerant Characteristics (R-32)........................................................234
1.3 Refrigerant Recovery Method (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G,
RZFC-DY1G only) ................................................................................235
2. Symptom-Based Troubleshooting.......................................................237
2.1 Overview ..............................................................................................237
2.2 Safety Devices .....................................................................................239
2.3 Equipment does not operate. ...............................................................240
2.4 Indoor fan operates, but compressor does not operate. ......................242
2.5 Cooling operation starts but stops immediately....................................243
2.6 After unit shuts down, it cannot be restarted for a while.......................244
2.7 Equipment operates but does not provide cooling. ..............................246
2.8 Equipment discharges white mist.........................................................248
2.9 Equipment produces loud noise or vibration. .......................................249
2.10 Equipment discharges dust. .................................................................251
2.11 Defrost lamp on the receiver for wireless remote controller is
blinking. ................................................................................................252
2.12 The flaps do not operate as instructed. ................................................253

Table of Contents iv
 SiSG282101EB

3. Troubleshooting with LED Indications.................................................254

3.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................254
3.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................254
4. Error Code via Remote Controller.......................................................260
4.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................260
4.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................261
4.3 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................261
4.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................262
4.5 BRC7M Series......................................................................................264
4.6 ARC466A14 .........................................................................................265
5. Error Code via Outdoor Unit PCB .......................................................268
6. Error Codes and Descriptions .............................................................269
6.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................269
6.2 Outdoor Unit (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G).....272
6.3 Outdoor Unit (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)..................273
7. Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) .............................................................276
7.1 Error of External Protection Device ......................................................276
7.2 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................277
7.3 Drain Water Level System Abnormality................................................279
7.4 Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................281
7.5 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality..............................................................282
7.6 Fan PCB Abnormality...........................................................................289
7.7 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality ......................................................290
7.8 Humidifier System Abnormality ............................................................291
7.9 Auto Grille Unit Error ............................................................................293
7.10 Defective Capacity Setting ...................................................................294
7.11 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit Control PCB and Fan
PCB).....................................................................................................296
7.12 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit PCB and Auto Grille
Control PCB) ........................................................................................298
7.13 Thermistor Abnormality ........................................................................299
7.14 Combination Error between Indoor Unit Control PCB and Fan PCB ...300
7.15 Capacity Setting Abnormality ...............................................................301
7.16 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................302
7.17 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ..................................................303
7.18 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error ..................................................304
7.19 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality ..........................................309
7.20 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote Controller.........310
7.21 Transmission Error between Main Remote Controller and Sub
Remote Controller ................................................................................311
7.22 Field Setting Switch Abnormality..........................................................312
7.23 Centralized Address Setting Error........................................................314
7.24 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ...315
8. Check (Indoor Unit) .............................................................................317
8.1 Thermistor Check .................................................................................317
8.2 Fan Motor Connector Check ................................................................319
9. Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,
RZFC50DAV1G) .................................................................................321
9.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality.............................................................321
9.2 OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................323
9.3 Compressor Lock .................................................................................325
9.4 DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................326

v Table of Contents
SiSG282101EB

9.5 Input Overcurrent Detection .................................................................327

9.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................328
9.7 High Pressure Control in Cooling .........................................................330
9.8 System Shutdown due to Temperature Abnormality in Compressor ...332
9.9 Compressor System Sensor Abnormality ............................................333
9.10 Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................334
9.11 DC Voltage/Current Sensor Abnormality..............................................336
9.12 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................337
9.13 Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................338
9.14 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................339
9.15 Output Overcurrent Detection ..............................................................341
9.16 Low-voltage Detection or Over-voltage Detection................................343
9.17 Signal Transmission Error (Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)....345
9.18 Unspecified Voltage (Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit) .............347
10.Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) ..............348
10.1 Thermistor Resistance Check ..............................................................348
10.2 Power Supply Waveform Check...........................................................349
10.3 Electronic Expansion Valve Check.......................................................349
10.4 Inverter Unit Refrigerant System Check...............................................350
10.5 Inverter Analyzer Check .......................................................................350
10.6 Outdoor Fan Motor Check....................................................................351
10.7 Installation Condition Check.................................................................352
10.8 Discharge Pressure Check...................................................................352
10.9 Outdoor Fan System Check .................................................................353
10.10Main Circuit Short Check .....................................................................353
10.11Power Module Check...........................................................................355
11.Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) ...........357
11.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality.............................................................357
11.2 High Pressure Abnormality...................................................................358
11.3 Low Pressure Abnormality ...................................................................360
11.4 Compressor Motor Lock .......................................................................361
11.5 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality ...........................................................362
11.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Abnormality..............................................367
11.7 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ...........................................370
11.8 High Pressure Switch System Abnormality ..........................................372
11.9 Compressor Self-Operating Thermal Protector....................................373
11.10Thermistor System Abnormality...........................................................374
11.11Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality ............................................................375
11.12Radiation Fin Temperature Rise..........................................................378
11.13DC Output Overcurrent........................................................................379
11.14Compressor Overcurrent .....................................................................381
11.15Compressor Startup Abnormality.........................................................383
11.16Transmission Error between Microcomputers on Outdoor Unit Main
PCB ......................................................................................................385
11.17PAM Circuit Error.................................................................................386
11.18Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance...............................387
11.19Power Module Thermistor Abnormality................................................388
11.20Capacity Setting Abnormality...............................................................389
11.21Refrigerant Shortage (Warning/Alarm) ................................................390
11.22Refrigerant Shortage (Error) ................................................................391
11.23Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .....................................................393

Table of Contents vi
 SiSG282101EB

11.24Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit, Outdoor

Fan Motor Abnormality .........................................................................396
11.25Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit.................401
12.Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)...........................402
12.1 Thermistor Check .................................................................................402
12.2 High Pressure Check ...........................................................................404
12.3 Low Pressure Check ............................................................................404
12.4 Power Transistor Check .......................................................................405
12.5 Fan Motor Connector Check ................................................................407
12.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Check.......................................................409
12.7 Wet Operation Check ...........................................................................410
12.8 Clogged Points Check..........................................................................411
12.9 Refrigerant Shortage Check.................................................................412
12.10Refrigerant Overcharge Check ............................................................413

Part 7 Appendix .......................................................................... 414

1. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................415
1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................415
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................425

vii Table of Contents

SiSG282101EB

Introduction

1. Safety Cautions.......................................................................................2
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers.............................2
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users.................................8
2. Icons Used ............................................................................................10
3. Revision History ....................................................................................11

Introduction 1
Safety Cautions SiSG282101EB

1. Safety Cautions
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer.
This manual is for the This appliance is
person in charge of filled with R-32.
maintenance and
inspection.

Caution Items The caution items are classified into Warning and Caution. The Warning items are
especially important since death or serious injury can result if they are not followed closely. The
Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not
followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below.

Pictograms This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.

1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Warning
Do not store equipment in a room with fire sources (e.g., naked
flames, gas appliances, electric heaters).

Be sure to disconnect the power cable from the socket before

disassembling equipment for repair.
Working on equipment that is connected to the power supply may cause
an electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspect the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If refrigerant gas is discharged during repair work, do not touch the
discharged refrigerant gas.
Refrigerant gas may cause frostbite.

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the

compressor at the welded section, evacuate the refrigerant gas
completely at a well-ventilated place first.
If there is gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it
may cause injury.
If refrigerant gas leaks during repair work, ventilate the area.
Refrigerant gas may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.

Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting

repair work.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
A charged capacitor may cause an electrical shock.

2 Introduction
SiSG282101EB Safety Cautions

Warning
Do not turn the air conditioner on or off by plugging in or
unplugging the power cable.
Plugging in or unplugging the power cable to operate the equipment may
cause an electrical shock or fire.

Be sure to wear a safety helmet, gloves, and a safety belt when

working in a high place (more than 2 m).
Insufficient safety measures may cause a fall.

In case of R-32 / R-410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes,

flare nuts and tools intended for the exclusive use with the R-32 /
R-410A refrigerant.
The use of materials for R-22 refrigerant models may cause a serious
accident, such as a damage of refrigerant cycle or equipment failure.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-32 /
R-410A / R-22) in the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerant system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.

Caution
Do not repair electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands may cause an electrical shock.

Do not clean the air conditioner with water.

Washing the unit with water may cause an electrical shock.

Be sure to provide an earth / grounding when repairing the

equipment in a humid or wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.

Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable
when cleaning the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and may cause injury.

Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.

The use of inappropriate tools may cause injury.

Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled

down enough before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot may cause
burns.

Conduct welding work in a well-ventilated place.

Using the welder in an enclosed room may cause oxygen deficiency.

Introduction 3
Safety Cautions SiSG282101EB

 Checking the area

Before beginning work, conduct safety checks to minimise the risk of ignition. When
repairing the refrigerating system, take the following precautions before work.

 Work procedure
Work shall be conducted under a controlled procedure so as to minimise the risk of working
in the presence of R-32 or vapour.

 General working area

All maintenance staff and others working in the local area shall be instructed on the nature of
work being carried out.
Work in confined spaces shall be avoided.
The area around the workspace shall be sectioned off. Ensure that the conditions within the
area have been made safe by control of flammable materials.

 Checking for presence of refrigerant

The working area shall be checked with an appropriate refrigerant detector before and
during work, to ensure the technician is aware of potentially flammable atmospheres.
Ensure that the leak detection equipment being used is suitable for use with R-32, i.e.
non-sparking, adequately sealed or intrinsically safe.

 Fire extinguishing equipment

If any hot work is to be conducted on the refrigeration equipment or any associated parts,
appropriate fire extinguishing equipment shall be made available at hand. Prepare a dry
powder or CO2 fire extinguisher adjacent to the working area.

 No ignition sources
During work on a refrigeration system which involves exposing any piping work that contains
or has contained R-32, any sources of ignition shall not be used in a manner that may lead
to the risk of fire or explosion. All possible ignition sources, including cigarette smoking,
should be kept at a safe distance from the site of installation, repairing, or removing space.
Before starting work, the area around the equipment shall be examined to make sure that
there are no flammable hazard or ignition risks. No Smoking signs shall be displayed.

 Ventilated area
Ensure that the working area is open or that it is adequately ventilated before work.
Adequate ventilation shall be maintained during the entire period of work.
The ventilation should disperse any released refrigerant and preferably discharge it into the
external atmosphere.

 Checking the refrigeration equipment

Where electrical components are to be changed, the new components shall be fit for the
purpose and have the correct specifications.
The manufacturer's maintenance and service guidelines shall be followed at all times.
If there are any unclear points, consult the manufacturer's technical department for
assistance.
The following checks shall be applied to any installation work involving R-32:
 The amount of charge is in accordance with the size of the room where the refrigerant
containing parts are installed;
 The ventilation machinery and outlets are operating adequately and are not obstructed;
 If an indirect refrigerating circuit is being used, the secondary circuit shall be checked for
the presence of refrigerant;
 Marking on the equipment is visible and legible. Markings and signs that are illegible
shall be corrected;
 Refrigeration pipes or components are installed in a position where they are unlikely to
be exposed to any substance which may corrode refrigerant containing components, or
the refrigerant containing components are constructed of materials which are inherently
resistant to corrosion or are suitably protected against corrosion.

4 Introduction
SiSG282101EB Safety Cautions

 Checking electrical devices

Repair and maintenance to electrical components shall include initial safety checks and
component inspection procedures. In case there is any fault that could endanger safety, no
electrical supply shall be connected to the circuit until the fault is satisfactorily dealt with.
Initial safety checks shall include:
 that capacitors are discharged: this shall be done in a safe manner to avoid possibility of
sparking;
 that no live electrical components and wiring are exposed while charging, recovering or
purging the system;
 that the equipment is earthed at all times.

 Repairs to sealed components

During repairs to sealed components, all electrical supplies shall be disconnected from the
equipment being worked upon before the removal of any sealed covers, etc. If it is absolutely
necessary to have power supplied to equipment during servicing, continuously operating
leak detection shall be installed at the most dangerous point of the system in order to warn of
a potentially hazardous situation.
Particular attention shall be paid to the following: ensure that working on electrical
components does not alter the casing in such a way that affects the level of protection
including damage to cables, excessive number of connections, terminals different from the
original specification, damage to seals, incorrect fitting of glands, etc.
Ensure that the equipment is mounted securely.
Ensure that seals or sealing materials have not degraded such that they no longer serve the
purpose of preventing the ingression of flammable atmospheres. Replacement parts shall be
in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
The use of silicon sealant may inhibit the effectiveness of some types of leak detection
equipment. Intrinsically safe components do not have to be isolated before working on them.

 Repair to intrinsically safe components

Do not apply any permanent inductive or capacitance load to the circuit without ensuring that
this will not exceed the permissible voltage and current for the equipment in use.
Only intrinsically safe components can be worked on in the presence of a flammable
atmosphere.
The test apparatus shall be of correct rating.
Replace components only with parts specified by the manufacturer. Using other parts may
result in ignition of the refrigerant leaked into the atmosphere.

 Wiring
Check that wiring is not subject to wear, corrosion, excessive pressure, vibration, sharp
edges or any other adverse environmental effects. The check shall also take into account
the effects of ageing or continuous vibration from sources such as compressors or fans.

 Detecting of R-32
Under no circumstances shall potential sources of ignition be used in the search for or
detection of refrigerant leaks. A halide torch (or any other detector using a naked flame) shall
not be used.

Introduction 5
Safety Cautions SiSG282101EB

 Leak detection methods

The following leak detection methods can be applied for systems containing R-32.
Electronic leak detectors shall be used to detect R-32, but the sensitivity may not be
adequate or may need re-calibration (detection equipment shall be calibrated in a
refrigerant-free area). Ensure that the detector is not a potential source of ignition and that it
is suitable for the refrigerant used. Leak detection equipment shall be set to the percentage
of the lower flammability limit (LFL) of the refrigerant and calibrated to fit the refrigerant
employed. The appropriate percentage of gas (maximum 25%) shall be confirmed.

Leak detection fluids are suitable for use with most refrigerants but the use of detergents
containing chlorine shall be avoided as the chlorine may react with the refrigerant and
corrode the copper piping work.
If a leak is suspected, all naked flames shall be removed or extinguished.
If a refrigerant leakage which requires brazing is found, all of the refrigerant shall be
recovered from the system, or isolated (by means of shut off valves) in a part of the system
remote from the point of the leakage. Oxygen free nitrogen (OFN) shall then be purged
through the system both before and during the brazing process.

 Removal and evacuation

When breaking the refrigerant circuit to make repairs or any other purpose, conventional
procedures may be used. However, flammability must be taken into consideration. The
following procedure shall be adhered to:
 Remove refrigerant;
 Purge the circuit with inert gas;
 Evacuate the inert gas;
 Purge again with inert gas;
 Carry out cutting or brazing of the circuit.
The refrigerant shall be recovered into the correct recovery cylinders. The system shall be
cleaned with OFN to render the unit safe. (= Flushing) This process may need to be
repeated several times. Compressed air or oxygen shall not be used for this task.
Flushing shall be achieved through breaking the vacuum by filling the system with OFN until
the working pressure is achieved, then venting the OFN into the atmosphere, and finally
pulling the system down to vacuum again. This process shall be repeated until no refrigerant
remains within the system. After the last OFN charge is finished, the system shall be vented
down to atmospheric pressure to enable work. This operation is especially important if
brazing operations on the piping work are to take place.

Ensure that the outlet for the vacuum pump is not close to any ignition sources and that
there is ventilation available.

 Charging procedures
In addition to conventional charging procedures, the following requirements shall be met.
Ensure that the charging equipment to be used is not contaminated by different refrigerants.
Hoses or lines shall be as short as possible to minimise the amount of refrigerant contained
in them.
 Cylinders shall be kept upright.
 Ensure that the refrigeration system is earthed before charging the system with
refrigerant.
 Label the system when charging is complete (if not already).
 Extreme care shall be taken not to overfill the refrigeration system.
Before recharging, the system shall be tested for leakage with OFN. On completion of
charging, the system shall be tested before commissioning. Follow up leakage test shall be
carried out before leaving the site.

6 Introduction
SiSG282101EB Safety Cautions

 Decommissioning
Before carrying out this procedure, it is essential that the technician is completely familiar
with the equipment and all its details. It is recommended to train technicians so that all of the
refrigerant is recovered safely. In case analysis is required before re-using the reclaimed
refrigerant, an oil and refrigerant sample shall be taken before proceeding with
decommissioning. It is essential that electrical power is available before work.
(1) Comprehend the equipment and its operation.
(2) Isolate the system electrically.
(3) Before starting work, ensure that:
 mechanical handling equipment is available if required, for handling refrigerant
cylinders;
 protective equipment can be used in compliance with specifications;
 the recovery process is supervised by a competent person at all times;
 recovery equipment and cylinders conform to the appropriate standards.
(4) Pump down the refrigerant system, if possible.
(5) If vacuum cannot be ensured, apply a manifold so that refrigerant can be removed from
various parts of the system.
(6) Make sure that the cylinder is situated on the scale before recovery takes place.
(7) Start the refrigerant recovery device and operate it in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
(8) Do not overfill cylinders. (Do not exceed 80% liquid charge volume).
(9) Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of the cylinder, even temporarily.
(10)When the cylinders have been filled correctly and the process is completed, make sure
that the cylinders and the equipment are removed from site promptly and all valves on
the equipment are closed.
(11)Recovered refrigerant shall not be charged into another refrigeration system before it
has been cleaned and checked.

 Labelling
Equipment shall be labelled stating that it has been decommissioned and emptied of
refrigerant. The label shall be dated and signed. Ensure that there are labels on the
equipment stating the equipment contains R-32.

 Refrigerant recovery
When removing refrigerant from a system, either for servicing or decommissioning, it is
recommended to conduct training so that all refrigerants can be removed safely.
When transferring refrigerant into cylinders, ensure that only appropriate refrigerant recovery
cylinders are used.
Ensure that the correct number of cylinders for holding the total system charge are available.
All cylinders to be used must be designated for the recovered refrigerant and labelled for that
refrigerant (i.e. special cylinders for the recovery of refrigerant). Cylinders shall be equipped
with a pressure relief valve and associated shut-off valves in good working order. If possible,
empty recovery cylinders shall be cooled in a separate place before recovery is conducted.
The recovery equipment shall be in good working order with instructions concerning the
equipment at hand, and shall be suitable for the recovery of R-32. In addition, a set of
calibrated weighing scales shall be available and in good working order. Hoses shall be
equipped with leak-free disconnect couplings and in good condition. Before using the
recovery device, check that it has undergone proper maintenance, that it is in satisfactory
working order, and that any associated electrical components are sealed to prevent ignition
in the event of a refrigerant leakage. Consult manufacturer if in doubt.
The recovered refrigerant shall be returned to the refrigerant supplier in the correct recovery
cylinder, with the relevant Waste Transfer Note attached. Do not mix refrigerants in recovery
units and especially not in cylinders.
If compressors or compressor oil are to be removed, ensure that the refrigerant melted into
the oil has been evacuated to an acceptable level to make certain that R-32 does not remain
within the oil. The evacuation process shall be carried out before returning the compressor
to the supplier. Only electric heating to the compressor body shall be employed to accelerate
this process. Oil drained from the system shall be treated safely.

Introduction 7
Safety Cautions SiSG282101EB

1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with fire sources (e.g., naked
flames, gas appliances, electric heaters).

Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable
model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt
to modify the equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools may cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires are scratched or have deteriorated,
be sure to replace them.
Damaged cable and wires may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.

Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the

same power outlet with other electrical appliances, since it may
cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.

Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and

follow the local technical standards related to the electrical
equipment, the internal wiring regulations, and the instruction
manual for installation when conducting electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work may cause
an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable for wiring between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections may cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that
the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section may
cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.

Do not damage or modify the power cable.

Damaged or modified power cables may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, or heating or pulling the power
cable may damage it.

Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-32 /
R-410A / R-22) in the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerant system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.

If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leaking point and
repair it before charging the refrigerant. After charging the
refrigerant, make sure that there is no leak.
If the leaking point cannot be located and the repair work must be
stopped, be sure to pump-down, and close the service valve, to prevent
refrigerant gas from leaking into the room. Refrigerant gas itself is
harmless, but it may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such
as those from fan type and other heaters, stoves and ranges.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation
site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the
equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength or the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment may fall and cause injury.

8 Introduction
SiSG282101EB Safety Cautions

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose,
then insert the plug into a power outlet securely.
If the plug is dusty or has a loose connection, it may cause an electrical
shock or fire.

When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to

dispose of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.

Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases
depending on the conditions of the installation site, to prevent
electrical shocks.

Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of

combustible gas leaks.
If combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it may cause a fire.

Check to see if parts and wires are mounted and connected

properly, and if connections at the soldered or crimped terminals
are secure.
Improper installation and connections may cause excessive heat
generation, fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
A corroded installation platform or frame may cause the unit to fall,
resulting in injury.

Check the earth / grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not

properly earthed / grounded.
Improper earth / grounding may cause an electrical shock.

Be sure to measure insulation resistance after the repair, and make

sure that the resistance is 1 M or higher.
Faulty insulation may cause an electrical shock.

Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage may cause water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit may spill and wet the furniture and floor.

Introduction 9
Icons Used SiSG282101EB

2. Icons Used
The following icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information.
Icon Type of Description
Information
Warning Warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Caution Caution is used when there is danger that the reader,
Caution through incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment,
lose data, get an unexpected result or have to restart (part
of) a procedure.
Note Note provides information that is not indispensable, but
Note may nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips
and tricks.
Reference Reference guides the reader to other places in this binder
Reference or in this manual, where he/she will find additional
information on a specific topic.

10 Introduction
SiSG282101EB Revision History

3. Revision History
Month / Year Version Revised contents
05 / 2021 SiSG282101E First edition
07 / 2022 SiSG282101EA Model addition: RZFC50DAV1G, BRC1H62W/K
12 / 2022 SiSG282101EB Model addition: FCTF50/60/71/100/125AVMG, FFFC35/50BVMG

Introduction 11
 SiSG282101EB

Part 1
General Information

1. Model Names and Power Supply..........................................................13

1.1 Premium Series......................................................................................13
1.2 Standard Series......................................................................................13
2. External Appearance.............................................................................14
3. Functions...............................................................................................16
3.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) with Streamer ...............16
3.2 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow).......................................17
3.3 Compact Multi Flow Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type.............................19
3.4 Ceiling Suspended Type ........................................................................21
3.5 Duct Connection Middle Static Pressure Type.......................................23
3.6 Wall Mounted Type ................................................................................24
4. Specifications ........................................................................................25
4.1 Premium Series......................................................................................25
4.2 Standard Series......................................................................................31

12 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Model Names and Power Supply

1. Model Names and Power Supply

1.1 Premium Series
Indoor unit Outdoor unit
Power supply intake
Type Model name Model name
Ceiling mounted cassette FCTF50AVMG RZF50CV1G Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
type (round flow) with
streamer FCTF60AVMG RZF60CV1G
FCTF71AVMG RZF71CV1G
FCTF100AVMG RZF100CV1G
FCTF125AVMG RZF125CV1G
Ceiling mounted cassette FCF50CVMG RZF50CV1G
type (round flow)
FCF60CVMG RZF60CV1G
FCF71CVMG RZF71CV1G
FCF100CVMG RZF100CV1G
FCF125CVMG RZF125CV1G

1.2 Standard Series

Indoor unit Outdoor unit
Power supply intake
Type Model name Model name
Ceiling mounted cassette FCFC100DVMG RZFC100DY1G Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
type (round flow)
FCFC125DVMG RZFC125DY1G
FCFC140DVMG RZFC140DY1G
Compact multi flow ceiling FFFC35AVMG RZFC35EV1G Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
mounted cassette type
FFFC35BVMG RZFC35EV1G
FFFC50AVMG RZFC50DV1G
FFFC50AVMG RZFC50DAV1G
FFFC50BVMG RZFC50DAV1G
Ceiling suspended type FHFC50DV1G RZFC50DV1G Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
FHFC50DV1G RZFC50DAV1G
FHFC60DV1G RZFC60DV1G
FHFC71DV1G RZFC71DV1G
FHFC100DV1G RZFC100DV1G
FHFC125DV1G RZFC125DV1G
FHFC140DV1G RZFC140DV1G
FHFC100DV1G RZFC100DY1G Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
FHFC125DV1G RZFC125DY1G
FHFC140DV1G RZFC140DY1G
Duct connection middle FBFC50DVMG RZFC50DV1G Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
static pressure type
FBFC50DVMG RZFC50DAV1G
FBFC60DVMG RZFC60DV1G
FBFC71DVMG RZFC71DV1G
FBFC100DVMG RZFC100DV1G
FBFC125DVMG RZFC125DV1G
FBFC140DVMG RZFC140DV1G
FBFC100DVMG RZFC100DY1G Outdoor unit: 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
FBFC125DVMG RZFC125DY1G
FBFC140DVMG RZFC140DY1G
Wall mounted type FAFC100AV1G RZFC100DV1G Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz

Part 1 General Information 13

External Appearance SiSG282101EB

2. External Appearance
Indoor unit

FCTF50AVMG FCFC100DVMG FFFC35AVMG

FCTF60AVMG FCFC125DVMG FFFC50AVMG
FCTF71AVMG FCFC140DVMG
FCTF100AVMG FFFC35BVMG
FCTF125AVMG FFFC50BVMG

FCF50CVMG
FCF60CVMG
FCF71CVMG
FCF100CVMG
FCF125CVMG

FHFC50DV1G FHFC100DV1G
FHFC60DV1G FHFC125DV1G
FHFC71DV1G FHFC140DV1G

FBFC50DVMG FAFC100AV1G
FBFC60DVMG
FBFC71DVMG
FBFC100DVMG
FBFC125DVMG
FBFC140DVMG

14 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB External Appearance

Outdoor unit

RZFC35EV1G RZF50CV1G
RZF60CV1G
RZF71CV1G
RZFC50DV1G
RZFC50DAV1G
RZFC60DV1G
RZFC71DV1G

RZF100CV1G RZF125CV1G
RZFC100DV1G RZFC125DV1G
RZFC100DY1G RZFC140DV1G
RZFC125DY1G
RZFC140DY1G

Part 1 General Information 15

Functions SiSG282101EB

3. Functions
3.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) with
Streamer
Indoor unit FCTF50-125AVMG
Category Function Outdoor unit RZF50-125CV1G
Remote controller BRC1H62W/K
Energy Energy consumption monitoring —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode h Sensing panel
Sensing sensor low mode *1 h Sensing panel
Auto display OFF h
Setpoint auto reset —
Setpoint range set h
OFF timer (programmed) —
Weekly schedule timer —
ON/OFF timer —
Comfort Circulation airflow —
Setback h
Quick start —
Individual airflow control h
Infrared presence sensor h Sensing panel
Infrared floor sensor h Sensing panel
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) h Sensing panel (Draft prevention only)
Auto swing h
Swing pattern selection h
Switchable fan speed h 5 steps
Auto airflow rate h
Two selectable temperature-sensors h
High ceiling application h 3.5 m/4.2 m
Night quiet operation *2 —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h
Mold-proof air filter —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan h
Streamer h
Work & Auto grille panel h
servicing Drain pump mechanism h
Pre-charged for up to 30 m *2 h
Long-life filter h
Filter sign h
Low gas pressure detection *2 h
Emergency operation h
Self-diagnosis function h
Service contact display —
Control Auto-restart h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *5
Group control by 1 remote controller h
External equipment interlock *3 h Sensing panel
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h
External command control *4 h
Central remote control h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h
DIII-NET communication standard h
Options High-efficiency filter h
Ultra long-life filter h
Fresh air intake kit h
Overvoltage PCB *2 h

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Not applicable when group control.
2 : For outdoor units.
3 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
4 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H62W/K
Sub BRC1H62W/K h

16 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Functions

3.2 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow)

Indoor unit FCF50-125CVMG
Category Function Outdoor unit RZF50-125CV1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7M635F/K
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 h — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 h Sensing panel — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 h Sensing panel — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 h — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 h — —
Individual airflow control *1 h — —
Infrared presence sensor h Sensing panel h Sensing panel h Sensing panel
Infrared floor sensor h Sensing panel h Sensing panel h Sensing panel
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 h Sensing panel — —
Auto swing h h h
Swing pattern selection h h h
Switchable fan speed h 5 steps h 5 steps h 5 steps
Auto airflow rate h h h
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application h 3.5 m/4.2 m h 3.5 m/4.2 m h 3.5 m/4.2 m
Night quiet operation *3 h — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan h h h
Work & Auto grille panel h h h
servicing Drain pump mechanism h h h
Pre-charged for up to 30 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h h h
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation h h h
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *6 h *6 h *6
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 h Sensing panel h Sensing panel h Sensing panel
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h
Options High-efficiency filter h h h
Ultra long-life filter h h h
Fresh air intake kit h h h
Overvoltage PCB *3 h h h

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

Part 1 General Information 17

Functions SiSG282101EB

Indoor unit FCFC100-140DVMG

Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC100-140DY1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7M635F/K
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 — — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 h Sensing panel — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 h Sensing panel — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 h — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 — — —
Individual airflow control *1 h — —
Infrared presence sensor h Sensing panel h Sensing panel h Sensing panel
Infrared floor sensor h Sensing panel h Sensing panel h Sensing panel
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 h Sensing panel — —
Auto swing h h h
Swing pattern selection h h h
Switchable fan speed h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps
Auto airflow rate h h h
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application h 4.2 m h 4.2 m h 4.2 m
Night quiet operation *3 — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan h h h
Work & Auto grille panel h h h
servicing Drain pump mechanism h h h
Pre-charged for up to 15 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h h h
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation h h h
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *6 h *6 h *6
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h
Options High-efficiency filter h h h
Ultra long-life filter h h h
Fresh air intake kit h h h
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

18 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Functions

3.3 Compact Multi Flow Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type

Indoor unit FFFC35/50AVMG
Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G, RZFC50DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7M531W
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 — — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 h Sensor kit — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 h Sensor kit — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 — — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 — — —
Individual airflow control *1 h — —
Infrared presence sensor h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit
Infrared floor sensor h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 h Sensor kit — —
Auto swing h h h
Swing pattern selection h h h
Switchable fan speed h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps
Auto airflow rate h h h
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application h 3.5 m h 3.5 m h 3.5 m
Night quiet operation *3 — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan — — —
Work & Auto grille panel — — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism h h h
Pre-charged for up to 10 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h h h
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation — — —
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *6 h *6 h *6
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h
Options High-efficiency filter — — —
Ultra long-life filter — — —
Fresh air intake kit h h h
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

Part 1 General Information 19

Functions SiSG282101EB

Indoor unit FFFC35/50BVMG

Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Remote controller BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7M531W
Energy Energy consumption monitoring — — — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode h Sensor kit h Sensor kit — —
Sensing sensor low mode *2 h Sensor kit h Sensor kit — —
Auto display OFF h h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 — h — —
Setpoint range set h h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 — h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 — h — —
ON/OFF timer — — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow — — — —
Setback h h — —
Quick start — — — —
Individual airflow control h h — —
Infrared presence sensor h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit
Infrared floor sensor h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit h Sensor kit
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) h Sensor kit
h Sensor kit — —
(Draft prevention only)
Auto swing h h h h
Swing pattern selection h h h h
Switchable fan speed h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps
Auto airflow rate h h h h
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h h —
High ceiling application h 3.5 m h 3.5 m h 3.5 m h 3.5 m
Night quiet operation *3 — — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan — — — —
Streamer h Option — — —
Work & Auto grille panel — — — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism h h h h
Pre-charged for up to 10 m *3 h h h h
Long-life filter h h h h
Filter sign h h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h h
Emergency operation — — — —
Self-diagnosis function h h h h
Service contact display *1 — h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *6 h *6 h *6 h *6
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h h
External command control *5 h h h h
Central remote control h h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h h
Options High-efficiency filter — — — —
Ultra long-life filter — — — —
Fresh air intake kit h h h h
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H62W/K h — —
BRC1E63 — h —
BRC2E61 — h h
Sub BRC4C* — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— h h
BRC4M*

20 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Functions

3.4 Ceiling Suspended Type

Indoor unit FHFC50-71DV1G
Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC50-71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7EA66
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 — — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 — — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 — — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 — — —
Individual airflow control *1 — — —
Infrared presence sensor — — —
Infrared floor sensor — — —
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 — — —
Auto swing h h h
Swing pattern selection — — —
Switchable fan speed h 2 steps h 2 steps h 2 steps
Auto airflow rate — — —
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application h 3.5 m h 3.5 m h 3.5 m
Night quiet operation *3 — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan — — —
Work & Auto grille panel — — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism h *6 h *6 h *6
Pre-charged for up to 10 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h h h
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation — — —
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *7 h *7 h *7
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation — — —
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h *6 h *6 h *6
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h *6 h *6 h *6
Options High-efficiency filter — — —
Ultra long-life filter — — —
Fresh air intake kit — — —
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Option is required.
7 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

Part 1 General Information 21

Functions SiSG282101EB

Indoor unit FHFC100-140DV1G

Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC100-140DV1G, RZFC100-140DY1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC7GA56
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 h *9 — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 — — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 — — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 — — —
Individual airflow control *1 — — —
Infrared presence sensor — — —
Infrared floor sensor — — —
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 — — —
Auto swing h h h
Swing pattern selection — — —
Switchable fan speed h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps
Auto airflow rate h h —
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application h 4.3 m h 4.3 m h 4.3 m
Night quiet operation *3 — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h h h
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan — — —
Work & Auto grille panel — — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism h *6 h *6 h *6
Pre-charged for up to 15 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h h h
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation h *8 h *8 h *8
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *7 h *7 h *7
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h
Options High-efficiency filter — — —
Ultra long-life filter — — —
Fresh air intake kit h h h
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Option is required.
7 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.
8 : For 3-phase outdoor unit RZFC-DY1G only.
9 : Applicable when RZFC125/140DV1G is used.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

22 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Functions

3.5 Duct Connection Middle Static Pressure Type

Indoor unit FBFC50-140DVMG
Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC50-140DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G, RZFC100-140DY1G
Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61 BRC4C66
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 h *9 — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode *1 — — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1, *2 — — —
Auto display OFF *1 h — —
Setpoint auto reset *1 h — —
Setpoint range set *1 h — —
OFF timer (programmed) *1 h — —
Weekly schedule timer *1 h — —
ON/OFF timer — h h
Comfort Circulation airflow *1 — — —
Setback *1 h — —
Quick start *1 — — —
Individual airflow control *1 — — —
Infrared presence sensor — — —
Infrared floor sensor — — —
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) *1 — — —
Auto swing — — —
Swing pattern selection — — —
Switchable fan speed h 3 steps h 3 steps h 3 steps
Auto airflow rate h h —
Two selectable temperature-sensors h h —
High ceiling application — — —
Night quiet operation *3 — — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter h *6 h *6 h *6
Mold-proof air filter — — —
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan h h h
Work & Auto grille panel — — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism h *6 h *6 h *6
Pre-charged for up to 10/15 m *3 h h h
Long-life filter h *6 h *6 h *6
Filter sign h — h
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h h
Emergency operation h *8 h *8 h *8
Self-diagnosis function h h h
Service contact display *1 h — —
Control Auto-restart h h h
Control by 2 remote controllers h *7 h *7 h *7
Group control by 1 remote controller h h h
External equipment interlock *4 — — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation h h h
External command control *5 h h h
Central remote control h h h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator h h h
DIII-NET communication standard h h h
Options High-efficiency filter h h h
Ultra long-life filter — — —
Fresh air intake kit — — —
Overvoltage PCB *3 — — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when BRC1E63 is used.
2 : Not applicable when group control.
3 : For outdoor units.
4 : Adaptor for wiring (and installation box) is necessary.
5 : Wiring adaptor for electrical appendices (and installation box) is necessary.
6 : Option is required.
7 : Possible combinations are shown in the table below.
8 : For 3-phase outdoor unit RZFC-DY1G only.
9 : Applicable when RZFC125/140DV1G is used.

Main
Combination
BRC1H61W/K BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
BRC1H61W/K h — — —
BRC1H62W/K — h — —
BRC1E63 — — h —
Sub BRC2E61 — — h h
BRC4C*
— — — h
BRC7C/E/F/G*
BRC7M*
— — h h
BRC4M*

Part 1 General Information 23

Functions SiSG282101EB

3.6 Wall Mounted Type

Indoor unit FAFC100AV1G
Category Function Outdoor unit RZFC100DV1G
Remote controller BRC073A5 ARC466A14
Energy Energy consumption monitoring *1 — —
saving Sensing sensor stop mode — —
Sensing sensor low mode *1 — h Intelligent eye (auto energy saving)
Auto display OFF — —
Setpoint auto reset *2 h —
Setpoint range set *2 h —
OFF timer (programmed) *2 h —
Weekly schedule timer h h
ON/OFF timer h h
Econo mode *1 — h
Comfort Comfort airflow mode *1 — h
Indoor unit quiet operation *1 — h
Outdoor unit quiet operation *1 — h
Circulation airflow — —
Setback *2 h —
Quick start *1 — h
Individual airflow control — —
Infrared presence sensor *1 — h
Infrared floor sensor — —
Auto airflow function (Draft prevention / Direct airflow) — —
Auto swing h Up/Down, Left/Right h Up/Down, Left/Right
Swing pattern selection — —
Switchable fan speed h 5 steps h 5 steps + Quiet
Auto airflow rate h h
Two selectable temperature-sensors — —
High ceiling application — —
Night quiet operation — —
Cleanliness Anti-bacterial air filter — —
Mold-proof air filter h h
Silver ion anti-bacterial drain pan — —
Dust collection filter (PM2.5) (Option) h h
Titanium apatite deodorizing filter h h
Work & Auto grille panel — —
servicing Drain pump mechanism — —
Pre-charged for up to 15 m *3 h h
Long-life filter — —
Filter sign — —
Low gas pressure detection *3 h h
Emergency operation — —
Self-diagnosis function h h
Service contact display *2 h —
Control Auto-restart h h
Control by 2 remote controllers — —
Group control by 1 remote controller — —
External equipment interlock — —
External signal forced OFF and ON/OFF operation — —
External command control — —
Central remote control — h
Interlock control with Heat Reclaim Ventilator — —
DIII-NET communication standard — —
Options High-efficiency filter — —
Ultra long-life filter — —
Fresh air intake kit — —
Overvoltage PCB *3 — —

Notes: h: Available
—: Not available
1 : Applicable when ARC466A14 is used.
2 : Applicable when BRC073A5 is used.
3 : For outdoor units.

24 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

4. Specifications
4.1 Premium Series
4.1.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) with Streamer
Model Indoor unit FCTF50AVMG FCTF60AVMG
Outdoor unit RZF50CV1G RZF60CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 5.0 (2.1-5.9) 6.0 (2.1-7.0)
Btu/h 17,100 (7,200-20,100) 20,500 (7,200-23,900)
kcal/h 4,300 (1,800-5,100) 5,200 (1,800-6,000)
Indoor unit FCTF50AVMG FCTF60AVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 256×840×840 256×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×10×1.2 2×10×1.2
Face area m² 0.446 0.446
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 53 53
Airflow rate
m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 23/21/18.5/16/13.5
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5
Mass kg 22 22
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1H62W/K BRC1H62W/K
Wireless — —
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF50CV1G RZF60CV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.466 0.466
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC40BXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,300
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 60 60
Airflow rate m³/min 45 45
Sound Cooling dBA 48 48
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 44 44
Mass kg 41 41
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.20 (Charged for 30 m) 1.20 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Drawing No. C: 3D140064D C: 3D140064D

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 25

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FCTF71AVMG FCTF100AVMG

Outdoor unit RZF71CV1G RZF100CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 7.1 (2.1-8.2) 9.5 (3.3-11.4)
Btu/h 24,200 (7,200-28,000) 32,400 (11,300-38,900)
kcal/h 6,100 (1,800-7,100) 8,200 (2,800-9,800)
Indoor unit FCTF71AVMG FCTF100AVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 256×840×840 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×10×1.2 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.446 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 53 106
Airflow rate
m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 34.5/31/27.5/24/20
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 45/41.5/38/35/32.5
Mass kg 22 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1H62W/K BRC1H62W/K
Wireless — —
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF71CV1G RZF100CV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 695×930×350
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.466 0.552
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC48AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,600
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 60 128
Airflow rate m³/min 45 65
Sound Cooling dBA 48 49
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 44 45
Mass kg 41 48
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.20 (Charged for 30 m) 1.30 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.425
Drawing No. C: 3D140064D C: 3D140064D

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

26 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FCTF125AVMG

Outdoor unit RZF125CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 11.0 (5.2-13.9)
Btu/h 37,500 (17,800-47,400)
kcal/h 9,500 (4,500-12,000)
Indoor unit FCTF125AVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan
Motor output W 106
Airflow rate
m³/min 36.5/33/29/25/21
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 46/43/40/36/32.5
Mass kg 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1H62W/K
Wireless —
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF125CV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 200
Airflow rate m³/min 70
Sound Cooling dBA 52
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 48
Mass kg 64
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.90 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D140064D

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 27

Specifications SiSG282101EB

4.1.2 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow)

Model Indoor unit FCF50CVMG FCF60CVMG
Outdoor unit RZF50CV1G RZF60CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 5.0 (2.1-5.9) 6.0 (2.1-7.0)
Btu/h 17,100 (7,200-20,100) 20,500 (7,200-23,900)
kcal/h 4,300 (1,800-5,100) 5,200 (1,800-6,000)
Indoor unit FCF50CVMG FCF60CVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 256×840×840 256×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×10×1.2 2×10×1.2
Face area m² 0.446 0.446
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 53 53
Airflow rate
m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 23/21/18.5/16/13.5
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5
Mass kg 22 22
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF50CV1G RZF60CV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.466 0.466
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC40BXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,300
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 60 60
Airflow rate m³/min 45 45
Sound Cooling dBA 48 48
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 44 44
Mass kg 41 41
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.20 (Charged for 30 m) 1.20 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.65
Drawing No. C: 3D132759A C: 3D132759A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

28 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FCF71CVMG FCF100CVMG

Outdoor unit RZF71CV1G RZF100CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 7.1 (2.1-8.2) 9.5 (3.3-11.4)
Btu/h 24,200 (7,200-28,000) 32,400 (11,300-38,900)
kcal/h 6,100 (1,800-7,100) 8,200 (2,800-9,800)
Indoor unit FCF71CVMG FCF100CVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 256×840×840 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×10×1.2 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.446 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 53 106
Airflow rate
m³/min 23/21/18.5/16/13.5 34.5/31/27.5/24/20
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 37/34.5/32/29.5/27.5 45/41.5/38/35/32.5
Mass kg 22 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF71CV1G RZF100CV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 695×930×350
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.466 0.552
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC48AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,600
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 60 128
Airflow rate m³/min 45 65
Sound Cooling dBA 48 49
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 44 45
Mass kg 41 48
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.20 (Charged for 30 m) 1.30 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.425
Drawing No. C: 3D132759A C: 3D132759A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 29

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FCF125CVMG

Outdoor unit RZF125CV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 11.0 (5.2-13.9)
Btu/h 37,500 (17,800-47,400)
kcal/h 9,500 (4,500-12,000)
Indoor unit FCF125CVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan
Motor output W 106
Airflow rate
m³/min 36.5/33/29/25/21
(H/HM/M/ML/L)
Sound pressure level (H/HM/M/ML/L) 4 dBA 46/43/40/36/32.5
Mass kg 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M635F
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5
Outdoor unit RZF125CV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 200
Airflow rate m³/min 70
Sound Cooling dBA 52
pressure level Night quiet mode
4 dBA 48
Mass kg 64
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.90 (Charged for 30 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132759A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

30 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

4.2 Standard Series

4.2.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow)
Model Indoor unit FCFC100DVMG FCFC125DVMG
Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 10.0 (3.3-11.4) 12.5 (5.2-13.9)
Btu/h 34,100 (11,300-38,900) 42,700 (17,800-47,400)
kcal/h 8,600 (2,800-9,800) 10,700 (4,500-12,000)
Indoor unit FCFC100DVMG FCFC125DVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 298×840×840 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×12×1.2 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.535 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 106 106
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 34/27/20 36/29/21
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 45/38/33 46/40/33
Mass kg 24 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M635F BRC7M635F
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5 5.5
Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 695×930×350 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.552 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC48AYD 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,600 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 83 145
Airflow rate m³/min 65 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52 54
4
Mass kg 46 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.0 (Charged for 15 m) 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.425 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132760A C: 3D132760A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 31

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FCFC140DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 14.0 (5.2-14.8)
Btu/h 47,800 (17,800-50,500)
kcal/h 12,000 (4,500-12,700)
Indoor unit FCFC140DVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 298×840×840
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Row × Stages × Fin pitch 2×12×1.2
Face area m² 0.535
Fan Type Turbo fan
Motor output W 106
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 36/29/21
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 46/40/33
Mass kg 24
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M635F
Decoration Model BYCQ125EAF
panel (option) Color Fresh white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 50×950×950
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 5.5
Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 145
Airflow rate m³/min 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 56
4
Mass kg 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132760A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

32 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

4.2.2 Compact Multi Flow Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type

Model Indoor unit FFFC35AVMG FFFC50AVMG
Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G RZFC50DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 4 kW 3.5 (1.7-4.0) 5.0 (2.2-6.5)
Btu/h 11,900 (5,800-13,700) 17,100 (7,500-22,200)
kcal/h 3,000 (1,500-3,400) 4,300 (1,900-5,600)
Indoor unit FFFC35AVMG FFFC50AVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 260×575×575 (+63) 3 260×575×575 (+63) 3
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 2×16×1.2 3×16×1.2
Face area m² 0.29 0.30
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 50 50
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 10.0/8.5/6.5 12.0/10.0/7.5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 34.0/30.5/25.0 39.0/34.0/27.0
Mass kg 16 17.5
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 9.5 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M531W BRC7M531W
Decoration Model BYFQ60CAW BYFQ60CAW
panel (grid) Color White (N9.5) White (N9.5)
(option)
Dimensions H×W×D mm 46×620×620 46×620×620
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 2.8 2.8
Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G RZFC50DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 550×675×284 595×845×300
Coil Type Cross fin coil (Multi slit fins and Hi-XA tubes) Micro channel
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 2×24×1.4 —
Face area m² 0.350 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC25FXD 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 800 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 28 68
Airflow rate m³/min 27 38
Sound Cooling
pressure dBA 48 49
level 5
Mass kg 28 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 9.5 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 20 (Equivalent length 45) 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15 15
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.73 (Charged for 10 m) 0.70 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant Model FW68DA FW68DA
oil Charge L 0.38 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D132767C C: 3D132767C

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Dimension including electrical box
4. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 33

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FFFC50AVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 4 kW 5.0 (2.2-6.5)
Btu/h 17,100 (7,500-22,200)
kcal/h 4,300 (1,900-5,600)
Indoor unit FFFC50AVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 260×575×575 (+63) 3
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×16×1.2
Face area m² 0.300
Fan Type Turbo fan
Motor output W 50
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 12.0/10.0/7.5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 39.0/34.0/27.0
Mass kg 17.5
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M531W
Decoration Model BYFQ60CAW
panel (grid) Color White (N9.5)
(option)
Dimensions H×W×D mm 46×620×620
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 2.8
Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch —
Face area m² 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 68
Airflow rate m³/min 38
Sound Cooling
pressure dBA 49
level 5
Mass kg 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 0.7 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant Model FW68DA
oil Charge L 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D140525A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Dimension including electrical box
4. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

34 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FFFC35BVMG FFFC50BVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G RZFC50DAV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 4 kW 3.5 (1.7-4.0) 5.0 (2.2-6.5)
Btu/h 11,900 (5,800-13,700) 17,100 (7,500-22,200)
kcal/h 3,000 (1,500-3,400) 4,300 (1,900-5,600)
Indoor unit FFFC35BVMG FFFC50BVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 260×575×575 (+63) 3 260×575×575 (+63) 3
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 2×16×1.2 3×16×1.2
Face area m² 0.29 0.30
Fan Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 50 50
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 10.0/8.5/6.5 12.0/10.0/7.5
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 34.0/30.5/25.0 39.0/34.0/27.0
Mass kg 16 17.5
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 9.5 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7M531W BRC7M531W
Decoration Model BYFQ60CAW BYFQ60CAW
panel (grid) Color White (N9.5) White (N9.5)
(option)
Dimensions H×W×D mm 46×620×620 46×620×620
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 2.8 2.8
Outdoor unit RZFC35EV1G RZFC50DAV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 550×675×284 595×845×300
Coil Type Cross fin coil (Multi slit fins and Hi-XA tubes) Micro channel
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 2×24×1.4 —
Face area m² 0.350 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC25FXD 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 800 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 28 68
Airflow rate m³/min 27 38
Sound Cooling
pressure dBA 48 49
level 5
Mass kg 28 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 9.5 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 20 (Equivalent length 45) 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15 15
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.73 (Charged for 10 m) 0.70 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant Model FW68DA FW68DA
oil Charge L 0.38 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D132767C C: 3D140525A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Dimension including electrical box
4. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 35

Specifications SiSG282101EB

4.2.3 Ceiling Suspended Type

Model Indoor unit FHFC50DV1G FHFC60DV1G
Outdoor unit RZFC50DV1G RZFC60DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 4.6 (2.1-5.8) 5.4 (2.3-6.5)
Btu/h 15,700 (7,200-19,800) 18,400 (7,800-22,200)
kcal/h 4,000 (1,800-5,000) 4,600 (2,000-5,600)
Indoor unit FHFC50DV1G FHFC60DV1G
Color White White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×960×680 195×1,160×680
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×12×1.75 3×12×1.75
Face area m² 0.182 0.233
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 62 62
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 13/—/10 17/—/14
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 38/—/33 39/—/35
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 25 27
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7EA66 BRC7EA66
Outdoor unit RZFC50DV1G RZFC60DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC36DXD 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,200 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 68 68
Airflow rate m³/min 38 38
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 49 49
4
Mass kg 34 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40) 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15 15
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.7 (Charged for 10 m) 0.7 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.35 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D132761 C: 3D132761

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

36 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FHFC50DV1G

Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 4.3 (2.1-5.8)
Btu/h 14,700 (7,200-19,800)
kcal/h 3,700 (1,800-5,000)
Indoor unit FHFC50DV1G
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×960×680
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×12×1.75
Face area m² 0.182
Fan Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 62
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 13.0/—/10.0
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 38.0/—/33.0
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 25
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7EA66
Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 68
Airflow rate m³/min 38
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 49
4
Mass kg 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 0.7 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D140525A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 37

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FHFC71DV1G FHFC100DV1G

Outdoor unit RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 6.6 (1.9-8.0) 9.0 (2.3-10.9)
Btu/h 22,500 (6,500-27,300) 30,700 (7,800-37,200)
kcal/h 5,700 (1,600-6,900) 7,700 (2,000-9,400)
Indoor unit FHFC71DV1G FHFC100DV1G
Color White White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×1,400×680 235×1,590×690
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×12×1.75 3×14×1.5
Face area m² 0.293 0.398
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130 150
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 24/—/20 28/24/20
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 42/—/37 42/38/34
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 32 38
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7EA66 BRC7GA56
Outdoor unit RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 695×930×350
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454 0.552
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC48AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,600
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 68 55
Airflow rate m³/min 44 65
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 50 52
4
Mass kg 37 44
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 15 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.8 (Charged for 10 m) 1.0 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.425
Drawing No. C: 3D132761 C: 3D132761

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

38 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FHFC125DV1G FHFC140DV1G

Outdoor unit RZFC125DV1G RZFC140DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 10.0 (4.9-13.9) 10.6 (5.1-14.6)
Btu/h 34,100 (16,700-47,400) 36,200 (17,400-49,800)
kcal/h 8,600 (4,200-12,000) 9,100 (4,400-12,600)
Indoor unit FHFC125DV1G FHFC140DV1G
Color White White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 235×1,590×690 235×1,590×690
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×14×1.5 3×14×1.5
Face area m² 0.398 0.398
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 150 150
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 31/27/23 34/29/24
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 44/41/37 46/42/38
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 38 38
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7GA56 BRC7GA56
Outdoor unit RZFC125DV1G RZFC140DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AXD 2YC71AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 200 200
Airflow rate m³/min 70 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52 54
4
Mass kg 64 64
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole) 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.9 (Charged for 15 m) 1.9 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.90 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132761 C: 3D132761

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 39

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FHFC100DV1G FHFC125DV1G

Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 10.0 (3.1-10.9) 12.5 (5.5-13.9)
Btu/h 34,100 (10,600-37,200) 42,700 (18,800-47,400)
kcal/h 8,600 (2,700-9,400) 10,700 (4,700-12,000)
Indoor unit FHFC100DV1G FHFC125DV1G
Color White White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 235×1,590×690 235×1,590×690
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×14×1.5 3×14×1.5
Face area m² 0.398 0.398
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 150 150
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 28/24/20 31/27/23
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 42/38/34 44/41/37
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 38 38
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26) VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7GA56 BRC7GA56
Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 695×930×350 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.552 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC48AYD 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,600 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 83 145
Airflow rate m³/min 65 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52 54
4
Mass kg 46 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.0 (Charged for 15 m) 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.425 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132762B C: 3D132762B

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

40 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FHFC140DV1G

Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 14.0 (5.4-15.1)
Btu/h 47,800 (18,400-51,500)
kcal/h 12,000 (4,600-13,000)
Indoor unit FHFC140DV1G
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 235×1,590×690
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×14×1.5
Face area m² 0.398
Fan Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 150
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 34/29/24
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 4 dBA 46/42/38
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 38
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP20 (I.D.20×O.D.26)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC7GA56
Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 145
Airflow rate m³/min 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 56
4
Mass kg 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132762B

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 41

Specifications SiSG282101EB

4.2.4 Duct Connection Middle Static Pressure Type

Model Indoor unit FBFC50DVMG FBFC60DVMG
Outdoor unit RZFC50DV1G RZFC60DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 5.0 (2.1-5.9) 6.0 (2.1-6.1)
Btu/h 17,100 (7,200-20,100) 20,500 (7,200-20,800)
kcal/h 4,300 (1,800-5,100) 5,200 (1,800-5,200)
Indoor unit FBFC50DVMG FBFC60DVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×700×800 245×700×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.178 0.178
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130 130
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 15.5/12.0/9.0 15.5/12.0/9.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 30 (30-130) 4 Rated 30 (30-130) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 37.0/35.0/30.0 37.0/35.0/30.0
Mass kg 26 26
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC50DV1G RZFC60DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC36DXD 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,200 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 68 68
Airflow rate m³/min 38 38
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 49 49
5
Mass kg 34 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare) 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare) 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40) 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15 15
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.7 (Charged for 10 m) 0.7 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.35 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D132764 C: 3D132764

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

42 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FBFC50DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 5.0 (2.1-5.9)
Btu/h 17,100 (7,200-20,100)
kcal/h 4,300 (1,800-5,100)
Indoor unit FBFC50DVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×700×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.178
Fan Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 15.5/12.0/9.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 30 (30-130) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 37.0/35.0/30.0
Mass kg 26
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC50DAV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454
Compressor Model 1YC36DXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,200
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 68
Airflow rate m³/min 38
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 49
5
Mass kg 34
Piping Liquid mm 6.4 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 12.7 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40)
piping Max. height difference m 15
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 0.7 (Charged for 10 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.35
Drawing No. C: 3D140525A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 43

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FBFC71DVMG FBFC100DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 7.1 (1.7-8.0) 10.0 (2.5-11.0)
Btu/h 24,200 (5,800-27,300) 34,100 (8,500-37,500)
kcal/h 6,100 (1,500-6,900) 8,600 (2,100-9,500)
Indoor unit FBFC71DVMG FBFC100DVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×1,000×800 245×1,400×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.288 0.433
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 230 300
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 25.0/20.0/16.5 36.0/30.5/25.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 40 (40-140) 4 Rated 50 (50-150) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 39.0/37.0/34.0 40.0/37.5/35.0
Mass kg 36 46
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 595×845×300 695×930×350
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.454 0.552
Compressor Model 2YC40BXD 2YC48AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,300 1,600
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 68 55
Airflow rate m³/min 44 65
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 50 52
5
Mass kg 37 44
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 30 (Equivalent length 40) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 15 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 0.8 (Charged for 10 m) 1.0 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.65 0.425
Drawing No. C: 3D132764 C: 3D132764

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

44 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FBFC125DVMG FBFC140DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC125DV1G RZFC140DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 12.5 (5.1-13.9) 14.0 (5.1-14.4)
Btu/h 42,700 (17,400-47,400) 47,800 (17,400-49,100)
kcal/h 10,700 (4,400-12,000) 12,000 (4,400-12,400)
Indoor unit FBFC125DVMG FBFC140DVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×1,400×800 245×1,400×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.433 0.433
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 300 300
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 36.0/30.5/25.0 36.0/30.5/25.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) 4 Rated 50 (50-150) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 40.0/37.5/35.0 40.0/37.5/35.0
Mass kg 46 46
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC125DV1G RZFC140DV1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AXD 2YC71AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 200 200
Airflow rate m³/min 70 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52 54
5
Mass kg 64 64
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole) 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.9 (Charged for 15 m) 1.9 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.90 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132764 C: 3D132764

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 45

Specifications SiSG282101EB

Model Indoor unit FBFC100DVMG FBFC125DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 10.0 (3.4-11.0) 12.5 (5.4-13.8)
Btu/h 34,100 (11,600-37,500) 42,700 (18,400-47,100)
kcal/h 8,600 (2,900-9,500) 10,700 (4,600-11,900)
Indoor unit FBFC100DVMG FBFC125DVMG
Color — —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×1,400×800 245×1,400×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.433 0.433
Fan Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Motor output W 300 300
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 36.0/30.5/25.0 36.0/30.5/25.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) 4 Rated 50 (50-150) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 40.0/37.5/35.0 40.0/37.5/35.0
Mass kg 46 46
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32) VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61 BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66 BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC100DY1G RZFC125DY1G
Color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 695×930×350 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel Micro channel
Face area m² 0.552 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC48AYD 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,600 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Motor output W 83 145
Airflow rate m³/min 65 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52 54
5
Mass kg 46 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare) 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare) 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole) 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system) Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70) 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30 30
Refrigerant Type R-32 R-32
Charge kg 1.0 (Charged for 15 m) 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA FW68DA
Charge L 0.425 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132765 C: 3D132765

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

46 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB Specifications

Model Indoor unit FBFC140DVMG

Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 3 phase, 380-415 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 14.0 (5.5-14.1)
Btu/h 47,800 (18,800-48,100)
kcal/h 12,000 (4,700-12,100)
Indoor unit FBFC140DVMG
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 245×1,400×800
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 3×26×1.4
Face area m² 0.433
Fan Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 300
Airflow rate (H/M/L) m³/min 36.0/30.5/25.0
External static pressure Pa Rated 50 (50-150) 4
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) 5 dBA 40.0/37.5/35.0
Mass kg 46
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP25 (I.D.25×O.D.32)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E63, BRC1H61W/K, BRC1H62W/K, BRC2E61
Wireless BRC4C66
Outdoor unit RZFC140DY1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 990×940×320
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.796
Compressor Model 2YC71AYD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 2,400
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 145
Airflow rate m³/min 70
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 56
5
Mass kg 62
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 26 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.35 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.90
Drawing No. C: 3D132765

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. Initial setting is standard
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

Part 1 General Information 47

Specifications SiSG282101EB

4.2.5 Wall Mounted Type

Model Indoor unit FAFC100AV1G
Outdoor unit RZFC100DV1G
Power supply Outdoor unit 1 phase, 220-240 V, 50 Hz
Cooling capacity 1 2 3 kW 9.5 (2.3-11.5)
Btu/h 32,400 (7,800-39,200)
kcal/h 8,200 (2,000-9,900)
Indoor unit FAFC100AV1G
Color Pure white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 340×1,200×259
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows × Stages × Fin pitch 2×18×1.4 and 1×12×1.5
Face area m² 0.360
Fan Type Cross flow fan
Motor output W 64
Airflow rate
m³/min 25.5/23.5/21.5/19.5/17.5/15.0
(H/HM/M/ML/L/SL) 4
Sound pressure level
dBA 53.0/51.0/48.0/43.0/42.0/38.0
(H/HM/M/ML/L/SL) 4 5
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Mass kg 18
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm VP13 (I.D.13×O.D.18)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC073A5
Wireless ARC466A14
Outdoor unit RZFC100DV1G
Color Ivory white
Dimensions H×W×D mm 695×930×350
Coil Type Micro channel
Face area m² 0.552
Compressor Model 2YC48AXD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output W 1,600
Fan Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 55
Airflow rate m³/min 65
Sound Cooling
pressure level dBA 52
5
Mass kg 44
Piping Liquid mm 9.5 (Flare)
connections Gas mm 15.9 (Flare)
Drain mm 18 (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Fuse, OL protection
Capacity step % Compressor revolution speed control (Inverter system)
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Refrigerant Max. length m 50 (Equivalent length 70)
piping Max. height difference m 30
Refrigerant Type R-32
Charge kg 1.0 (Charged for 15 m)
Refrigerant oil Model FW68DA
Charge L 0.425
Drawing No. C: 3D132766A

Notes:
1. The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Cooling Piping Length

Indoor: 27°CDB, 19°CWB 7.5 m
Outdoor: 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)

2. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
3. Conversion formulae
Btu/h = kW × 3,412
kcal/h = kW × 860
4. SL means silent tap which is available on remote controller ARC466A14 only.
5. The operation sound is measured in anechoic chamber.
If it is measured under the actual installation conditions, it is normally over the set value due to the environmental noise and sound reflection.

48 Part 1 General Information

SiSG282101EB

Part 2
Refrigerant Circuit

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) ...................................................50

1.1 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................50
1.2 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................53
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................59
2.1 Premium Series......................................................................................59
2.2 Standard Series......................................................................................62

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 49

Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiSG282101EB

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.1 Indoor Unit
1.1.1 Premium Series
No. in
Electric
piping Name Function
symbol
diagram
Suction air thermistor  Thermostat control
(1) R1T
 General frequency control

(2) R2T Indoor heat exchanger liquid  Compressor frequency control (Target Te)
pipe thermistor  Freeze-up control
Indoor heat exchanger middle
(3) R3T
thermistor
— S1L Float switch  When the water level reaches its upper limit, the float switch turns OFF.

FCTF-A, FCF-C

R3T (3)

R1T (1)

R2T (2)

C: 3D112128G

50 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.1.2 Standard Series

No. in Electric
piping Name Function
symbol
diagram

(1) R1T Suction air thermistor  Thermostat control

 General frequency control
Indoor heat exchanger liquid  Compressor frequency control (Target Te)
(2) R2T
pipe thermistor  Freeze-up control
Float switch  When the water level reaches its upper limit, the float switch turns OFF.
— S1L (Applicable model: FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D (Option), FBFC-D
(Option))

FCFC-D, FHFC-D, FBFC-D, FAFC-A

02'(/ $ %
)+)&'9*
)%)&'90*  
)&)&'90*
)+)&'9*
)%)&'90*
 
)$)&$9*

C: 3D123537B

FFFC35AVMG, FFFC35BVMG

R1T (1)

R2T (2)

C: 3D129868

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 51

Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiSG282101EB

FFFC50AVMG, FFFC50BVMG

R1T (1)

R2T (2)

C: 3D129878

52 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.2 Outdoor Unit

1.2.1 RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G
No. in
Electric
piping symbol Name Function
diagram
Compressor Inverter drive unit varies compressor operating frequency to control capacity
(1) M1C
and other factors.
(2) Y1E Electronic expansion valve Provides control to maintain optimum operating condition for high efficiency.
Outdoor air thermistor Used for startup condition control and for overall current protection control.
(3) R1T
(Upper limit current depends on the outdoor air temperature)
Discharge pipe thermistor Used for discharge pipe temperature protection during compression
(4) R2T
operation.
(5) R3T Suction pipe thermistor Used for suction super heat control by electronic expansion valve.
Outdoor heat exchanger Used for calculation of outdoor heat exchanger subcooling during cooling
(6) R4T distributor/liquid pipe operation.
thermistor
Outdoor heat exchanger Used for calculation of high pressure during cooling operation.
(7) R5T middle thermistor (Calculate Pc by detected temperature and R-32 refrigerant
characteristics)
Power module thermistor Used for calculation of IPM (intelligent power module) temperature.
(8) R7T (Calculate IPM temperature by detected radiation fin temperature.)
(RZF100/125CV1G and RZFC125/140DV1G only)
High pressure switch The switch is activated at high pressure of 4.15 MPa or more to stop the
(9) S1PH
compressor operation.

RZF50/60/71CV1G

(2) Y1E
(/(&7521,&
08))/(5 (;3$16,219$/9(
),/7(5
287'225+($7
(;&+$1*(5

(3)
R1T

(7) R5T

(6) R4T
(9) S1PH
(5) (4)
+,*+35(6685(
R3T 6:,7&+ R2T
+3603D

67239$/9(
:,7+6(59,&(3257)/$5(

*$63257
)/$5(
&2035(6625
$&&808/$725
),(/'3,3,1*ȭ
&272

),(/'3,3,1*ȭ
&272 $&&808/$725
&2035(6625
(1) M1C
C: 3D105541

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 53

Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiSG282101EB

RZF100CV1G
(8)
(2) Y1E R7T
3&%
(/(&7521,& &22/,1*
(;3$16,21
9$/9(
08))/(5 675$,1(5 287'225
+($7(;&+$1*(5

(5)
(3)
R3T
R1T
(7) R5T

(9) S1PH (6) R4T

35(6685(
6:,7&+
+,*+
+36 (4)
R2T 6(59,&(3257
)/$5(
㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㼂㻭㻸㼂㻱
㻔㼃㻵㼀㻴㻌㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌㻼㻻㻾㼀㻌㻡㻛㻝㻢㻎㻌㻲㻸㻭㻾㻱㻕

&2035(6625
),(/'3,3(ȍ&72 $&&808/$725

$&&808/$725
),(/'3,3(ȍ&72 &2035(6625
(1) M1C

C: 3D109832A

RZF125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G
(8)
(2) Y1E R7T
3&%
(/(&7521,& &22/,1*
(;3$16,21
9$/9(
08))/(5 ),/7(5 287'225
+($7(;&+$1*(5

(3)
(5)
R1T
R3T

(7) R5T

(9) S1PH (6) R4T

35(6685(
6:,7&+
+,*+
+36 (4)
R2T 6(59,&(3257
)/$5(
㻿㼀㻻㻼㻌㼂㻭㻸㼂㻱
㻔㼃㻵㼀㻴㻌㻿㻱㻾㼂㻵㻯㻱㻌㻼㻻㻾㼀㻌㻡㻛㻝㻢㻎㻌㻲㻸㻭㻾㻱㻕

&2035(6625
),(/'3,3(ȍ&72 $&&808/$725

$&&808/$725
),(/'3,3(ȍ&72 &2035(6625
(1) M1C

C: 3D111939E

54 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.2.2 RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

No. in Electric
piping Name Function
symbol
diagram

(1) M1C Compressor Inverter drive unit varies compressor operating frequency to control capacity
and other factors.
(2) Y1E Electronic expansion valve Provides control to maintain optimum operating condition for high efficiency.
Outdoor air thermistor The outdoor air thermistor detects the outdoor air temperature and is used for
(3) R1T refrigerant shortage detection, input current control, outdoor fan control, liquid
compression protection function, and so on.
Outdoor heat exchanger  The outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for controlling the target
thermistor discharge pipe temperature. The system sets the target discharge pipe
temperature according to the outdoor and indoor heat exchanger
temperature, and controls the electronic expansion valve opening so that the
target discharge pipe temperature can be obtained.
 In cooling operation, the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for
(4) R2T
detecting the disconnection of the discharge pipe thermistor. When the
discharge pipe temperature drops below the outdoor heat exchanger
temperature by more than a certain value, the discharge pipe thermistor is
judged as disconnected.
 In cooling operation, the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for high
pressure protection.
Discharge pipe thermistor  The discharge pipe thermistor is used for controlling discharge pipe
temperature. If the discharge pipe temperature (used in place of the inner
temperature of the compressor) rises abnormally, the operating frequency
(5) R3T
becomes lower or the operation halts.
 The discharge pipe thermistor is used for detecting disconnection of the
discharge pipe thermistor.
High pressure switch The switch is activated at high pressure of 4.15 MPa or more to stop the
(6) S1PH compressor operation. (RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G only)

RZFC35EV1G

(3) R1T

(4) R2T

(2) Y1E

(5) R3T

(1) M1C
C: 3D132854A

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 55

Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiSG282101EB

RZFC50/60DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

(2) Y1E

(6) S1PH
(3)
R1T
R2T
(4)
(5)
R3T

(1) M1C

C: 3D120273A

RZFC71DV1G

(2) Y1E

(3)
(6) S1PH R1T
R2T
(4)
(5)
R3T

(1) M1C

C: 3D120270A

56 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

RZFC100DV1G

(2) Y1E

(3)
(6) S1PH R1T
R2T
(4)
(5)
R3T

(1) M1C

C: 3D123102A

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 57

Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiSG282101EB

1.2.3 RZFC-DY1G
No. in Electric
piping Name Function
symbol
diagram

(1) M1C Compressor Inverter drive unit varies compressor operating frequency to control capacity
and other factors.
(2) Y1E Electronic expansion valve Provides control to maintain optimum operating condition for high efficiency.

(3) R1T Outdoor air thermistor Used for startup condition control and for overall current protection control.
(Upper limit current depends on the outdoor air temperature.)
Discharge pipe thermistor Used for discharge pipe temperature protection during compression
(4) R2T
operation.
Outdoor heat exchanger Used for calculation of high pressure during cooling operation. (Calculate Pc
(5) R5T
middle thermistor by detected temperature and R-32 refrigerant characteristics.)
Power module thermistor Used for calculation of IPM (intelligent power module) temperature. (Calculate
(6) R10T IPM temperature by detected radiation fin temperature.)
High pressure switch The switch is activated at high pressure of 4.15 MPa or more to stop the
(7) S1PH
compressor operation.

RZFC100/125/140DY1G
(6) R10T
(2) Y1E

(3)
R1T
(5) R5T

(7) (4)
S1PH R2T

(1) M1C

C: 3D121099

58 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Functional Parts Layout

2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1 Premium Series
2.1.1 RZF50-71CV1G
Front view
Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger middle)
(R5T)

Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R2T)

High pressure switch

(S1PH)
Fan motor
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

C: 1P486094E

Back view

Electronic expansion valve coil

(Y1E)
Thermistor (Outdoor air)
(R1T)
Thermistor (Suction pipe)
(R3T)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger distributor pipe)
(R4T)

C: 1P486094E

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 59

Functional Parts Layout SiSG282101EB

2.1.2 RZF100CV1G
Front view
Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger middle) Thermistor
(R5T) Fan motor (Outdoor air)
(M1F) (R1T)

Electronic
expansion valve
(Y1E)

High pressure switch

(S1PH)

Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R2T)

Compressor
(M1C)

C: 1P467724F

Back view

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger
liquid pipe)
(R4T)

Thermistor (Suction pipe)

(R3T)

C: 1P467724F

60 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Functional Parts Layout

2.1.3 RZF125CV1G
Front view

Thermistor High pressure switch (S1PH)

(Outdoor heat (Back of the electrical box)
exchanger
middle)
(R5T)

Electronic
expansion
valve coil
Fan motor
(Y1E)
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

C: 1P466478H

Back view

Thermistor (Outdoor air)

Thermistor (Suction pipe) (R1T)
(R3T)

Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R2T)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger
liquid pipe)
(R4T)
C: 1P466478H

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 61

Functional Parts Layout SiSG282101EB

2.2 Standard Series

2.2.1 RZFC35EV1G
Front view

Thermistor
(Discharge pipe)
(R3T)

Fan motor
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

Back view

Thermistor (Outdoor air)

(R1T)

Electronic expansion
valve coil
(Y1E) Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger)
(R2T)

C: 1P619438F

62 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Functional Parts Layout

2.2.2 RZFC50-71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

Front view

High pressure switch

(S1PH)

Fan motor
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

Side view

Thermistor (Outdoor air)

(R1T)

Electronic expansion
valve coil
(Y1E)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger)
Thermistor (R2T)
(Discharge pipe)
(R3T)

C: 1P571268J

* The illustration is for RZFC71DV1G as representative.

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 63

Functional Parts Layout SiSG282101EB

2.2.3 RZFC100DV1G
Front view

High pressure switch

(S1PH)

Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

Fan motor (R3T)
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

Side view

Thermistor (Outdoor air)

(R1T)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger)
(R2T)

Electronic expansion
valve coil
(Y1E)

C: 1P572571E

64 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Functional Parts Layout

2.2.4 RZFC125/140DV1G
Front view

Thermistor High pressure switch (S1PH)

(Outdoor heat (Back of the electrical box)
exchanger
middle)
(R5T)

Electronic
expansion
valve coil
Fan motor
(Y1E)
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

C: 1P466478H

Back view

Thermistor (Outdoor air)

Thermistor (Suction pipe) (R1T)
(R3T)

Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R2T)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat exchanger
liquid pipe)
(R4T)
C: 1P466478H

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 65

Functional Parts Layout SiSG282101EB

2.2.5 RZFC100DY1G
Front view

High pressure
switch
(S1PH)

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat Electronic expansion
exchanger middle) valve coil
(Y1E)
(R5T)

Thermistor
(Discharge pipe)
Fan motor (R2T)
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

Back view

Thermistor
(Outdoor air)
(R1T)

C: 1P556063F

66 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiSG282101EB Functional Parts Layout

2.2.6 RZFC125/140DY1G
Front view

Thermistor
(Outdoor heat
exchanger middle)
(R5T)

Fan motor
(M1F)

Compressor
(M1C)

Side view

Thermistor
(Outdoor air)
(R1T)

High pressure
switch
(S1PH) Thermistor
(Discharge pipe)
(R2T)

Electronic expansion
valve coil
(Y1E)

C: 1P553454F

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 67

 SiSG282101EB

Part 3
Remote Controller

1. Applicable Models .................................................................................69

1.1 Wired Remote Controller........................................................................69
1.2 Wireless Remote Controller ...................................................................70
2. Names and Functions ...........................................................................72
2.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 ...........................................................................72
2.2 BRC1H61 Series ....................................................................................74
2.3 BRC1H62 Series ....................................................................................80
2.4 BRC2E61 ...............................................................................................87
2.5 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ....................................................90
2.6 BRC7M Series........................................................................................93
2.7 ARC466A14 ...........................................................................................96
3. Main/Sub Setting...................................................................................98
3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E63, BRC073A5) ................................98
3.2 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series).......................99
3.3 Wired Remote Controller (BRC2E61) ..................................................101
3.4 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together...........................101
4. Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series ...102
4.1 Setting for Signal Receiver PCB ..........................................................102
4.2 Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series .................................103
4.3 Setting for BRC7M Series ....................................................................104
4.4 Multiple Settings A/b.............................................................................105
5. Address Setting for ARC466A14.........................................................106
6. Centralized Control Group No. Setting................................................107
6.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................107
6.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................108
6.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................109
6.4 Group No. Setting Example..................................................................109
7. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu........................................110
7.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................110
7.2 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................114
7.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................116
8. Administrator Menu, Installer Menu ....................................................117
8.1 BRC1H61 Series ..................................................................................117
8.2 BRC1H62 Series ..................................................................................117

68 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Applicable Models

1. Applicable Models
1.1 Wired Remote Controller
Indoor unit Remote controller External appearance

FCTF-A Stylish BRC1H62W/K

BRC1H62W BRC1H62K

Navigation BRC1E63

BRC1H61W/K
(Except FFFC-B)

FCF-C
FCFC-D BRC1H61W BRC1H61K
FFFC-A
FFFC-B Stylish
FHFC-D
FBFC-D

BRC1H62W/K

BRC1H62W BRC1H62K

Simplified BRC2E61

FAFC-A Navigation BRC073A5

Part 3 Remote Controller 69

Applicable Models SiSG282101EB

1.2 Wireless Remote Controller

External appearance
Indoor unit Model name
Wireless remote controller Signal receiver unit

FCF-C
BRC7M635F/K
FCFC-D

BRC7M531W
(for grid panel
BYFQ60CAW)

FFFC-A
FFFC-B

BRC7E531W
(for standard panel
BYFQ60B3W1)

FHFC50-71D BRC7EA66

FHFC100-140D BRC7GA56

FBFC-D BRC4C66

70 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Applicable Models

External appearance
Indoor unit Model name
Wireless remote controller Signal receiver unit

ARC466A14
FAFC-A
(Standard accessory)

Part 3 Remote Controller 71

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2. Names and Functions

2.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5

(1) Mode Selector button (6) Right button

Used to select the operation mode.  Used to highlight the next items on the
right-hand side.
(2) Airflow Setting button  Display contents are changed to next
Used to indicate the Airflow Rate (Air screen per page.
Volume / Fan Speed) / Airflow Direction
screen. (7) Left button
 Used to highlight the next items on the
(3) Menu/Enter button left-hand side.
 Used to indicate the Main menu.  Display contents are changed to
(For details of Main menu, refer to the previous screen per page.
operation manual.)
 Used to enter the selected item. (8) ON/OFF button
 Press to start the system.
(4) Up button  Press this button again to stop the
 Used to increase the set temperature. system.
 Used to highlight the item above the
current selection. (9) Operation lamp (Green)
(The highlighted items will be scrolled This lamp lights up during operation. The
through when the button is pressed lamp blinks if an error occurs.
continuously.)
 Used to change the selected item. (10) Cancel button
 Used to return to the previous screen.
(5) Down button  Press and hold this button for 4
 Used to decrease the set temperature. seconds or longer to display Service
 Used to highlight the item below the Settings menu.
current selection.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled (11) LCD (with backlight)
through when the button is pressed The backlight will be lit for about 30
continuously.) seconds by pressing any button.
 Used to change the selected item.

72 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

Mode Access Operation

On power-up, the message Checking the connection. Please stand by. will be displayed on
the remote controller screen. Then that message will disappear and the basic screen will be
displayed. To access a mode from the basic screen, refer to the figure below.
When any of the operation buttons is pressed, the backlight will come on and remains lit for
about 30 seconds. Be sure to press a button while the backlight is on (this does not apply to the
On/Off button.)
Main Menu
• Circulation airflow
• Airflow direction
• Individual air direction
• Quick start
• Ventilation
• Energy saving options
• Schedule
• Filter auto clean
Main Menu screen • Maintenance information
• Configuration
• Current settings
• Clock & Calendar
Press Press Cancel • Language
Menu/Enter button once.
button once.

Basic Screen
• Operation mode changeover
 The items on each menu vary
• Temperature setting
depending on the connected
• Airflow rate
models.
• Airflow direction
• Menu display
• Confirmation of each setting
• On
• Off
• Cancel Basic screen
• Operation lamp
Press Cancel button Press Cancel
for 4 seconds or more. button once.

Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel button
for 4 seconds or more.

Service Settings screen Maintenance Menu screen

Service Settings Menu Maintenance Menu

• Test Operation • Model name
• Maintenance contact • Operation hours
• Field settings • Indoor unit status
• Demand • Outdoor unit status
• Min setpoints differential • Forced defrost
• External input interlock • Error display
• Group address • Swap unit No.
• Indoor unit AirNet address • Addressed sensor value
• Outdoor unit AirNet address
• Error history
• Indoor unit status
• Outdoor unit status
• Forced fan ON
• Switch main sub controller
• Filter indicator
• Test filter auto clean
• Brush/Filter ind
• Disable filter auto clean

Part 3 Remote Controller 73

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.2 BRC1H61 Series

2.2.1 Button Locations and Descriptions
a

b - + d

a ON/OFF button
• Press this button to turn on the system.
• Press this button again to turn off the system.
b Status indicator (LED)
• During operation, the light ring around the display lights up blue/red/green.
Lights up blue: Operating, Blinks red: Error is occurring, Lights up/blinks green: Bluetooth connecting
c LCD
• Displays the current setpoint and air conditioner operation status.
d NAVIGATE/ADJUST button
• Navigate right.
• Adjust a setting.
e SELECT/ACTIVATE/SET button
• From the home screen, enter the user menu.
• From the user menu, enter one of the submenus.
• From their respective submenu, activate an operation/ventilation mode.
f NAVIGATE/ADJUST button
• Navigate left.
• Adjust the setting.

74 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.2.2 Overview of Screens

The following is just an example. The items available for setting vary depending on the
indoor unit you are using. If there is no button operation for about 10 seconds, the screen
returns to the home screen.
Home screen User menu
Press
30 ˚C

28 ˚C
Select
press .
, then

This screen is a
menu for the user.
See the next page
Select , then for items which can
Select , then press . press . be selected.

Press and hold Press

for 5 seconds.

Administrator menu Information screen Installer menu

12:34

Press and Press 

A3-01 (Unit 00)
hold and  (in that
for order) and This screen is a
This screen is a menu This screen displays
5 seconds. hold them for menu for the installer.
for the administrator. the time and the
10 seconds. See the next page
See the next page for status of the remote
items which can be controller and the for items which can
selected. system. If an error be selected.
occurs, the error
code is displayed.

Part 3 Remote Controller 75

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.2.3 Setting Screen List

Setting list User Administrator Installer
Icon Name Description menu menu menu
Depends on
Operation Mode Operation mode setting h
current setting

Depends on
Fan Speed Airflow rate setting h
current setting

Depends on
Airflow Direction Airflow direction 1 setting h
current setting

Depends on
Vertical Airflow Airflow direction 2 setting h
current setting

Depends on
Ventilation Mode Ventilation mode setting h
current setting

Depends on
Ventilation Rate Ventilation rate setting h
current setting

LED brightness adjustment

Adjust LED (ON) h
when backlight lights up
LED brightness adjustment
Adjust LED (OFF) when backlight lights up h
dimly

Sign Reset Filter sign reset h

Celsius/Fahrenheit
Celsius/Fahrenheit h
changeover

Setpoint setting when in

Setpoint h
auto operation mode

Bluetooth Setting Bluetooth setting h h

Backlight Backlight brightness setting h h

Contrast Contrast setting h h

Clock Setting Clock setting h h

About Administrator information h h

Administrator password
Admin Password h
setting

Installer Password Installer password setting h

Field Setting Field Setting h

R/C Setting R/C Setting h

Address Setting Address Setting h

Forced Fan ON Forced Fan ON Setting h

Rel Master Control Release changeover master h

76 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.2.4 Names and Functions

Home screen Screen display explanation
a OFF
f • Displayed when operation is stopped.
a g
b Error/Filter/Test icon
b 30 ˚C h • Error, filter and test icons are displayed.
c OFF i c Centralized Control
d
e 28 j
k
• Displayed when under centralized
management.
d Operation mode
• Displays the current operation mode.
l
e Ventilation mode
Information screen f Room temperature
• Displays the current room temperature.
m
g Setback
• Blinks during setback operation.
q 12:34 n • Displayed during setback setting.
o h Bluetooth*
• Indicates that the controller is
p communicating with a mobile
A3-01 (Unit 00)
device, for use with the app.
i Changeover Under Control
User menu/Administrator menu/Installer menu • Displayed when controller is unauthorized
to select heating/cooling operation.
j Fahrenheit/Celsius
• Depending on the setting, Fahrenheit/
Celsius display can be selected.
r
k Air Purifying
l Set temperature
• Displays setpoint temperature.
User menu
m Clock (24 hours time display)
n MAIN/SUB remote controller sign
• : Main controller
r : Sub controller
o Status
• Notifies the status.
Administrator menu/Installer menu p Error display
• If an error occurs, the icon, an error
* The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered code and unit number are displayed.
trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and use
q Information icon
of such marks by Daikin industries, LTD. is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those r Settings menu icon
of their respective owners.

INFORMATION
Depending on the connected model, some items may not be displayed.
The controller is equipped with a power-saving function that darkens the display if there is no operation for a certain
period of time. To make the screen light up again, press one of the buttons.
Note that pressing one of the buttons will only make the display bright again, not cause remote controller operation.

Part 3 Remote Controller 77

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.2.5 Information Screen

The functions of the connected indoor unit are displayed as icons.

How to display the information screen

Home screen
Press and hold on the Home screen for 5 seconds.
30 ˚C

28 ˚C

Information screen
The screen switches to the Information screen.
12:34

How to exit the information screen

Information screen
Press or there is no button operation for about
12:34 10 seconds, the screen returns to the home screen.

78 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

About icons on the information screen

The items displayed vary depending on the indoor unit you are using.

Icon Name Description

Information Indicates an information screen.

MAIN/SUB remote Displayed when used as the MAIN/SUB remote controller.

controller 1=main, 2=sub
Bluetooth* Indicates that the controller is communicating with a
mobile device, for use with the app.
Clock not set Indicates that the clock needs to be set again.

Setback Indicates that the indoor unit is operating under setback

conditions.
Centralized Control Indicates that the system is controlled by central control
equipment (optional accessory) and that control of the
system by the controller is limited.
Changeover Under Displayed:
Control (VRV only) The remote controller does not have master control.
Unable to select heating/cooling operation.
Blinking:
None of the remote controllers in the system have master control.
Can be set as the master controller during this time.
Not Displayed:
The remote controller has master control.
Able to select heating/cooling operation.
Backup Indicates that backup operation is being carried out.

Energy savings Indicates that the system’s energy consumption is being

limited, and that it is running with restricted capacity.
Individual airflow Indicates that the individual airflow direction setting is
direction enabled.
Test operation Indicates that Test Operation mode is active.

Defrost/Hot start Indicates that the defrost/hot start mode is active.

Self-cleaning filter Indicates that self-cleaning filter operation is active.

operation
Inspection Indicates that the indoor or outdoor unit is being
inspected.
Periodic inspection Indicates that the indoor or outdoor unit is being
inspected.
Ventilating operation Indicates that ventilating operation is being carried out.

Warning Indicates that an error occurred, or that an indoor unit

component needs to be maintained.

* The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
and use of such marks by Daikin industries, LTD. is under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.

Part 3 Remote Controller 79

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.3 BRC1H62 Series

2.3.1 Button Locations and Descriptions
a

b - + d

a ON/OFF button
• Press this button to turn on the system.
• Press this button again to turn off the system.
b Status indicator (LED)
• During operation, the light ring around the display lights up blue/red/green.
Lights up blue: Operating, Blinks red: Error is occurring, Lights up/blinks green: Bluetooth connecting
c LCD
• Displays the current setpoint and air conditioner operation status.
d NAVIGATE/ADJUST button
• Navigate right.
• Adjust a setting.
e SELECT/ACTIVATE/SET button
• From the home screen, enter the user menu.
• From the user menu, enter one of the submenus.
• From their respective submenu, activate an operation/ventilation mode.
f NAVIGATE/ADJUST button
• Navigate left.
• Adjust the setting.

80 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.3.2 Overview of Screens

How to display the screen
The following is just an example. The items available for setting vary depending on the
indoor unit you are using. If there is no button operation for about 10 seconds, the screen
returns to the home screen.
Home screen User menu
Press
30 ˚C

28 ˚C
Select
press .
, then

This screen is a
menu for the user.
See the next page
Select , then for items which can
Select , then press . press . be selected.

Press and hold Press

for 5 seconds.

Administrator menu Information screen Installer menu

Sensor view
12:34
30 ˚C
32 ˚C
1050PPM
A3-01 (Unit 00) This screen is a
This screen is a menu
for the administrator. menu for the installer.
This screen displays the sensor values.
See the next page for See the next page
If there are no sensors, a horizontal bar (“–”) is
items which can be for items which can
displayed.
selected. be selected.
Choose which items are displayed by setting from
the remote controller.
This screen is not displayed by factory default. If it
is not displayed, the icon view will be shown
instead.

Press and hold Press / Press  

and for 5 seconds. (in that order) and
Icon view hold them for
10 seconds.
12:34

A3-01 (Unit 00)

This screen displays the time and the status of the

remote controller and the system. If an error
occurs, the error code is displayed.

Part 3 Remote Controller 81

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.3.3 Setting Screen List

Setting list User Administrator Installer
Icon Name Description menu menu menu
Depends on
Operation Mode Operation mode setting h
current setting

Depends on
Fan Speed Airflow rate setting h
current setting

Depends on
Airflow Direction Airflow direction 1 setting h
current setting

Depends on
Vertical Airflow Airflow direction 2 setting h
current setting

Depends on
Ventilation Mode Ventilation mode setting h
current setting

Depends on
Ventilation Rate Ventilation rate setting h
current setting

LED brightness adjustment

Adjust LED (ON) h
when backlight lights up
LED brightness adjustment
Adjust LED (OFF) when backlight lights up h
dimly

Sign Reset Filter sign reset h

Celsius/Fahrenheit
Celsius/Fahrenheit h
changeover

Setpoint setting when in

Setpoint h
auto operation mode

Bluetooth Setting Bluetooth setting h h

Backlight Backlight brightness setting h h

Contrast Contrast setting h h

Clock Setting Clock setting h h

About Administrator information h h

Administrator password
Admin Password h
setting

Installer Password Installer password setting h

Field Setting Field Setting h

R/C Setting R/C Setting h

Address Setting Address Setting h

Forced Fan ON Forced Fan ON Setting h

Rel Master Control Release changeover master h

82 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.3.4 Names and Functions

Home screen Screen display explanation
a OFF
f • Displayed when operation is stopped.
a g
b Error/Filter/Test/Streamer icon
b 30 ˚C h •
c i are displayed.
OFF
d
e 28 j
k
• The streamer icon is displayed
when Mold Proof operation is active.
c Centralized Control
• Displayed when under centralized
l
management.
Information screen d Operation mode
• Displays the current operation mode.
m
e Ventilation mode
q 12:34 n f Room temperature
• Displays the current room temperature.
o
g Setback
• Blinks during setback operation.
A3-01 (Unit 00) p • Displayed during setback setting.
Icon view h Bluetooth*
• Indicates that the controller is
m communicating with a mobile
q device, for use with the app.
12:34 n
30 ˚C i Changeover Under Control
32 ˚C r • Displayed when controller is unauthorized
1050PPM to select heating/cooling operation.
A3-01 (Unit 00) p j Fahrenheit/Celsius
• Depending on the setting, Fahrenheit/
Sensor view Celsius display can be selected.
User menu/Administrator menu/Installer menu k Air Purifying
l Set temperature
• Displays setpoint temperature.
m Clock (24 hours time display)
s n MAIN/SUB remote controller sign
• : Main controller
: Sub controller
User menu o Status
•
p Error display
• If an error occurs, the icon, an error
s code and unit number are displayed.
q Information icon
r Sensor values
Administrator menu/Installer menu • If there are no sensors, a horizontal
bar (“–”) is displayed.
* The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks
s Settings menu icon
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and use of such marks by
Daikin industries, LTD. is under license. Other trademarks and
trade names are those of their respective owners.

INFORMATION
Depending on the connected model, some items may not be displayed.
The controller is equipped with a power-saving function that darkens the display if there is no operation for a certain
period of time. To make the screen light up again, press one of the buttons.
Note that pressing one of the buttons will only make the display bright again, not cause remote controller operation.

Part 3 Remote Controller 83

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.3.5 Information Screen

The functions of the connected indoor unit are displayed as icons.

How to display the information screen

Home screen
Press and hold on the Home screen for 5 seconds.
30 ˚C

28 ˚C

Information screen
Sensor view Icon view The screen switches to the
Information screen.
12:34 12:34 Only displayed when sensor
30 ˚C view is enabled.
32 ˚C When enabled:
1050PPM The screen switches from
A3-01 (Unit 00) the home screen to the
sensor view screen.
When disabled:
The screen switches from
the home screen to the icon
view screen.

How to exit the information screen

Information screen
Sensor view Icon view Press or there is no
button operation for about
12:34 12:34 10 seconds, the screen
30 ˚C returns to the home screen.
32 ˚C Only displayed when sensor
1050PPM view is enabled.
A3-01 (Unit 00) When enabled:
The screen switches from
the home screen to the
sensor view screen.
When disabled:
The screen switches from
the home screen to the icon
view screen.

84 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

About icons on the information screen

The items displayed vary depending on the indoor unit you are using.

Icon Name Description

Information Indicates an information screen.

MAIN/SUB remote Displayed when used as the MAIN/SUB remote controller.

controller 1=main, 2=sub

Bluetooth* Indicates that the controller is communicating with a

mobile device, for use with the app.

Setback Indicates that the indoor unit is operating under setback

conditions.
A function to keep the room comfortable when the a/c is
off by automatically turning on the unit when the
temperature exceeds setback setpoint.
Centralized Control Indicates that the system is controlled by central control
equipment (optional accessory) and that control of the
system by the controller is limited.
Changeover Under Displayed:
Control (VRV only) The remote controller does not have master control.
Unable to select heating/cooling operation.
* Immediately after the start of operation, this icon may not
be displayed on the information screen even if the
remote controller does not have master control. If you
want to check if the remote controller has master control,
confirm on the home screen.
Blinking:
None of the remote controllers in the system have master
control.
Can be set as the master controller during this time.
Not Displayed:
The remote controller has master control.
Able to select heating/cooling operation.
Backup Indicates that backup operation is being carried out.

Energy savings Indicates that the system’s energy consumption is being

limited, and that it is running with restricted capacity.

Test operation Indicates that Test Operation mode is active.

Defrost/Hot start Indicates that the defrost/hot start mode is active.

Self-cleaning filter Indicates that self-cleaning filter operation is active.

operation

Part 3 Remote Controller 85

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

Icon Name Description

24-hour ventilation Indicates that 24-hour ventilation is set.
* May not be displayed even if connected to a unit with
this function.
Night purge Indicates that night purge is set.

Ventilating standby Indicates that ventilating operation has been stopped

temporarily. (In order to reduce energy loss, ventilating
operation is stopped immediately after cooling or heating
operation starts).
Ventilating Indicates that ventilating operation is being carried out
operation even when operation is stopped, if 24-hour ventilation and
night purge are set.
Pre Vent (Fresh-up) Indicates that ventilating is being carried out powerfully
due to a large difference in the incoming airflow rate and
exhaust airflow rate.
Outdoor Indicates the type of sensor value.
temperature

Room temperature

Room humidity

Outdoor humidity

CO2 concentration

Warning Indicates that an error occurred, or that an indoor unit

component needs to be maintained.

* The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
and use of such marks by Daikin industries, LTD. is under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.

86 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.4 BRC2E61
2.4.1 Button Locations and Descriptions
1. ON/OFF button
2. Operation lamp
(Green)
3. Mode Selector
button

6. Temperature
4. Display (LCD) Setting button

5. Fan Speed Control

button

Adjustment button

1. ON/OFF button 6. Temperature Setting button

• Press this button and the system will start. Press this button to set the temperature.
• Press this button again and the system will
stop. : Each press raises the
set temperature by 1°C
2. Operation lamp (Green)
• This lamp lights up during operation. : Each press lowers the
• This lamp blinks if a malfunction occurs. set temperature by 1°C
The variable temperature range is 16°C to 32°C.
3. Mode Selector button
Press this button to select the operation mode 7. Airflow Direction Adjustment
of your preference. button
• Available modes vary with the connected model.

4. Display (LCD)
• If swing mode is not available on the model
Shows the status and detail of operation. (Duct model for example),
may be displayed for 3 seconds when this
5. Fan Speed Control button button is pressed.
Press this button to select the fan speed of
your preference.

Part 3 Remote Controller 87

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.4.2 Basic Screen

6

1 7

1. DISPLAY (CHANGEOVER 5. DISPLAY (SET TEMPERATURE)

UNDER CONTROL) This display shows the set temperature.
It is impossible to changeover Heat/Cool Only given during a Cooling operation or
with the remote controller when it shows Heating operation.
this display.
6. DISPLAY (DEFROST/HOT
2. DISPLAY (OPERATION START)
MODE) Indicates that defrost or hot start (during
This display shows current OPERATION which the fan is stopped until the
MODE. is not available in outdoor temperature of air supply rises enough at
units specially designed for cooling only. the start of a Heating operation) is in
is reserved only for outdoor units progress.
capable of heat recovery.
7. DISPLAY (UNDER CENTRALIZED
3. DISPLAY (MALFUNCTION) CONTROL)
Indicates malfunction and blinks if the unit When this display shows, the system is
stops operating due to malfunction. UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL.
(This is not a standard specification)
4. DISPLAY (NON FUNCTION
DISPLAY)
If the particular function is not available,
pressing the button may display the
words for a few seconds.
When running multiple units
simultaneously, the message
will only be appear if none of the indoor
units is equipped with the function. If even
on unit is equipped with the function, the
display will not appear.

88 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

10

11

12

8 13

8. DISPLAY (UNIT NO. MODE) 11. DISPLAY (AIRFLOW DIRECTION)

During field setting (setting per indoor The display shows when the airflow
unit during group control function), the direction and swing are set. This icon is
display shows the selected unit no. not displayed if the indoor unit does not
have a function to set airflow directions.
9. DISPLAY (VENTILATION/AIR
CLEANING) 12. DISPLAY (TIMER MODE
This display shows that the total heat ON/OFF)
exchange and the air cleaning unit are in The display shows when the timer
operation. (These are optional function of the remote controller is set to
accessories). ON/OFF.

10. DISPLAY (AIRFLOW RATE 13. DISPLAY (GROUP NO.)

[AIRFLOW LEVEL/FAN SPEED]) During field setting, the display shows the
The display shows the airflow rate [Lv.1, mode no. function concerned.
Lv.2, Lv.3, Lv.4, Lv.5 and Auto] that is set
for the indoor unit.
The airflow rate will not be displayed if the
indoor unit does not have airflow rate
control function and the number of
available fan speeds may differ
depending on the indoor unit
specifications.

Part 3 Remote Controller 89

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.5 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

2.5.1 Remote Controller
1 ON OFF
8
3 H M L
DOWN 10
C ON OFF
6 UP

TEMP
FAN H M L TIME 11
4 C
hr. UP
9 DOWN
2 hr. FAN
13
RESERVE CANCEL
hr.
5 TIMER 12
hr.
TEST
MODE 15
7
SWING 14
TEST
16
TEST 17

DISPLAY (SIGNAL TRANSMISSION) FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON

1
This lights up when a signal is being transmitted. 9 Press this button to select the fan speed, HIGH or
LOW, of your choice.
DISPLAY (OPERATION MODE)
2 TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON
This display shows the current operation mode.
Use this button for setting temperature (Operates
H•L•M 10
DISPLAY (SET TEMPERATURE) with the front cover of the remote controller
°C
3 closed.)
This display shows the set temperature.
PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON
DISPLAY hr. hr.
(PROGRAMMED TIME) Use this button for programming start and/or stop
11
4 This display shows programmed time of the time. (Operates with the front cover of the remote
system start or stop. controller opened.)

5 DISPLAY (AIRFLOW FLAP) 12 TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON

13 TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON
DISPLAY (FAN SPEED)
6 14 AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
The display shows the set fan speed.
OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
DISPLAY TEST (INSPECTION/TEST) 15
Press this button to select operation mode.
7 When the INSPECTION/TEST button is pressed,
16 FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
the display shows the system mode is in.
INSPECTION/TEST BUTTON
ON/OFF BUTTON 17 This button is used only by qualified service
8 Press the button and the system will start. Press persons for maintenance purposes.
the button again and the system will stop.

90 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.5.2 Signal Receiver

EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
21 This switch is readily used if the remote
controller does not work.
RECEIVER
22 This receives the signals from the remote
controller.
OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
This lamp stays lit while the air conditioner
23
runs. It flashes when the air conditioner is in
trouble.
TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
24
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set.
AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME INDICATOR
25 LAMP (Red)
Lights up when it is time to clean the air filter.
DEFROST OPERATION LAMP (Orange)
26
Lights up when the defrost control has started.

FFFC-A, FFFC-B (with standard panel)

23
22
24
21

25
26

FHFC-D

25 26

22 24 23 21

Part 3 Remote Controller 91

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

FBFC-D

21

23 25

24 22

26

92 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.6 BRC7M Series

2.6.1 Remote Controller

13
2
1
6
3
7 4
8
5
9
10
11
12
18
17

15
14
16 19
20

DISPLAY (SIGNAL TRANSMISSION) FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON

1 10
This blinks when a signal is being transmitted. Press this button to select the fan speed.
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON
DISPLAY (OPERATION MODE) 11
Use this button for SETTING TEMPERATURE.
2 This display shows the current OPERATION BACKLIGHT BUTTON
MODE. Operation modes supported depend 12
on the model that is connected. Press this button to turn the backlight on or off.
SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
DISPLAY NOT AVAILABLE (displayed when 13
operation is not supported) This sends the signals to the indoor unit.
3 When a button for a function that is not PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON
supported on the connected model is pressed, 14 Use this button for programming “START and/
this displays for 2 seconds. or STOP” time.

DISPLAY (SET TEMPERATURE) 15 TIMER MODE ON/OFF BUTTON

4 16 TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON
This display shows the set temperature.
17 AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
DISPLAY (PROGRAMMED TIME) OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
5 This display shows PROGRAMMED TIME of Press this button to select OPERATION MODE.
the air conditioner start or stop.
18 (COOLING), (FAN), (PROGRAM
6 DISPLAY (AIRFLOW BLADE) DRY).
DISPLAY (FAN SPEED) FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
7
The display shows the set fan speed. 19 Refer to the section of MAINTENANCE in the
DISPLAY (INSPECTION) operation manual attached to the indoor unit.
When the INSPECTION BUTTON is pressed, INSPECTION BUTTON
8
the display shows the system mode is in. This button is used only by qualified service
20
Do not operate this button during normal use. persons for maintenance purposes.
Do not operate this button during normal use.
ON/OFF BUTTON
Press the button and the air conditioner will
9
start. Press the button again and the air
conditioner will stop.

Part 3 Remote Controller 93

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.6.2 Signal Receiver

EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
21 This switch is readily used if the remote
controller does not work.
RECEIVER
22 This receives the signals from the remote
controller.
OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
This lamp stays lit while the air conditioner
23
runs. It flashes when the air conditioner is in
trouble.
TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
24
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set.
AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME INDICATOR
25 LAMP (Red)
Lights up when it is time to clean the air filter.
DEFROST OPERATION LAMP (Orange)
26
Lights up when the defrost control has started.

FCF-C, FCFC-D

26 25

21

22

23 24

FFFC-A, FFFC-B (with grid panel)

23
22
24
25
21
26

94 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

2.6.3 How to Check Initial Set Value

Press the INSPECTION button to check the initial set value.
Press the INSPECTION button twice to return to the normal mode.

Initial set value

Indoor unit model type Initial set value

Ceiling mounted cassette type (round flow) FCF-C 3111
FCFC-D 3110
Compact multi flow ceiling mounted cassette type FFFC-A 2110
FFFC-B 2111 ()
 when sensor kit BRYQ60AAW is installed

2.6.4 How to Change the Initial Set Value

Available functions on the remote controllers are differ according to the indoor unit type applied.
Refer to the following procedure and conduct initial set according to the combination of the
indoor unit.
1. The initial setting indication is displayed at the first time of the battery insertion.
2. Check the model name of the model nameplate, which is stuck on the indoor unit body.
Refer to the aforementioned table to find the corresponding 4-digit initial setting value.

3. Press the SELECT button to change the blinking digit.

4. Press the RESERVE button to determine the blinking digit and move to the right digit.
Press the CANCEL button to move to the left digit.

Press the RESERVE button.

Press the CANCEL button.

blinking

5. The initial set value is determined when the digit at the far right is determined.
Then the screen return to normal mode display.
6. Once the initial setting is determined, the initial setting indication will not be displayed by
battery insertion.

If the current initial setting needs to be reset, insert the battery while pressing the
TEMPERATURE lower button and the MODE button.
After a few seconds of pressing, the initial setting indication is displayed again.

Part 3 Remote Controller 95

Names and Functions SiSG282101EB

2.7 ARC466A14
Signal transmitter Display (LCD)
• Displays the current settings. (In this
illustration, each section is shown
with all its displays on for the
purpose of explanation.)

Receiver
Temperature
adjustment button
• To use the remote controller, aim the • Changes the temperature setting.
transmitter at the indoor unit. If there is
: DRY Not available
anything blocking the signals between
the unit and the remote controller, : COOL 18 ~ 32°C
such as a curtain, the unit may not : FAN Not available
operate.
• The maximum transmission distance is
about 7 m.
On/Off button
• Press this button once to start
Fan setting button operation.
• Selects the airflow rate setting. Press once again to stop it.

Powerful button
Auto Indoor unit quiet Low • Starts POWERFUL operation.

Middle low

High Middle high Middle

• In indoor unit quiet operation,

operation sound becomes weak.
(The airflow rate also decreases.)
• In DRY operation, the airflow rate
setting is not available.

96 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Names and Functions

Open the Front Cover Mode button Econo/Quiet button

• Selects the operation mode. • Every time you press
Econo/Quiet button, the setting
changes in the following order.
DRY COOL FAN

ECONO OUTDOOR UNIT

QUIET

Blank
No setting Combination

Comfort/Sensor button • OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET

operation is not available in FAN
(COMFORT AIRFLOW and DRY operation.
Operation/INTELLIGENT • OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET
EYE Operation) operation and POWERFUL
operation cannot be used at the
• Every time you press same time. Priority is given to
Comfort/Sensor button, the the function you pressed last.
setting changes in the following
order.

COMFORT INTELLIGENT Swing buttons

AIRFLOW EYE • Adjusts the airflow direction.
• When you press Swing button,
the flap moves up and down, or
Blank (and) the louver moves right and
No setting Combination left. The flap (louver) stops when
you press Swing button again.

Off Timer button

• Press this button and adjust the
day and time with Select button. Weekly buttons (WEEKLY
Press this button again to
complete TIMER setting. TIMER Operation)
: Weekly button

Timer Cancel button : Program button

• Cancels the timer setting.
Clock button
• It cannot be used for the
WEEKLY TIMER operation. : Copy button
On Timer button
• Press this button and adjust the
day and time with Select button. : Back button
Select button Press this button again to
• Changes the ON/OFF TIMER complete TIMER setting.
and WEEKLY TIMER settings. : Next button

Part 3 Remote Controller 97

Main/Sub Setting SiSG282101EB

3. Main/Sub Setting
Main/Sub setting is necessary when 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2 remote controllers. The
remote controllers are set at factory to Main, so you have to change one remote controller from
Main to Sub. To change a remote controller from Main to Sub, proceed as follows:

3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E63, BRC073A5)

3.1.1 Field Settings
The designation of the main and sub remote controllers can be swapped. Note that this change
requires turning the power OFF and then ON again.
Basic screen
is displayed.
Select Main RC or
Press and hold Press the Cancel Sub RC using the
the Cancel button once. / (Up/Down)
button for 4 buttons, and then
seconds or more. press the
Select Switch Main Sub Menu/Enter button.
Controller and press the Press the
Service Menu/Enter button. Menu/Enter button.
Item 2 is Item 2 is
settings menu displayed. displayed.
Press the Cancel button.
is displayed.

3.1.2 When an Error Occurred

U5: there are 2 main remote controllers when power is turned ON
Change the setting from Main to Sub on the remote controller you want to be Sub.
U8: there are 2 sub remote controllers when power is turned ON
Change the setting from Sub to Main on the remote controller you want to be Main.

How to confirm Main/Sub setting

The Main/Sub setting of the remote controller is displayed on the bottom of the screen while
Checking the connection. Please stand by. is displayed.

Checking the connection.

Please stand by.
Confirm the remote controller
Main/Sub setting after power
Main RC
is turned ON.

How to change Main/Sub setting

You may change the Main/Sub setting of the remote controller while Checking the connection.
Please stand by. is displayed by pressing and holding the Mode Selector button for 4 seconds
or longer.
Error Code: U5
Checking the connection. Checking the connection.
Please stand by. Please stand by. Fan
Press and hold for 4 seconds
or longer the Mode Selector
button of sub remote
Main RC Sub RC
controller side.

Note(s) 1. It is not possible to change the Main/Sub setting from Main to Sub when only one remote
controller is connected.
2. When 2 remote controllers are being used, it is not possible to change the setting from Main
to Sub if one of the remote controllers is already set as Main.

98 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Main/Sub Setting

3.2 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series)

3.2.1 Main and Sub Controller
b

a Outdoor unit
b Indoor unit
a c Main remote controller
c d d Sub remote controller
• On the information screen, main/sub status is indicated by the following icons:

Icon Description

Main

Sub

INFORMATION
It is only possible to use a main and a sub controller of the same type.

INFORMATION
When digital input adapter BRP7A5* is part of the system, it is not possible to connect a second
controller. Connecting a second controller when the system already contains the adapter will cause
the adapter to go into error mode.

INFORMATION
If a sub controller does not display the home screen 2 minutes after its designation, turn off the power
and check the wiring.

INFORMATION
After re-designating a controller, the system requires a power reset.

INFORMATION
The following functions are not available for sub controllers:
• “Auto” operation mode
• Individual airflow direction
• Filter auto clean
• Setback temperature setpoints
• Draft prevention

Part 3 Remote Controller 99

Main/Sub Setting SiSG282101EB

3.2.2 Designating a Controller as Main or Sub

Prerequisite: A remote controller is already connected to the indoor unit.

Connect a second controller.

After turning on the power, perform setting of the second controller.
Result: It will start up automatically.

Home screen
Wait for a U5 or U8 error code to appear on the screen.
U5 Screen display explanation
1 main
1 2 sub

Home screen
When the U5 error code appears, press and hold until
“2” appears on the screen.
When the U8 error code appears, press and hold until
2 “1” appears on the screen.

Result:
A controller displaying 1 is set as main, and a controller
displaying 2 is set as sub.

INFORMATION
If sub remote controller is not set at power-on in the case of one indoor unit controlled by two remote
controllers, Error Code: U5 is displayed in the connection checking screen.
If the sub remote controller does not display the home screen two minutes after its designation, turn
off the power and check the wiring.

100 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Main/Sub Setting

3.3 Wired Remote Controller (BRC2E61)

Step Action

Insert a screwdriver in the recess of lower case to remove the upper case (2 points).

Remote controller PCB is installed Upper case

on the upper case.
1 Take care not to damage the PCB Screwdriver
with the screwdriver.

Lower case
Take care that dust or moisture does Insert and twist the
not touch the PCB. screwdriver lightly for removal.

Be sure to set the sub remote controller by changing the SS1 switch on the side of the PCB from the
MASTER to the SLAVE position. SS1 MASTER

SS1 MASTER
2
(1)

SS1 MASTER
(2)
SLAVE

SLAVE

SLAVE
(1) Factory set: MASTER (2) Move to SLAVE

3.4 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together

When using both a wired and a wireless remote controller for 1 indoor unit, the wired controller
should be set to Main. Therefore, the Main/Sub switch (SS1) of the signal receiver PCB must be
set to Sub.
Main/Sub Main Sub

Main/Sub switch S S
(SS1) M M

The side painted black indicates

the switch knob position.

Transmitter assembly

S
M
2 3
1
SS1
SS2

Part 3 Remote Controller 101

Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series SiSG282101EB

4. Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA,

BRC7M Series
If setting multiple wireless remote controllers to operate in one room, perform address setting
for the receiver and the wireless remote controller.
(This includes an individual remote controller control using the group operation.)
(For the wiring for the group operation, please refer to the installation manual attached to the
indoor unit and technical guide.)

4.1 Setting for Signal Receiver PCB

The address for the receiver is set to 1 at the factory. To change the setting, set the wireless
address switch (SS2) on the signal receiver PCB according to the table below.
Unit No. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

3
Wireless address
3

3
switch (SS2)

2
2

2
1
1

1
The side painted black indicates
the switch knob position.

Transmitter assembly

S
M
2 3
1
SS1
SS2

102 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series

4.2 Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

The address for the wireless remote controller is set to 1 at the factory. To change the setting,
proceed as follows:

1. Press FILTER SIGN RESET button and INSPECTION/TEST button at the same time for 4
seconds to enter field setting mode. (SETTING is indicated on the display.)
2. Press FAN button and select A or b. Each time the button is pressed, the display switches
between A and b.
3. Press UP button or DOWN button to select an address from 1-3 as same as the receiver.
Address can be set from 1-6, but the receiver does not work with addresses 4-6.

4. Press RESERVE button to confirm the setting.

5. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 1 second to return to normal mode.

UP button

Field setting mode DOWN button

FAN button

RESERVE button

Address

Multiple setting

FILTER SIGN RESET button

INSPECTION/TEST button

Part 3 Remote Controller 103

Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series SiSG282101EB

4.3 Setting for BRC7M Series

The address for the wireless remote controller is set to 1 at the factory. To change the setting,
proceed as follows:

1. Press the FILTER SIGN RESET button and the INSPECTION button for at least 4 seconds
to enter the Field Setting mode.
(SETTING is indicated on the display.)
2. Press the SELECT button and select a multiple setting (A/b). Each time the button is
pressed the display switches between A and b.
3. Press the TEMP buttons to set the address.

Address can be set from 1 to 6, but set it to 1-3 and to the same address as the receiver.
(The receiver does not work with address 4-6.)
4. When the RESERVE button is pressed, the setting is confirmed and the usual display
returns.

Address

Multiple setting

2
4

104 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Address Setting for BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA, BRC7M Series

4.4 Multiple Settings A/b

The command such as operation mode or temperature setting by this remote controller will be
rejected when the target indoor unit operation is restricted as by an external control such as
centralized control.
Since the setting acceptance is hard to discriminate with such circumstances there are two
setting options provided to enable discriminating by a beeping sound according to the operation:
“A: Standard” or “b: Multi System”. Set the setting according to the customer's intention.
Remote Controller Indoor Unit
Multiple Display on Behavior to the remote controller operation Other than the left
setting remote controller when the functions are restricted as by an
external control.
A: Standard All items Accepts the functions except restricted. Accepts all items
(factory set) displayed. (Sounds one long beep or three short transmitted (Sounds two
beeps) short beeps)
There may be a difference from the indoor The remote controller
unit status with remote controller display. display agrees with the
indoor unit status.
b: Multi Display only <When some restricted functions are
System items included in the transmitted items>
transmitted for a Accepts the functions except restricted.
while. (Sounds one long beep or three short
beeps)
There may be a difference from the indoor
unit status with remote controller display.

<When no restricted function is

included>
Accepts all items transmitted (Sounds two
short beeps)
The remote controller display agrees with
the indoor unit status.

Part 3 Remote Controller 105

Address Setting for ARC466A14 SiSG282101EB

5. Address Setting for ARC466A14

Outline When 2 indoor units are installed in 1 room, 1 of the 2 indoor units and the corresponding
wireless remote controller can be set for different address.

Procedure 1. Remove the front grille.

2. Remove the electrical box.
3. Remove the shield plate of the electrical box.
4. Cut the address setting jumper JA on the PCB.
5. Remove the cover of remote controller battery.
6. Cut the address setting jumper J4.

Indoor unit PCB

ADDRESS
ADDRESS:JA
1
2

ADDRESS
JB
EXIST
CUT

JA
JC JA

(R9665)

Wireless Remote Controller

Jumper (J4)
ADDRESS
EXIST 1
CUT 2

 Do not cut the left jumper.

Caution Replace the PCB if you cut a jumper unintentionally.

Jumpers are necessary for electronic circuit. Improper operation may occur if you cut any of
them.

Caution Replace the remote controller if you cut a jumper unintentionally.

Jumpers are necessary for electronic circuit. Improper operation may occur if you cut any of
them.

106 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Centralized Control Group No. Setting

6. Centralized Control Group No. Setting

6.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5
Group No. Setting (Group)
Basic screen
is displayed.
Press and hold Press the Cancel
the Cancel button button once.
for 4 seconds or
more. Select Group Address
and then press the
Service Menu/Enter button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press the Cancel displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Select Group Press the Cancel
Address (Group) button once.
and then press
the Menu/Enter
button.

Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the desired
Group No. using Press the Menu/Enter
Note: the / (Up/Down) button.
This menu appears only when a buttons, and then
centralized controller is connected. press the
Menu/Enter
button.
Item 2 is
displayed.

Group No. Setting (Unit)

Basic screen
is displayed.
Press and hold Press the Cancel
the Cancel button button once.
for 4 seconds or
more. Select Group Address
and then press the
Service Menu/Enter button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press the Cancel displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Select Group Press the Cancel
Address (Unit) button once.
and then press the
Menu/Enter
button.

Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the desired
Group No. using Press the Menu/Enter
the / (Up/Down) button.
buttons, and then
press the
Menu/Enter
button.
Item 2 is
displayed.

Part 3 Remote Controller 107

Centralized Control Group No. Setting SiSG282101EB

6.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series

Group Address
• Assign the group address and unit number for centralized control.
• The group and unit address can only be set when a centralized controller is connected.
This menu is only visible when a centralized controller is connected.
• The group and unit address can be “set” and “released”.

NOTICE
Don’t forget to release the group address before disconnecting the centralized controller because the
menu will not be accessible afterwards.

For BRC1H series, group address setting cannot be set via the remote controller. Please set the
group address setting via smartphone application as follows.

- Installer setting - Installer setting - Installer setting

- RC settings - RC settings - RC settings

- Maintenance - Maintenance - Maintenance

Main Group
Set the indoor unit group address. Set the group address on a per-
After all settings are complete, press group basis.
the “Send to RC” button. * Set a group address only for the MAIN
unit.

Unit
Set the group address on a per-unit
basis.

Force operation of the fan of the unit

number whose icon has been tapped.
You can confirm the location of the
device on which you are performing
You can switch between setting the
settings.
indoor unit group address for each
group, or for each unit.

108 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Centralized Control Group No. Setting

6.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds or more to enter
field setting mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with MODE button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with UP button or DOWN button.
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pressing RESERVE button.
5. Press INSPECTION/TEST button and return to the normal mode.

UP button
Mode No.
Field setting mode DOWN button

RESERVE button

MODE button
Group No.

INSPECTION/TEST
button

6.4 Group No. Setting Example

Outdoor unit

Indoor/Outdoor
F1 F2

F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2

RC
Group Control by Remote Controller
1-00 Main RC RC Sub RC
(automatic unit address)
1-01 1-02

F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2

No Remote Controller
RC
1-03
1-04

Caution When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation after all
indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal display. This is not an
operative fault.

Part 3 Remote Controller 109

Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu SiSG282101EB

7. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu

7.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5
Operating the remote controller allows service data to be acquired and various services to be
set.

Basic
screen is
displayed.

Press and
hold the Press the Cancel
Cancel button button once.
for 4 seconds Select an item from Service Select the desired item from
or more. settings menu and press the Item 2 sub menu, and
Menu/Enter button. press Menu/Enter button.
Service
Press the Item 2 is Item 3 is
settings menu
Cancel displayed. displayed.
is displayed. Press Cancel button. Press Cancel button.
button.
Press and
hold the
Cancel button
for 4 seconds
or more. Select the desired item from the
Maintenance menu, and then Select the desired Unit No.
Maintenance press the Menu/Enter button. using the / (Up/Down)
Item 2 is
menu is buttons. The corresponding
displayed. data will be displayed.
displayed. Press the Cancel button.

110 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu

7.1.1 Service Settings Menu

Service settings menu Item 2 Remarks
Test Operation — —
Maintenance Contact None —
Maintenance Contact —, 0 to 9 (in order)
Field Settings Indoor Unit No. —
Mode No. —
First Code No. —
Second Code No. —
Demand Enable/Disable Enable, Disable
Settings 40%, 70%
Start time (by the unit of 30 minutes)
Ending time (by the unit of 30 minutes)
Min setpoints Differential None, Single SP, 0 to 8°C —
Group Address Group Address (Group) Gr Addr. Set
Group Address (Unit) Unit No., Gr Addr. Set
Indoor unit Airnet Address Unit No., Address Set —
Outdoor unit Airnet Address Unit No., Address Set —
Error History RC Error History Unit No., Error, Date, Time
(Up to 10 errors received by the remote
controller can be displayed.)
Indoor Unit Error History Unit No., Error, Date, Time
(Up to 5 errors from the indoor unit error
record can be displayed.)
Indoor Unit Status Unit No. —
Th1 Suction air thermistor
Th2 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
Th3 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor
Th4 Discharge air thermistor
Th5 —
Th6 —
Outdoor Unit Status Unit No. —
Th1 Outdoor air thermistor
Th2 Heat exchanger thermistor
Th3 Discharge pipe thermistor
Th4 —
Th5 —
Th6 —
Forced Fan ON Unit No. —
Switch Main Sub controller — —
Filter Indicator — —
Test Filter Auto Clean — —
Brush / Filter Ind — —
Disable Filter Auto Clean No, Yes —

Part 3 Remote Controller 111

Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu SiSG282101EB

7.1.2 Maintenance Menu

Maintenance Item 2 Remarks
Menu
Model Name Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
Indoor unit The model names are displayed.
(A model code may be displayed instead, depending on
Outdoor unit the particular model.)
R-32 mark display —
Operation Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
Hours
Indoor unit operation hours All of these are displayed in hours.
Indoor fan operation hours
Indoor unit energized hours
Outdoor unit operation hours
Outdoor fan 1 operation hours
Outdoor fan 2 operation hours
Outdoor compressor 1
operation hours
Outdoor compressor 2
operation hours
Indoor Unit Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
Status
FAN Fan tap
Speed Fan speed (rpm)
FLAP Airflow direction
EV Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
MP Drain pump ON/OFF
EH Electric heater ON/OFF
Hu Humidifier ON/OFF
TBF Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH OPEN/CLOSE
T1/T2 T1/T2 external input OPEN/CLOSE
Th1 Suction air thermistor 1
Th2 Indoor liquid pipe thermistor
Th3 Indoor gas pipe thermistor
Th4 —
Th5 —
Th6 —
Outdoor Unit Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
Status
FAN step Fan tap
COMP Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)
EV1 Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
SV1 Solenoid valve ON/OFF
Pe Low pressure (MPa)
Pc High pressure (MPa)
Th1 —
Th2 —
Th3 —
Th4 —
Th5 —
Th6 —
Forced Forced defrost ON Enables the forced defrost control.
Defrost
Forced defrost OFF Disables the forced defrost control.
Error Display Display error ON Displays the error on the screen.
Display error OFF Displays neither errors nor warnings.
Display warning ON Displays a warning on the screen if an error occurs.
Display warning OFF No warning is displayed.
Swap Unit Current Unit No. A unit No. can be transferred to another.
No.
Transfer Unit No.

112 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu

Maintenance
Item 2 Remarks
Menu
Addressed Unit No.: 0 - 15 Select the unit number you want to check.
Sensor
Value Code
00: Remote controller thermistor (°C)
01: Suction air thermistor (°C) 5
02: Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (°C)
03: Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (°C)
04: Indoor unit address No.
05: Outdoor unit address No.
06: BS unit address No.
07: Zone control address No.
08: Cooling/Heating batch address No.
09: Demand/low-noise address No.
22: Displays presence detection rate (%) (see 7) in Area 1 (see
6). Display value × 10%. Displays 15 for units with no sensing
type mounted.
23: Displays presence detection rate (%) (see 7) in Area 2 (see
6). Display value × 10%. Displays 15 for units with no sensing
type mounted.
24: Displays presence detection rate (%) (see 7) in Area 3 (see
6). Display value × 10%. Displays 15 for units with no sensing
type mounted.
25: Displays presence detection rate (%) (see 7) in Area 4 (see
6). Display value × 10%. Displays 15 for units with no sensing
type mounted.
26: Infrared sensor (°C) (See 8). Displays – for units with no
sensing type mounted.
Data The corresponding data will be displayed, based on the Unit No.
and Code selected.
1: Displays suction air temperature after correction for all models.
2: Displays temperature only for applicable models.
3: Displays floor temperature used for control (including correction) when the sensor kit is
connected.
4: Displays control temperature (temperature near the person when the sensor kit is
connected).
5: Displays suction air temperature after correction when the sensor kit is connected.
6: Areas mean four areas shown on the below.
7: For presence detection rate (%), human motion is recognized by digital output ranging from
0 to 5 V. (5 V is output when no presence is detected, and 0 V is output when presence is
detected.)

1 4
2 3
Detection areas of presence sensor
(Corresponding to the punched mark
on the inner frame of the panel:
80 cm above the floor ~)

Reference
(1) 0% detection rate: Presence is not detected at all.
(2) 25% detection rate: Presence is detected, but the sensor does not recognize presence.
(3) 50% detection rate: The sensor recognizes presence (small motion).
(4) 75% detection rate: The sensor recognized presence (large motion).
(5) 100% detection rate: The sensor constantly outputs 0 V. Continuing this condition will
display an error.
8: Directly displays a measured value sent from the adaptor PCB.

Part 3 Remote Controller 113

Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu SiSG282101EB

7.2 BRC2E61
Reference Refer to page 181 for the field setting.

7.2.1 Service Mode 1

[Mode No. 40 to 47]
[Field setting mode screen]

(1) At the field setting mode screen press

and hold both the Mode Selector
button ( ) and the Temperature
Setting (down) button ( ) for 4
seconds or longer. Service setting
Press and hold mode 1 menu is displayed.
2 buttons for
4 seconds or longer.

[Service mode 1 screen]

(2) Same as the field setting mode, select

the desired “Mode No.”, by pressing
the Airflow Direction Adjustment button
( ).

(3) After all setting changes are

completed, press both the Mode
Selector button ( ) and the
Temperature Setting (down) button ( )
for 1 second to return to the basic
screen.

114 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu

7.2.2 Service Mode 2

[Mode No. 50 to 59]
[Service mode 1 screen]

(1) At service mode 1 screen press and

hold both the Mode Selector button
( ) and the Temperature Setting
(down) button ( ) for 4 seconds or
longer. Service setting mode 2 menu is
Press and hold displayed.
2 buttons for
4 seconds or longer.
(2) Same as the field setting mode, select
the desired “Mode No.”, by pressing
the Airflow Direction Adjustment button
( ).

(3) After all setting changes are

completed, press both the Mode
Selector button ( ) and the
Temperature Setting (down) button
( ) for 1 second to return to the basic
screen.

[Service mode 2 screen] (4) If you want to control Mode No. 60 to

65 at the service mode 2 screen, press
and hold the Mode Selector button ( ) ,
the Fan Speed Control button ( ) and
the Temperature Setting (up) button
( ) simultaneously for 4 seconds or
Press and hold longer.
3 buttons for (3 buttons total).
4 seconds or longer. Service setting mode 3 menu is
displayed.
[Service mode 3 screen]
(5) You can change the Mode No. up to
65 by pressing the Airflow Direction
Adjustment button ( ) only after
carrying out procedure (4).

Part 3 Remote Controller 115

Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu SiSG282101EB

7.3 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

Mode number

UP button
DOWN button

RESERVE button

MODE button

INSPECTION/TEST button

1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds during normal mode to enter field setting
mode.
2. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds to enter service mode.
3. Press MODE buttons to select a desired mode number. (43, 44, 45)
4. Carry out the necessary setting for each mode with UP button or DOWN button.
5. Press RESERVE button to confirm the setting.
6. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to return to normal mode.

Mode Function Content and Operation Method Example of Remote Controller Display
No.
43 Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit
ON individually.

44 Individual Sets fan speed and airflow

Setting direction for each unit individually
when using group control.
Settings are made using the airflow
direction adjustment and fan speed
adjustment buttons.

45 Unit No. Changes unit No.

Change
Set the unit No. after changing with
the programming time up-down
button.

116 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiSG282101EB Administrator Menu, Installer Menu

8. Administrator Menu, Installer Menu

8.1 BRC1H61 Series
Refer to page 76 for details.

8.2 BRC1H62 Series

Refer to page 82 for details.

Part 3 Remote Controller 117

 SiSG282101EB

Part 4
Functions and Control

1. Function Outline ..................................................................................120

1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................120
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................121
2. Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B,
FHFC-D, FBFC-D) ..............................................................................122
2.1 Set Temperature and Control Target Temperature..............................122
2.2 Thermostat Control (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)....122
2.3 Thermostat Control (FFFC-A, FFFC-B)................................................123
2.4 Power-Saving Control ..........................................................................124
2.5 Eco Full Automatic Control...................................................................125
2.6 Automatic Airflow Rate Control ............................................................126
2.7 Airflow Direction Control.......................................................................126
2.8 Auto Direct/Indirect Airflow Control ......................................................127
2.9 Individual Airflow Direction Setting .......................................................128
2.10 Drain Pump Control..............................................................................128
2.11 Dew Condensation Prevention Control ................................................128
2.12 Freeze-Up Prevention Control..............................................................129
2.13 Automatic Restart.................................................................................129
2.14 Monitoring Control ................................................................................130
2.15 Interlocking With External Devices.......................................................130
2.16 Rotation Operation ...............................................................................133
2.17 Eco Mode .............................................................................................133
2.18 Circulation Airflow.................................................................................133
2.19 Streamer Operation..............................................................................134
3. Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)..........................................................135
3.1 Temperature Control ............................................................................135
3.2 Airflow Direction Control.......................................................................135
3.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Unit .......................................................137
3.4 Program Dry Operation ........................................................................138
3.5 Thermostat Control...............................................................................139
3.6 ECONO Operation ..............................................................................139
3.7 NIGHT SET Mode ................................................................................140
3.8 POWERFUL Operation ........................................................................140
3.9 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation .............................................................141
3.10 Clock Setting ........................................................................................142
3.11 WEEKLY TIMER Operation .................................................................143
3.12 Other Functions....................................................................................149
4. Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,
RZFC50DAV1G ..................................................................................150
4.1 Mode Hierarchy ....................................................................................150
4.2 Frequency Control................................................................................150
4.3 Controls at Mode Changing/Start-up....................................................152
4.4 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................153
118 Part 4 Functions and Control
SiSG282101EB

4.5 Input Current Control............................................................................154

4.6 Freeze-Up Protection Control...............................................................155
4.7 Outdoor Fan Control.............................................................................155
4.8 Liquid Compression Protection Function..............................................155
4.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .....................................................156
4.10 Malfunctions .........................................................................................158
4.11 Pump Down Operation .........................................................................159
5. Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G...160
5.1 Operation Flowchart .............................................................................160
5.2 Overview of Outdoor Unit Controls.......................................................161
5.3 Abnormal Stop......................................................................................162
5.4 Restart Standby....................................................................................162
5.5 Preheating Control on Standby ............................................................163
5.6 Startup Control .....................................................................................164
5.7 Room Temperature Thermostat Control ..............................................165
5.8 Starting Frequency Control ..................................................................165
5.9 Compressor Step Control.....................................................................166
5.10 Outdoor Fan Speed Control .................................................................167
5.11 Low Noise Control (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only)........................167
5.12 Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................168
5.13 High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................169
5.14 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................170
5.15 Capacitor Electrical Discharge Control.................................................171
5.16 Inverter Current Protection Control ......................................................171
5.17 Forced Thermostat OFF Due to Freeze-Up Prevention Control in
Cooling .................................................................................................171
5.18 Cooling Control with Low Outdoor Air Temperature.............................171
5.19 Overall Current Protection Control .......................................................172
5.20 Refrigerant Shortage Detection Control ...............................................172
5.21 Piping/Wiring Mismatch Detection Control ...........................................172
5.22 Pump Down Operation .........................................................................173
5.23 Oil Return Control.................................................................................173
5.24 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................173
5.25 Simulated Operation Function..............................................................174
5.26 Test Operation Control .........................................................................174

Part 4 Functions and Control 119

Function Outline SiSG282101EB

1. Function Outline
1.1 Indoor Unit
FCTF-A FFFC-A
Input FCFC-D FHFC-D FBFC-D
FCF-C FFFC-B
Indoor unit Suction air thermistor (R1T) h h h h h
Indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R2T) h h h h h
Indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor (R3T) h ― ― ― ―
Humidity sensor h h ― ― ―
Infrared floor sensor h h (Option) h (Option) ― ―
Infrared presence sensor h h (Option) h (Option) ― ―
Float switch h h h h (Option) h (Option)
Fan rotation speed h h h h h
Remote ON/OFF switch h h h h h
controller
Airflow direction control h h h h ―
Airflow rate control h h h h h
Thermistor (Wired remote controller only) h h h h h

Reference
Functions and control FCTF-A FCF-C FCFC-D FFFC-A FFFC-B FHFC-D FBFC-D
page
Set temperature and control target
h h h h h h h 122
temperature
Thermostat control h h h h h h h 122, 123
Power-saving control h h ― ― ― ― ― 124
Eco full automatic control h h ― ― ― ― ― 125
Automatic airflow rate control h h h h h h h 126
Airflow direction control h h h h h h ― 126
Auto direct/indirect airflow control h
h h ― ― ― ― 127
(Option)
Individual airflow direction setting h h h ― ― ― ― 128
Drain pump control h h
h h h h h 128
(Option) (Option)
Dew condensation prevention control h h h h h h ― 128
Freeze-up prevention control h h h h h h h 129
Automatic restart h h h h h h h 129
Monitoring control h h h h h h h 130
Interlocking with external devices h h ― — — — — 130
Rotation operation h h ― — — — — 133
Eco mode h h ― — — — — 133
Circulation airflow ― h h — — — — 133
Streamer operation h
h ― — — — — 134
(Option)

120 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Function Outline

1.2 Outdoor Unit

1.2.1 RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Functions and control Reference page
Mode hierarchy 150
Frequency control 150
Controls at mode changing/start-up 152
Discharge pipe temperature control 153
Input current control 154
Freeze-up protection control 155
Outdoor fan control 155
Liquid compression protection function 155
Electronic expansion valve control 156
Malfunctions 158
Pump down operation 159

1.2.2 RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

Input
Outdoor air thermistor
Discharge pipe thermistor
Suction pipe thermistor (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only)
Outdoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only)
Outdoor heat exchanger middle thermistor
Power module thermistor
High pressure switch
Current transformer
Indoor unit signal
Setting switch (1)
1. Refer to Emergency Operation on page 220.

Functions and control Reference page

Stop Abnormal stop 162
Standby Restart standby 162
Preheating control on standby 163
Startup control Startup control 164
Room temperature thermostat control 165
Starting frequency control 165
Function control Compressor step control 166
Outdoor fan speed control 167
Low noise control (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only) 167
Protection control Low pressure protection control 168
High pressure protection control 169
Discharge pipe temperature control 170
Capacitor electrical discharge control 171
Inverter current protection control 171
Forced thermostat off 171
Cooling control with low outdoor air temperature 171
Overall current protection control 172
Refrigerant shortage detection control 172
Piping/wiring mismatch detection control 172
Oil return control, etc. Pump down operation 173
Oil return control 173
Service function Emergency operation 173
Simulated operation function 174
Test operation control 174

Part 4 Functions and Control 121

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

2. Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D,

FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)
2.1 Set Temperature and Control Target Temperature
The relationship between remote controller set temperature and control target temperature is
described below.

Temperature ˚C

Remote controller set temperature

Cooling
Control target temperature

Examples are given to illustrate a control target temperature that satisfies the remote controller
set temperature.

Regarding control target temperature

When using the infrared floor sensor, the temperature around people will be treated as the
control target temperature for operation.

What is the temperature around people?

The temperature around people refers to the temperature of the living space, obtained from the
temperature around the ceiling and the temperature underfoot. The temperature is calculated
using the detected values of the suction air thermistor and the infrared floor sensor.
It is difficult to use only suction air temperature control for underfoot air conditioning.

2.2 Thermostat Control (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FHFC-D,

FBFC-D)
2.2.1 Without Optional Infrared Floor Sensor
According to a difference between the remote controller set temperature and the actually
detected room temperature, the thermostat is turned ON or OFF.

 Cooling
• ΔTr ≤ –0.5ºC continues for 1 minute.
OR
• ΔTr ≤ –2ºC
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔTr ≥ +0.5ºC
 Program Dry

Temperature Dry operation startup

Thermostat ON
B
Tr – Tro
Differential Tr
Thermostat OFF
A
Dry operation Thermostat OFF Dry operation

Time

Tr – Tro < –1ºC

(A)
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr – Tro  0ºC
(B)

Note(s) 1: The thermistor for room temperature detection depends on the field setting 10 (20)-2.
2: Description of symbols

122 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

Tr = Detected room temperature – Remote controller set temperature

Tro: Detected room temperature at the start of dry operation
Tr: Detected room temperature

2.2.2 With Optional Infrared Floor Sensor

According to a difference between the remote controller set temperature and the control target
temperature (temperature around people), the thermostat is turned ON or OFF.

 Cooling
Tp = Temperature around people – Remote controller set temperature
• ΔTp ≤ –0.5ºC continues for 1 minute.
OR
• ΔTp ≤ –2ºC
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔTp ≥ +0.5ºC
Control range of temperature around people
When the floor temperature is very low, operation using the temperature around people may
cause the suction air temperature to operate outside of use range.
To avoid the above condition, a limit based on the suction air temperature is set for the use
range of the temperature around people.

 Cooling operation
 When the floor temperature is lower than suction air thermistor detection temperature
(R1T), R1T will be treated as the control target temperature for operation.
 When the temperature around people is 15°C or lower, R1T will be treated as the control
target temperature for operation.

2.3 Thermostat Control (FFFC-A, FFFC-B)

2.3.1 Without Optional Infrared Floor Sensor
The thermostat ON/OFF condition is determined by the difference between the remote
controller set temperature and the actual detected room temperature (1).

 Normal operation
 Cooling operation
ΔT ≤ –2.0°C
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≥ –1.0°C

 Dry operation
 When 24°C < Tro
Tr ≤ Tro – 2.5°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ Tro – 1.0°C

 When 16°C < Tro  24°C

Tr ≤ Tro – 2.0°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ Tro – 1.0°C

 When Tro = 16°C

Tr ≤ 14.0°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ 15.0°C

: Description of symbols
ΔT = Detected room temperature – Remote controller set temperature
Tro: Detected room temperature at the start of dry operation
Tr: Determined by the room temperature detected by the thermistor

Note(s) 1: The thermistor used to detect room temperature is according to the field setting 10(20)-2.

Part 4 Functions and Control 123

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

2.3.2 With Optional Infrared Floor Sensor

The thermostat ON/OFF condition is determined by the difference between the remote
controller set temperature and the detected temperature around people.

 Normal operation
 Cooling operation
ΔT ≤ –2.0°C
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≥ –1.0°C

 Dry operation
 When 24°C < Tro
Tr ≤ Tro – 2.5°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ Tro – 1.0°C

 When 16°C < Tro  24°C

Tr ≤ Tro – 2.0°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ Tro – 1.0°C

 When Tro = 16°C

Tr ≤ 14.0°C
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr ≥ 15.0°C

: Description of symbols
ΔT = Detected room temperature – Remote controller set temperature
Tro: Detected room temperature at the start of dry operation
Tr: Determined by the room temperature detected by the thermistor

Control range of temperature around people

When the floor temperature is very low, operation using the temperature around people may
cause the suction air temperature to operate outside of use range.
To avoid the above condition, a limit based on the suction air temperature is set for the use
range of the temperature around people.
 Cooling operation
 When the floor temperature is lower than suction air thermistor detection temperature (R1T),
R1T will be treated as the control target temperature for operation.
 When the temperature around people is 15°C or lower, R1T will be treated as the control
temperature for operation.

2.4 Power-Saving Control

Power-saving control with a predetermined content can be operated by setting the
power-saving operation mode by remote controller. "Maximum output" in this article has the
same definition with "demand level" in conventional terms, e.g. maximum output of 80%
indicates demand level of 80%.

Manual power-saving
Maximum output can be set by 5% within the range from 100% to 40%.
During the power-saving operation with this mode, the upper limit is set for the current
consumption value so that the maximum value of the operation current does not exceed the set
value (the same control with the conventional demand operation).

Scheduled power-saving
Maximum output can be set to follow a predetermined schedule.
You can set the maximum output by time zone and ON/OFF of power-saving operation (manual
power-saving is controlled based on the schedule).
Example: Time chart in the case of the following schedule

124 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

Rated operation
8:00-10:00 80%
10:00-12:00 OFF 80%
13:00-15:00 60%
15:00-16:00 OFF
60%

8:00 10:00 12:00 13:00 15:00 16:00

Smart learning power-saving

Power-saving operation is automatically controlled based on the previous operation so that the
maximum output conforms to the set value with the actual air conditioning load is 100% (refer to
the following diagram).

<For reference> Conceptual diagram of power-saving control

[Manual/Scheduled power-saving] [Smart learning power-saving]

This mode controls the air This mode controls the air conditioner so that the
conditioner so that the output output will be the maximum that is preset according to
will not exceed the maximum the predicted peak power consumption as 100%.
output preset in the air condi-
tioner based on the maximum
output at the rated power
consumption as 100%.
Power consumption Power consumption Power consumption
Rated power consumption (100%) Rated power consumption Rated power consumption
15% cut
Maximum output (85%)
Predicted peak power (100%)
Predicted peak power (100%) 15% cut Maximum output
15% cut Maximum output (85%)
(85%)

Time Time Time

[Previous day] [Current day]

Manual schedule control Smart learning power-saving
(Example: 85% of max. output is set) (Example: The previous day’s load was high while 85% of max. output is set.)

When the smart learning power-saving is selected, the airflow direction is set at a certain
position to secure comfort. You can set the airflow direction to any position later.
Initial airflow direction for smart learning power-saving operation
Operation Mode Detection FCTF-A, FCF-C
Detecting Swing
Cooling
Non-detecting Auto airflow direction

2.5 Eco Full Automatic Control

This is a generic term for the setting where both fan speed and airflow direction are set to
"Auto". For detailed control contents, refer to Automatic airflow rate control and Airflow direction
control. This function is enabled when circulation airflow is set to inoperative.

Part 4 Functions and Control 125

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

2.6 Automatic Airflow Rate Control

The automatic airflow rate control (Five steps from H to L) is based on the difference between
control target temperature and set temperature.
Automatic airflow rate and
When airflow rate is set
eco full automatic control
Cooling The fan tap is determined
by the difference between
Thermostat ON Set
control target temperature
and set temperature.
The fan keeps rotating at
Thermostat OFF Set (1) the speed as just before
the thermostat off
Program Dry Thermostat ON L L
Thermostat OFF OFF OFF
Fan Set M
Stop OFF OFF
1. LL airflow for FCTF-A, FCF-C, and FCFC-D
Fan tap <Change in airflow rate under
automatic airflow rate control>

Except for FCTF-A and FCF-C,

HM and ML taps appear only
H during the auto airflow rate
HM control operation.
M
ML
L

Small  Difference between control target  Large

temperature and set temperature

2.7 Airflow Direction Control

2.7.1 Without Optional Infrared Floor Sensor
Refer to the table below for controlling the horizontal flap for airflow direction adjustment.
FHFC-D
Cooling Direction set Thermostat ON Set
Thermostat OFF Set
Swing set Thermostat ON Swing
Thermostat OFF Swing
Program dry Direction set Thermostat ON Set
Thermostat OFF Set
Swing set Thermostat ON Swing
Thermostat OFF Swing
Fan Direction set Set
Swing set Swing

126 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

2.7.2 With Optional Infrared Floor Sensor

The model can control airflow direction automatically by the difference between suction air
temperature and floor temperature.
FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B
Automatic airflow rate and
When airflow rate is set
eco full automatic control
Cooling Direction set Thermostat ON Set Automatic (P0 or P1)
Thermostat OFF Set Automatic (P0 or P1)
Swing set Thermostat ON Swing —
Thermostat OFF Swing —
Program dry Direction set Thermostat ON Set Automatic (P0 or P1)
Thermostat OFF Set Automatic (P0 or P1)
Swing set Thermostat ON Swing —
Thermostat OFF Swing —
Fan Direction set Set Horizontal (P0)
Swing set Swing —

 Operation in auto airflow direction control when cooling

The difference between suction air
and floor temperatures is large.
P0 (Horizontal) P1
The difference between suction air
and floor temperatures is small.

Indoor unit

P0
P1
P2
P4 P3

Flap position AIR

(Horizontal view)

Auto direct/indirect airflow control

You can define the direction of blow-off airflow in the direction where presence is detected
through setting the auto direct/indirect airflow control by remote controller.
Either direct or indirect options can be selected.

Airflow direction setting when Absence continues for 5 mins

presence is detected (∗1) Airflow direction by auto airflow direction
Cooling: Direct (swing) Cooling: P0 or P1
When presence is detected

1. The airflow direction defined in auto direct/indirect airflow can be changed at the field
settings.

2.8 Auto Direct/Indirect Airflow Control

In the case where both indirect airflow and auto airflow direction control (eco full automatic
control) are set, when presence is detected, the airflow direction is automatically set to
horizontal (P0) to reduce discomfort by direct airflow.
This control works for each airflow outlet individually.
Note: This function is inoperative for the airflow outlet where an individual airflow direction is set.

Part 4 Functions and Control 127

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

Absence continues for 5 mins

Airflow direction by auto airflow direction
P0 (horizontal)
Cooling: P0 or P1
When presence is detected

In the case where both direct airflow and auto airflow direction control (eco full automatic
control) are set, when presence is detected, the airflow direction is automatically set to swing.

Absence continues for 5 mins

Airflow direction by auto airflow direction
Swing
Cooling: P0 or P1
When presence is detected

2.9 Individual Airflow Direction Setting

You can set any airflow direction to each airflow outlet.

2.10 Drain Pump Control

 Cooling Operation, Dry Operation
Normally drain pump ON (Thermostat ON/OFF).

2.11 Dew Condensation Prevention Control

2.11.1 FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B Models
Indoor operation under a high humidity will limit the swing range of the flaps.
High relative humidity
Dew condensation Dew condensation
prevention control OFF prevention control in action
Low relative humidity

Refer to the table below for flap action under this control.
Dew condensation prevention control
Flap setting OFF In action
P0 P0 P1
P1 P1 P1
P2 P2 P2
P3 P3 P3
P4 P4 P4
Swing P0 − P4 P1 − P4

Indoor unit

P0
P1
P2
P4 P3
Flap position AIR
(Observed horizontally)

2.11.2 FHFC-D Models

In cooling and dry operation, the following control is carried out in order to prevent dew
condensation when the horizontal blade blows air downward.

Starting condition

• Horizontal blade is set to downward flow (Position A)

&
• Cooling operation (compressor operation) continues for B minutes.

128 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

Dew condensation prevention control

Dry operation with horizontal airflow (Position C) is carried out for 1 hour.

FHFC-D
Position A P3 or P4
B (minutes) 30
Position C P2

Note(s) When there is any change to fan operation, airflow direction and operation ON/OFF state during
dew condensation prevention control, this control is canceled.

2.12 Freeze-Up Prevention Control

Based on the judgment to prevent the indoor heat exchanger from freezing, the thermostat is
forcedly turned OFF. Airflow rate during thermostat off is LL or L.

Indoor heat
exchanger
temperature
(Te)
Reset after a continuous 10 minutes and cumulative
timer cleared after a continuous 10 minutes
7ºC
Cumulative timer cleared after a continuous 20 minutes
4ºC
The thermostat turns OFF after a cumulative 40
minutes
–1ºC
The thermostat turns OFF after a continuous 1 minute
after 8 minutes from startup (FHFC-D only)
–3ºC
The thermostat turns OFF after a continuous 1 minute
after 8 minutes from startup (except FHFC-D)
–5ºC

2.13 Automatic Restart

Purpose The purpose of the auto-restart function is to automatically resume the same operating mode as
when the unit was operating when the power supply is restored after a power failure.

Do not use the "Automatic Restart" function to daily start/stop the unit.

Precautions when turning OFF power

 When you have to turn OFF the power supply in order to carry out maintenance, make sure
to turn the remote control's ON/OFF switch OFF firstly.
 If you turn OFF the power supply while the remote control's ON/OFF switch is still ON, the
"automatic restart function" automatically starts the indoor fan immediately and the outdoor
fan starts automatically 3 minutes after the power supply is restarted.
 Do not start/stop the unit by disconnecting the power supply. Stop the unit by stop command
from the remote controller or optional controller before disconnecting the power supply. Be
sure that the compressor and the outdoor unit fans are stopped before disconnecting the
power supply so the "Refrigerant Recovery function" has been finished correctly.
 When restarting the unit after the power was disconnected for a longer period leave the unit
OFF with the power supply connected for about half an hour.

Part 4 Functions and Control 129

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

2.14 Monitoring Control

When the indoor fan is turned off while the thermostat for cooling or drying is off, even if the
room temperature recovers afterwards and becomes the one that turns the thermostat on, the
thermistor cannot detect room temperature because the suction air thermistor is installed inside
the indoor unit.
In order to prevent such a condition, this monitoring control has the function of detecting room
temperature by operating the fan at certain intervals when the fan is turned off while the
thermostat is off.

2.15 Interlocking With External Devices

By combining the infrared presence sensor and the adaptor for wiring (optional accessory),
external devices (e.g. lighting equipment or ventilator) can be turned ON/OFF interlocked with
the infrared presence sensor in two modes below.

2.15.1 Interlocking Mode

You can select either of two mode options below.

1. Sensor interlocking mode

In the Sensor interlocking mode, external devices are turned ON/OFF with presence/absence
by the infrared presence sensor without interlocking with start/stop of the air conditioner.
External devices are turned OFF when absence is detected and then turned ON again when
presence is detected.
Use this function in a state that power is supplied to the main power source of the air
conditioner. The infrared presence sensor does not operate when power is not supplied to the
main power source.

Operational concept
: Factory setting
Case A Case B Case C Case D
Operation
Operating Operating
1 status of air Operating Stopped  Stopped Operating Stopped  Stopped
conditioner
Actual
presence/ Presence Absence Presence Absence Presence Absence Presence Absence
2 absence
Presence
Not Not Not Not
detected or not Detected detected Detected detected Detected detected Detected detected
detected
Contact output
of adaptor for ON ON
wiring (between ON (short OFF ON (short OFF
3 (short OFF (open) (short OFF (open)
X1 and X2) circuit) (open) circuit) (open)
circuit) circuit)
[External device
connection]
It takes a certain period of time before the state of absence is determined. Right after the actual
presence/absence is changed from "presence" to "absence", it is considered as the state of
"presence" before absence is determined (output of the adaptor for wiring: ON). For the time
before the state of absence is determined, refer to Note in the following Setting method article.

130 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

2. Air conditioner interlocking mode

In the Air conditioner interlocking mode, external devices are turned OFF interlocked with
operation stop of the air conditioner in absence through the presence detection ON/OFF
function of the indoor unit. Once the air conditioner and the external devices are turned OFF
when absence is detected, they are not turned ON automatically even if presence is detected
again.

Operational concept
: Factory setting
Case A Case B Case C
Operation status of
1 Operating Stopped Operating Stopped Operating Stopped
air conditioner
Actual
Presence Absence Presence Absence Presence Absence
presence/absence
2 Presence detected
or not detected Not Not
Detected Not detected Detected Detected
(Stop in absence detected detected
control)
Contact output of
adaptor for wiring
(between X1 and ON (short ON (short ON (short
3 X2) circuit) OFF (open) circuit) OFF (open) circuit) OFF (open)
[External device
connection]
It takes a certain period of time before the state of absence is determined. Right after the actual
presence/absence is changed from "presence" to "absence", it is considered as the state of
"presence" before absence is determined (output of the adaptor for wiring: ON). For the time
before the state of absence is determined, refer to the presence detection ON/OFF function in
the instruction manual of the remote controller.

2.15.2 Exemplary Connection

Adaptor for wiring (optional)

Contact OFF when

sensor does not
detect presence Contact ON when
sensor detect
Detection signal presence Lighting equipment Ventilator

External devices are turned

Infrared presence ON/OFF automatically
sensor information

Part 4 Functions and Control 131

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

2.15.3 Setting Method

The following setting (field setting by remote controller) is required depending on the mode you
use.
Setting for Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.
interlocking with
03 06
external devices
(Switching 12 (22) 0 Air conditioner Sensor interlocking
operation of interlocking mode mode
adaptor for wiring) (1) (2)
The initial setting is 12(22)-0-01 (Compressor ON/OFF signal). Set the Second Code No. to 03
or 06.
1. When using the unit in the air conditioner interlocking mode, make sure to enable the "Stop
in absence" function of the remote controller (refer to the instruction manual of the remote
controller).
2. The time before determining the state of absence by the infrared presence sensor can be
changed as indicated in the following table.
: Factory setting
First Code
Time before determining Mode No. No. Second Code No.
absence
(when presence is not 02 03 04
detected for A minutes) 12 (22) 10
A: 5 A: 10 A: 15
Setting 10 minutes or more is recommended to prevent misdetection.

Note(s) 1. It is impossible to use this option in combination with options using the adaptor for wiring
(humidifier, duct booster fan, etc.) and use it when thermostat is ON, remote controller is
ON, or an abnormal signal is being fetched.
2. When using the unit in the sensor interlocking mode, the adaptor for wiring is required to be
attached to each indoor unit for which you need determination by the infrared presence
sensor (connect the contact output (X1 and X2) in series in the case of the AND condition
and in parallel in the case of the OR condition). In the case of the air conditioner interlocking
mode, the adaptor for wiring is required to be attached to the master unit only (All unit
connected are controlled under the AND condition).
3. In the case of combination use of the Sensor interlocking mode and the Stop in absence
function, they operate independently (the ON/OFF of external devices function continues
independently even when the air conditioner is stopped with the "Stop in absence" function).
4. In the case where indoor units in the same system are installed in different rooms, especially
in the Air conditioner interlocking mode, make sure to understand that the results of
detection of all indoor units are reflected in controlling operation.
5. Do not use this function for applications where the high accuracy is required or erroneous
detection may cause a serious accident (e.g. for crime prevention, disaster prevention, or
medical purposes) since this is a simplified detection function.
6. Do not connect the contact output of the adaptor for wiring directly to the power supply
circuits of external devices. Use an electromagnetic contactor depending on the load on the
external device as needed.

132 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)

2.16 Rotation Operation

This function is to stop operation by system at a set rotation cycle T (minutes) during group
control with one remote controller. T can be set by remote controller.
All systems operate for 30 minutes after turning ON by remote controller.

Example

System A ON OFF ON

System B ON OFF ON

System C ON OFF

T T Time
(∗1) (∗1)

1. All systems operate for 30 minutes before switching the system to be stopped.
When the system in operation abnormally stops, the systems which have been stopped resume
operation. (2)

Example

System A ON Abnormal stop

System B OFF ON

System C ON

2. Rotation operation resumes when abnormality is eliminated and the systems are turned ON
by remote controller.

2.17 Eco Mode

When the room temperature is nearing the target temperature, the blow-off air temperature is
raised than usual in cooling operation to reduce the frequency of start/stop compared to the
conventional models for more efficient operation.

2.18 Circulation Airflow

Unevenness of room temperature and the startup time are improved by repeating 2-direction
horizontal blowoff and swing alternately.

2.18.1 Initiation Conditions of Circulation Operation

When operation starts (in the startup state)
Circulation airflow operation is performed.

During normal operation

The unit automatically determines operation based on the room temperature condition and time
to switch circulation airflow operation and the normal auto airflow rate and direction (eco full
automatic control).

Part 4 Functions and Control 133

Indoor Unit Functions (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D) SiSG282101EB

Circulation airflow operation continues for up to 90 minutes

Circulation airflow Auto airflow rate and direction Circulation airflow

Room temp.

Set temp.

Target temp. Δt

Time

2.18.2 Operation Concept (Standard Panel)

Cooling
: Factory setting
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Movement pattern

Appearance 01: Pattern 1 120 600 120 600

Time 02: Pattern 2 120 600 0 0
(seconds)
03: Pattern 3 0 0 120 600
13 (23)-14 04: Pattern 4 120 600 120 600

Indicates the horizontal flap is in the position of reducing airflow volume (the flap is inverted).

2.18.3 Operation Concept (Designer Panel)

Cooling
: Factory setting
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Movement pattern

Appearance 01: Pattern 1 120 600 120 600

Time 02: Pattern 2 120 600 0 0
(seconds)
03: Pattern 3 0 0 120 600
13 (23)-14 04: Pattern 4 120 600 120 600

Indicates the horizontal flap is in the position of reducing airflow volume (the flap is inverted).

2.19 Streamer Operation

The streamer will become active when the air conditioner is turned off and the fan completely
stops (circuit breaker: ON). After 180 minutes, streamer operation is automatically stopped.

134 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3. Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.1 Temperature Control
Definitions of The definitions of temperatures are classified as following.
Temperatures
 Room temperature: temperature of lower part of the room
 Set temperature: temperature set by remote controller
 Room thermistor temperature: temperature detected by room temperature thermistor
 Target temperature: temperature determined by microcomputer

Target temperature

Room thermistor temperature

Set temperature
Room temperature

(R12321)

Temperature The temperature of the room is detected by the room temperature thermistor. However, there is
Control a difference between the temperature detected by room temperature thermistor and the
temperature of lower part of the room, depending on the type of the indoor unit or installation
condition. In practice, the temperature control is done by the target temperature appropriately
adjusted for the indoor unit and the temperature detected by room temperature thermistor.

3.2 Airflow Direction Control

Power-Airflow The large flaps send a large volume of air downward to the floor and provide an optimum control
Dual Flaps in cooling and dry operation.

Cooling/Dry
During cooling or dry operation, the flaps retract into the indoor unit. Then, cool air can be blown
far and distributed all over the room.

Wide-Angle The louvers, made of elastic synthetic resin, provide a wide range of airflow that guarantees
Louvers comfortable air distribution.

Auto-Swing The following table explains the auto-swing process for cooling, dry and fan:

Flap (up and down) Louver

Cooling/Dry Fan (right and left)

15 15°

25 25° 75° 45 ° °

45
50 60 70°

(R9303) (R9305) (R9306)

Part 4 Functions and Control 135

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

3-D Airflow Alternative repetition of vertical and horizontal swing motions enables uniform air-conditioning of
the entire room.

When the horizontal swing and vertical swing are both set to automatic operation, the airflow
becomes 3-D airflow. The horizontal and vertical swing motions are alternated and the airflow
direction changes in the order shown in the following diagram.

(1) The vertical blades (louvers) move from the right to the left.
(2) The horizontal blades (flaps) move downward.
(3) The vertical blades (louvers) move from the left to the right.
(4) The horizontal blades (flaps) move upward.
(1)

(2)
(4)

(3)
(R13554)

COMFORT The flaps are controlled not to blow the air directly at the people in the room.
AIRFLOW
Operation Cooling

10°
20°

(R22374)

136 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.3 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Unit

Outline Phase control and fan speed control contains 9 steps: LLL, LL, SL, L, ML, M, MH, H, and HH.
The airflow rate can be automatically controlled depending on the difference between the room
thermistor temperature and the target temperature.

Automatic Fan In automatic fan speed operation, the step SL is not available.
Speed Control
Step Cooling
LLL
LL
L
ML
M
MH
H
HH (POWERFUL)
R4000075
= The airflow rate is automatically controlled within this range when FAN setting button is
set to automatic.

Cooling
The following drawing explains the principle of fan speed control for cooling.
Room thermistor temperature – target temperature
Fan speed MH*
+3°C
+2.5°C M
+2°C
+1.5°C ML
+1°C
+0.5°C L

(R12317)

The upper limit is M tap for 30 minutes from the operation start.

COMFORT  The fan speed is controlled automatically within L tap ~ MH tap (same as automatic).
AIRFLOW  The latest command has the priority between POWERFUL and COMFORT AIRFLOW.
Operation

Part 4 Functions and Control 137

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

3.4 Program Dry Operation

Outline Program dry operation removes humidity while preventing the room temperature from lowering.
Since the microcomputer controls both the temperature and airflow rate, the temperature
adjustment and FAN setting buttons are inoperable.

Details The microcomputer automatically sets the temperature and airflow rate. The difference between
the room thermistor temperature at start-up and the target temperature is divided into two
zones. Then, the unit operates in an appropriate capacity for each zone to maintain the
temperature and humidity at a comfortable level.
Room temperature Room temperature

Target temperature X
Zone C = Thermostat ON

X – 1.0°C Z = X – 0.5°C

Y = X – 2.5°C
or Zone B
Y = X – 2.0°C

Zone A = Thermostat OFF

(R22443)

Room thermistor Target temperature Thermostat OFF point Thermostat ON point

temperature at start-up X Y Z
24°C or more Room thermistor X – 2.5°C X – 0.5°C
18 ~ 23.5°C temperature at start-up X – 2.0°C X – 0.5°C
17.5°C or less 18°C X – 2.0°C = 16°C X – 0.5°C = 17.5°C
 Thermostat turns on also when the room temperature is in the zone B for 10 minutes.

138 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.5 Thermostat Control

Outline Thermostat control is based on the difference between the room thermistor temperature and the
target temperature.

Details Thermostat OFF Condition

 The temperature difference is in the zone A.

Thermostat ON Conditions
 The temperature difference returns to the zone C after being in the zone A.
 The operation turns on in any zones except A.
 The temperature difference remains in zone B for the determined monitoring time.
(Cooling/Dry : 10 minutes)

Cooling/Dry
Room thermistor temperature – target temperature
ON
Cooling : –0.5°C
Dry : –0.5°C
Zone C
–1.5°C
Zone B
Cooling : –2.0°C
Dry : –2.5 ~ –2.0°C
Zone A
OFF
R4003615

Reference Refer to Temperature Control on page 135 for details.

3.6 ECONO Operation

Outline ECONO operation reduces the maximum operating current and the power consumption.
This operation is particularly convenient for energy-saving. It is also a major bonus when
breaker capacity does not allow the use of multiple electrical devices and air conditioners.
It can be easily activated by pressing Econo/Quiet button on the wireless remote controller.

Details  When this function is activated, the maximum capacity also decreases.
 The remote controller can send the ECONO command when the unit is in cooling or dry
operation. This function can only be set when the unit is running. To cancel the ECONO
operation, press Econo/Quiet button several times until the ECONO symbol disappears.
 This function and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time. The latest
command has the priority.
Maximum during normal operation
Power
consumption
and current Normal operation
Maximum during ECONO operation

ECONO operation

Time
(R22012)

Part 4 Functions and Control 139

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

3.7 NIGHT SET Mode

Outline When the OFF TIMER is set, NIGHT SET mode is automatically activated. NIGHT SET mode
keeps the airflow rate setting.

Details NIGHT SET mode continues operation at the target temperature for the first one hour, then
automatically raises the target temperature slightly. This prevents excessive cooling to ensure
comfortable sleeping conditions, and also conserves electricity.

Cooling

0.5˚C
Target temperature
Operation stops
1 hour at the set hour
TIMER operation +0.5˚C
NIGHT SET Mode ON temperature shift
(R23826)

3.8 POWERFUL Operation

Outline In order to exploit the cooling capacity to full extent, the air conditioner can be operated by
increasing the indoor fan rotating speed and the compressor frequency.

Details When POWERFUL button is pressed, the fan speed and target temperature are converted to
the following states for 20 minutes.
Operation mode Fan speed Target temperature
COOL H tap + A rpm 18°C
DRY Dry rotating speed + A rpm Lowered by 2.5°C
FAN H tap + A rpm —
A = 50 rpm

Ex: POWERFUL operation in cooling

Target temp. Lower limit of cooling

temperature

18˚C

POWERFUL Remote controller registers

ON 20 minutes independently.
POWERFUL
OFF
Fan Ending conditions:
A rpm 1. Lapse of 20 minutes
H tap 2. System operation OFF
20 minutes 3. POWERFUL operation OFF
Set tap

(R24808)

Note POWERFUL operation cannot be used together with ECONO, COMFORT AIRFLOW, or
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation.

140 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.9 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation

Outline This function detects the presence with a motion sensor and changes the operation to energy
saving operation when there is nobody.

Details 1. INTELLIGENT EYE detection method

Sampling (20 msec.)
1 sec.

High
Motion sensor
output Low
Human motion
If the motion sensor detects the outputs
10 times/sec. or more, the microcomputer
judges the detection signal from the
(Condition of 10 times or more output) motion sensor is High.

Detection signal High

from the motion Low
sensor
3 sec. If the detection signal (High) continues for 3 sec. or more,
the microcomputer judges someone is in the room.
ON
Detection signal
OFF

 The motion sensor detects human motion by receiving infrared rays and displays the pulse
wave output.
 The microcomputer in the indoor unit carries out a sampling every 20 msec. If the motion
sensor detects 10 times or more of the wave output in one second in total, and the High
signal continues for 3 sec., the microcomputer judges someone is in the room as the
detection signal is ON.

2. Motions (in cooling)

within within
20 min. 20 min. within
20 min. 20 min.

ON
Detection signal OFF
Reset Reset Reset

1 ~ 2°C
Target temperature

Remote controller ON
SENSOR button OFF

Operation ON
OFF
Set speed Set speed
60 rpm
Fan speed (#)
OFF

 In FAN operation, the fan speed is reduced by 60 rpm when no one is in the area.
 When there is no signal from the motion sensor in 20 minutes, the microcomputer judges
that nobody is in the room and operates the unit at a temperature shifted from the target
temperature. (Cooling/Dry: 1 ~ 2°C higher)

Note(s) For dry operation, the temperature cannot be set with a remote controller, but the target
temperature is shifted internally.

Part 4 Functions and Control 141

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

 Application range is as follows.

Vertical angle 90° Horizontal

(Side view) angle 110°
55° 55°
(Top view)

7m
7m 90°

(R25176)

 The air conditioner may switch to the energy-saving operation even if there are people in the
areas. This may occur depending on the clothes the people are wearing, if there is no
movement of the people in the areas.
 Due to the position of the sensor, people might be exposed to the airflow of the indoor unit if
they are close to the front side of the indoor unit.
 The sensor could also mistakenly detect pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected
off of mirrors as passers-by.
 The sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Please see the
application range)
 Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to the indoor unit location, the speed of
passers-by, temperature range, etc.
 NIGHT SET mode will not switch on during use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.

3.10 Clock Setting

ARC466 Series The clock can be set by taking the following steps:
1. Press Clock button.
 is displayed, then MON and blink.
2. Press Select  or Select  button to set the clock to the current day of the week.
3. Press Clock button.
 blinks.
4. Press Select  or Select  button to set the clock to the present time.
Holding down Select  or Select  button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.
5. Press Clock button to set the clock. Point the remote controller at the indoor unit when
pressing the button.
 blinks and clock setting is completed.

0:00

Select button

Clock button
(R23536)

142 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.11 WEEKLY TIMER Operation

Outline Up to 4 timer settings can be saved for each day of the week (up to 28 settings in total).
The 3 items: ON/OFF, temperature, and time can be set.

Details

 Setting example of the WEEKLY TIMER

The same timer settings are used from Monday through Friday, while different timer settings are used for the weekend.

[Monday] Make timer settings for programs 1-4.

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF
25°C 27°C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

ON OFF ON OFF

[Tuesday] Use the copy mode to make settings for Tuesday to Friday, because these settings are the same as
to those for Monday.
[Friday]
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF
25°C 27°C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

[Saturday] No timer settings

[Sunday] Make timer settings for programs 1-4.

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF OFF ON
25°C 27°C 27°C
8:00 10:00 19:00 21:00

ON OFF OFF ON

• Up to 4 reservations per day and 28 reservations per week can be set using the WEEKLY TIMER. The effective use of the
copy mode simplifies timer programming.
• The use of ON-ON-ON-ON settings, for example, makes it possible to schedule operating mode and set temperature
changes. Furthermore, by using OFF-OFF-OFF-OFF settings, only the turn off time of each day can be set. This will turn
off the air conditioner automatically if you forget to turn it off.

Part 4 Functions and Control 143

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

 To use WEEKLY TIMER operation

Setting mode
• Make sure the day of the week and time are set. If not,
set the day of the week and time.
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF

[Monday] 25°C 27°C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

Setting Displays

Day and number ON/OFF Time Temperature

1. Press “PROGRAM button”.

• The day of the week and the reservation number of
the current day will be displayed. 1
• 1 to 4 settings can be made per day.
3,5

2. Press “SELECT button” to select the 2,4

desired day of the week and reservation
number.
• Pressing “SELECT button” changes the reservation
number and the day of the week.

3. Press “NEXT button”.

• The day of the week and reservation number will be set.
•“ ” and “ON” blink.

4. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired mode.

• Pressing “SELECT button” changes “ON” or “OFF” setting in sequence.
Pressing alternates the following items appearing on the LCD in
rotational sequence.

ON TIMER OFF TIMER blank

• In case the reservation has already been set, selecting “blank” deletes the reservation.
• Go to step 9 if “blank” is selected.
• To return to the day of the week and reservation number setting, press “BACK button”.

5. Press “NEXT button”.

• The ON/OFF TIMER mode will be set.
•“ ” and the time blink.

144 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

6. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired time.

• The time can be set between 0:00 and 23:50 in
10 minute intervals.
• To return to the ON/OFF TIMER mode setting,
press “BACK button”.
• Go to step 9 when setting the OFF TIMER.
7. Press “NEXT button”.
• The time will be set.
•“ ” and the temperature blink.

8. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired

temperature.
temperature.
• The temperature can be set between 18°C and 32°C.
COOL: The unit operates at 18°C
• To return to the time setting, press “BACK button”.
• The set temperature is only displayed when the mode
setting is on.
10
9. Press “NEXT button”.
7,9
• Be sure to direct the remote controller toward the indoor
unit and check for a receiving tone and flashing the
6,8
OPERATION lamp.
• The temperature is set while in ON TIMER operation, and
the time is set while in OFF TIMER operation.
• The next reservation screen will appear.
• To continue further settings, repeat the procedure from step 4.
• The TIMER lamp lights orange.

10. Press “PROGRAM button” to complete the setting.

•“ ” is displayed on the LCD and WEEKLY TIMER operation is activated.
• A reservation made once can be easily copied and the same settings used for
another day of the week. Refer to copy mode.

NOTE
 Notes on WEEKLY TIMER operation
• Do not forget to set the clock on the remote controller first.
• The day of the week, ON/OFF TIMER mode, time and set temperature (only for ON TIMER mode)
can be set with WEEKLY TIMER.
Other settings for ON TIMER are based on the settings just before the operation.
• Both WEEKLY TIMER and ON/OFF TIMER operation cannot be used at the same time. The
ON/OFF TIMER operation has priority if it is set while WEEKLY TIMER is still active. The
WEEKLY TIMER will go into standby state, and “ ” will disappear from the LCD. When
ON/OFF TIMER is up, the WEEKLY TIMER will automatically become active.
• Shutting the breaker off, power failure, and other similar events will render operation of the
indoor unit’s internal clock inaccurate. Reset the clock.

Part 4 Functions and Control 145

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

Copy mode
• A reservation made once can be copied to another day of the
week. The whole reservation of the selected day of the week will
be copied.
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF

[Monday] 25°C 27°C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
COPY
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF
[Tuesday]
to 25°C 27°C
[Friday] 6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

Setting Displays

Copy Paste Normal 1,6

3,5
1. Press “PROGRAM button”. 2,4

2. Press “SELECT button” to confirm the day

of the
of the week
week to
to be
be copied.
copied.
3. Press “COPY button”.
• The whole reservation of the selected day of the week will
be copied.

4. Press “SELECT button” to select the destination

day
day of
of the
the week.
week.

5. Press “COPY button”.

• Be sure to direct the remote controller toward the indoor unit and check for a receiving
tone and flashing the OPERATION lamp.
• The reservation will be copied to the selected day of the week. The whole reservation
of the selected day of the week will be copied.
• To continue copying the settings to other days of the week, repeat step 4 and step 5.
• The TIMER lamp lights yellow.

6. Press “PROGRAM button” to complete the setting.

•“ ” is displayed on the LCD and WEEKLY TIMER operation is activated.

NOTE
 Note on copy mode
• The entire reservation of the source day of the week is copied in the copy mode.
In the case of making a reservation change for any day of the week individually after copying the
content of weekly reservations, press “PROGRAM button” and change the settings in the steps of
setting mode.

146 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

 Confirming a reservation
• The reservation can be confirmed.
Setting Displays

Normal Confirmation

1. Press “PROGRAM button”.

• The day of the week and the reservation number
of the current day will be displayed.

2. Press “SELECT button” to select the day

of
of the
the week
week and
and the
the reservation
reservation number
number
to
to be
be confirmed.
confirmed.
• Pressing “SELECT button” displays the reservation
details.
• To change the confirmed reserved settings, select the 1,3
reservation number and press “NEXT button”.
The mode is switched to setting mode. Go to setting 2
mode step 2.

3. Press “PROGRAM button” to exit

confirming
confirming mode.
mode.

 To deactivate WEEKLY
TIMER operation
Press “WEEKLY button” while “ ” is displayed
on the LCD.
• The “ ” will disappear from the LCD.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
• To reactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation, press “WEEKLY button” again.
• If a reservation deactivated with “WEEKLY button” is activated once again, the last
reservation mode will be used.

CAUTION
• If not all the reservation settings are reflected, deactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation once.
Then press “WEEKLY button” again to reactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation.

Part 4 Functions and Control 147

Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A) SiSG282101EB

 To delete reservations
The individual reservation

1. Press “PROGRAM button”.

• The day of the week and the reservation number
will be displayed.
2.Press
Press“SELECT
“SELECTbutton”
button”to
toselect
selectthe
theday
dayof
of
theweek
the weekand
andthe
thereservation
reservationnumber
numbertotobe
be
deleted.
deleted.
3. Press “NEXT button”.
•“ ” and “ON” or “OFF” blink.

4. Press “SELECT button” and select “blank”.

• Pressing “SELECT button” changes ON/OFF TIMER mode.
Pressing alternates the following items appearing on
the LCD in rotational sequence. 1,6
• The reservation will be no setting with selecting “blank”. 3,5
2,4

ON TIMER OFF TIMER blank

5. Press “NEXT button”.

• The selected reservation will be deleted.

6. Press “PROGRAM button”.

• If there are still other reservations, WEEKLY TIMER operation will be activated.

The reservations for each day of the week

• This function can be used for deleting reservations for each day of the week.
• It can be used while confirming or setting reservations.

1. Press “SELECT button” to select the day of the week to be deleted.

2. Hold “WEEKLY button” for 5 seconds.
• The reservation of the selected day of the week will be deleted.

All reservations

Hold “WEEKLY button” for 5 seconds while normal display.

• Be sure to direct the remote controller toward the indoor unit and check for a receiving tone.
• This operation is not effective while WEEKLY TIMER is being set.
• All reservations will be deleted.

148 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Indoor Unit Functions (FAFC-A)

3.12 Other Functions

3.12.1 Signal Receiving Sign
When the indoor unit receives a signal from the remote controller, the unit emits a signal
receiving sound.

3.12.2 Indoor Unit ON/OFF Switch

Indoor unit ON/OFF switch is provided on the display of the unit.
 Press ON/OFF switch once to start operation. Press once again to stop it.
 ON/OFF switch is useful when the remote controller is missing or the battery has run out.
Operation mode Temperature setting Airflow rate
COOL 22°C Automatic

ON/OFF switch (R20396)

Forced Cooling Operation

Forced cooling operation can be started by pressing ON/OFF switch for 5 ~ 9 seconds while the
unit is not operating.

Note Forced cooling operation will not be started if the ON/OFF switch is pressed for 10 seconds or
more.

3.12.3 Auto-restart Function

If a power failure (even a momentary one) occurs during the operation, the operation restarts
automatically in the same conditions as before when the power supply is restored to the
conditions prior to the power failure.

Note It takes 3 minutes to restart the operation because 3-minute standby function is activated.

Part 4 Functions and Control 149

Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G SiSG282101EB

4. Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G,

RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
4.1 Mode Hierarchy
Outline The air conditioner control has normal operation mode, forced operation mode, and power
transistor test mode for installation and servicing.

Details
Air conditioner control mode
Forced operation mode
Forced cooling operation (for pump down operation)
Power transistor test mode
Normal operation mode
Fan
Cooling (includes drying)
Stop (indoor unit: OFF)
Discharging from capacitor
Stop

Note Unless specified otherwise, dry operation command is regarded as cooling operation.

4.2 Frequency Control

Outline The compressor frequency is determined according to the difference between the room
thermistor temperature and the target temperature.
When the shift of the frequency is less than zero ( F<0) by PI control,
the target frequency is used as the command frequency.

Dropping function
Input current control, etc.

Upper limit frequency Upper limit function

FMAX Compressor protection function

Command frequency Limit frequency Skip control Target frequency

Lower limit frequency

Initial frequency Lower limit function
FMIN
PI control

Details 1. Determine command frequency

Command frequency is determined in the following order of priority.
(1) Forced cooling
(2) Indoor frequency command

2. Determine upper limit frequency

The minimum value is set as the upper limit frequency among the frequency upper limits of
the following functions:
Compressor protection, input current, discharge pipe temperature, freeze-up protection.

150 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

3. Determine lower limit frequency

The maximum value is set as the lower limit frequency among the frequency lower limits of
the following function:
Pressure difference upkeep.

4. Determine prohibited frequency

There is a certain prohibited frequency such as a power supply frequency.

Initial Frequency When starting the compressor, the frequency is initialized according to the D value of the
indoor unit.

D signal: Indoor frequency command

The difference between the room thermistor temperature and the target temperature is taken as
the D value and is used for D signal of frequency command.
Temperature D Temperature D Temperature D Temperature D
difference signal difference signal difference signal difference signal
–2.0 OFF 0 4 2.0 8 4.0 C
–1.5 1 0.5 5 2.5 9 4.5 D
–1.0 2 1.0 6 3.0 A 5.0 E
–0.5 3 1.5 7 3.5 B 5.5 F
 OFF = Thermostat OFF

PI Control 1. P control
D value is calculated in each sampling time (20 seconds), and the frequency is adjusted
according to its difference from the frequency previously calculated.

2. I control
If the operating frequency does not change for more than a certain fixed time, the frequency
is adjusted according to D value.
When D is low, the frequency is lowered.
When D is high, the frequency is increased.

3. Frequency control when other controls are functioning

 When frequency is dropping:
Frequency control is carried out only when the frequency drops.
 For controlling lower limit:
Frequency control is carried out only when the frequency rises.

4. Upper and lower limit of frequency by PI control

The frequency upper and lower limits are set according to the command of the indoor unit.
When the indoor or outdoor unit quiet operation command comes from the indoor unit, the
upper limit frequency is lower than the usual setting.

Part 4 Functions and Control 151

Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G SiSG282101EB

4.3 Controls at Mode Changing/Start-up

4.3.1 3-Minute Standby
Turning on the compressor is prohibited for 3 minutes after turning off.

4.3.2 Compressor Protection Function

When turning the compressor from OFF to ON, the upper limit of frequency is set as follows.

RZFC35EV1G
(Hz)
Frequency

C
B
A

(sec.)
D E F Time

A (Hz) 54
B (Hz) 72
C (Hz) 90
D (seconds) 600
E (seconds) 180
F (seconds) 10

RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
(Hz)
Frequency

E
D
C
B
A

(sec.)
F G H J K Time

RZFC50/60DV1G
RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
RZFC50DAV1G
A (Hz) 26 26 26
B (Hz) 48 52 48
C (Hz) 66 68 68
D (Hz) 80 80 90
E (Hz) 100 98 112
F (seconds) 120 20 20
G (seconds) 60 100 100
H (seconds) 60 120 120
J (seconds) 210 210 210
K (seconds) 1 60 60

152 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

4.4 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Outline The discharge pipe temperature is used as the internal temperature of the compressor. If the
discharge pipe temperature rises above a certain level, the upper limit of frequency is set to
keep the discharge pipe temperature from rising further.

Details
Zone Control
Stop zone When the temperature reaches the stop zone, the compressor stops.
Dropping zone The upper limit of frequency decreases.
Keep zone The upper limit of frequency is kept.
Up zone The upper limit of frequency increases.
Reset zone The upper limit of frequency is canceled.

Stop zone
A°C

B°C
Dropping zone
C°C
Keep zone
D°C
Up zone
E°C
Reset zone
Discharge pipe
temperature

RZFC50/60DV1G RZFC35EV1G RZFC100DV1G

RZFC50DAV1G RZFC71DV1G
A (°C) 115 118 115
B (°C) 105 108 100
C (°C) 100 103 95
D (°C) 95 97 90
E (°C) 85 85 85

Part 4 Functions and Control 153

Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G SiSG282101EB

4.5 Input Current Control

Outline The microcomputer calculates the input current while the compressor is running, and sets the
frequency upper limit based on the input current.

Details
Compressor Stop
(A)
Stop zone
A
Dropping zone

Keep zone
C

Input current Reset zone

Frequency control in each zone

Stop zone
 After the input current remains in the stop zone for 2.5 seconds, the compressor is stopped.

Dropping zone
 The upper limit of the compressor frequency is defined as operation frequency – 2 Hz.
 After this, the output frequency is lowered by 2 Hz every second until it reaches the keep
zone.

Keep zone
 The present maximum frequency goes on.

Reset zone
 Limit of the frequency is canceled.
RZFC50/60DV1G
RZFC35EV1G RZFC71DV1G RZFC100DV1G
RZFC50DAV1G
A (A) 9 11.5 15 20
B (A) 7 10 12 18
C (A) 6.25 9.25 11.25 17.25
Limitation of current dropping and stop value according to the outdoor temperature
The current drops when outdoor temperature becomes higher than a certain level.

154 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

4.6 Freeze-Up Protection Control

Outline During cooling operation, the signals sent from the indoor unit control the operating frequency
limitation and prevent freezing of the indoor heat exchanger. The signal from the indoor unit is
divided into zones.

Details The operating frequency limitation is judged with the indoor heat exchanger temperature.
Indoor heat exchanger
thermistor temperature

13°C
Reset zone
A°C
Up zone
B°C
Keep zone
C°C
Dropping zone
0°C
Stop zone

A (°C) B (°C) C (°C)

7 5 3

4.7 Outdoor Fan Control

1. Fan ON control to cool down the electrical box
The outdoor fan is turned ON when the electrical box temperature is high while the
compressor is OFF.

2. Fan OFF delay when stopped

The outdoor fan is turned OFF 70 - 90 seconds after the compressor stops.

3. Fan speed control for pressure difference upkeep

The rotation speed of the outdoor fan is controlled for keeping the pressure difference during
cooling operation with low outdoor temperature.
 When the pressure difference is low, the rotation speed of the outdoor fan is reduced.
 When the pressure difference is high, the rotation speed of the outdoor fan is controlled
as well as normal operation.

4. Fan speed control during forced cooling operation

The outdoor fan is controlled as well as normal operation during forced cooling operation.

5. Fan ON/OFF control when operation (cooling, dry) starts/stops

The outdoor fan is turned ON when the operation starts. The outdoor fan is turned OFF
when the operation stops.

4.8 Liquid Compression Protection Function

Outline In order to increase the dependability of the compressor, the compressor is stopped according
to the outdoor temperature.

Details Operation stops depending on the outdoor temperature.

The compressor turns off under the conditions that the system is in cooling operation and
outdoor temperature is below 0°C.

Part 4 Functions and Control 155

Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G SiSG282101EB

4.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Control

Outline The following items are included in the electronic expansion valve control.

Electronic expansion valve is fully closed

1. Electronic expansion valve is fully closed when turning on the power.
2. Pressure equalizing control

Open Control
1. Electronic expansion valve control when starting operation
2. Electronic expansion valve control when the frequency changes
3. Electronic expansion valve control when the discharge pipe temperature is abnormally high
4. Electronic expansion valve control when the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected

Feedback Control
Target discharge pipe temperature control

Details The followings are the examples of the electronic expansion valve control for each operation
mode.

Frequency change under discharge pipe thermistor

During target discharge pipe temperature control

Frequency change under target discharge pipe

Frequency change under starting control

Discharge pipe thermistor disconnection

Status
Power on ; Compressor stop

disconnection control
temperature control
Control
Operation start

Starting operation control

Control when the frequency changes

Target discharge pipe temperature control

Discharge pipe thermistor disconnection control

High discharge pipe temperature control

Pressure equalizing control

Opening limit control

: Available
: Not available

4.9.1 Initialization as Power Supply On

The electronic expansion valve is initialized (fully closed) when the power is turned on. Then,
the valve opening position is set and the pressure is equalized.

4.9.2 Pressure Equalizing Control

When the compressor is stopped, the pressure equalizing control is activated. The electronic
expansion valve opens and the pressure is equalized.

156 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

4.9.3 Opening Limit Control

The maximum and minimum opening of the electronic expansion valve are limited.
RZFC50-100DV1G
RZFC35EV1G
RZFC50DAV1G
Maximum opening (pulse) 480 470
Minimum opening (pulse) 32 32

4.9.4 Starting Operation Control

The electronic expansion valve opening is controlled when the operation starts, thus preventing
superheating or liquid compression.

4.9.5 Control when the Frequency Changes

When the target discharge pipe temperature control is active, if the target frequency changes to
a specified value in a certain period of time, the target discharge pipe temperature control is
canceled and the target opening of the electronic expansion valve is changed according to the
frequency shift.

4.9.6 High Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

When the compressor is operating, if the discharge pipe temperature exceeds a certain value,
the electronic expansion valve opens and the refrigerant runs to the low pressure side.
This procedure lowers the discharge pipe temperature.

4.9.7 Discharge Pipe Thermistor Disconnection Control

Outline The disconnection of the discharge pipe thermistor is detected by comparing the discharge pipe
temperature with the condensing temperature. If the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected,
the electronic expansion valve opens according to the outdoor temperature and the operation
frequency, operates for a specified time, and then stops.
After 3 minutes, the operation restarts and checks if the discharge pipe thermistor is
disconnected. If the discharge pipe thermistor is disconnected, the system stops after operating
for a specified time.
If the disconnection is detected repeatedly, the system is shut down. When the compressor runs
for 60 minutes without any error, the error counter is reset.

Details Determining thermistor disconnection

When the starting control (A seconds) finishes, the detection timer for disconnection of the
discharge pipe thermistor (B seconds) starts. When the timer is over, the following adjustment is
made.
When the following condition is fulfilled, the discharge pipe thermistor disconnection is
ascertained.

Discharge pipe temperature + C°C < outdoor heat exchanger temperature

A (seconds) 10
B (seconds) 720
C (°C) 6
When the thermistor is disconnected
When the disconnection is ascertained, the compressor continues operation for 9 minutes and
then stops.
If the compressor stops repeatedly, the system is shut down.

Part 4 Functions and Control 157

Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G SiSG282101EB

4.9.8 Target Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

The target discharge pipe temperature is obtained from the indoor and outdoor heat exchanger
temperature, and the electronic expansion valve opening is adjusted so that the actual
discharge pipe temperature becomes close to the target discharge pipe temperature. (Indirect
SH (superheating) control using the discharge pipe temperature)

The target discharge pipe

SC temperature is set as to become
(Subcooling) the target SH.
The inclination does not change
depending on the operating condition.
SH
(Superheating)

The electronic expansion valve opening and the target discharge pipe temperature are adjusted
every A seconds. The opening degree of the electronic expansion valve is adjusted by the
following.
 Target discharge pipe temperature
 Actual discharge pipe temperature
 Previous discharge pipe temperature
A (seconds) 10 ~ 20
(depending on the model)

4.10 Malfunctions
4.10.1 Sensor Malfunction Detection
Sensor malfunction can be detected in the following thermistors.
1. Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
2. Discharge pipe thermistor
3. Radiation fin thermistor
4. Outdoor air thermistor

4.10.2 Detection of Overcurrent and Overload

Outline In order to protect the inverter, an excessive output current is detected and the OL temperature
is observed to protect the compressor.

Details  If the inverter current exceeds A A, the system shuts down the compressor.
 If the OL (compressor head) temperature exceeds B°C, the compressor stops.

A (A) 9 ~ 20
(depending on the model)
B (°C) 120 ~ 130

158 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

4.11 Pump Down Operation

4.11.1 RZFC35EV1G
Refer to page 223 for details.

4.11.2 RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

Outline Whenever the units need to be moved or removed, perform a pump down operation before
disconnecting the field piping. By performing a pump down operation, all of the refrigerant will
be collected in the outdoor unit.

Procedure
Procedure Precautions
1 Confirm that both the liquid and gas stop
valves are open. —

2 Press the pump down button (BS1) on the Compressor and outdoor fan will start operation
outdoor unit PCB for 5 seconds. automatically. Indoor fan may automatically start
running. Pay attention to this.
3 Close the liquid stop valve securely for about • Never leave the outdoor unit unattended with
4 to 5 minutes after the compressor starts opened front panel when power supply is on.
operation. • In case the liquid stop valve is not securely closed
during compressor operation, pump down operation
After 2 to 3 minutes, close the gas stop valve cannot be executed.
and press the pump down button (BS1) to
stop operation.
4 Turn off the power supply. When you work alone, carry out after closing the
front panel. After turning the power supply off,
remove the insulation sheet.

Cautions  Pressing the pump down button (BS1) on the outdoor unit PCB may cause the outdoor and
indoor fan to start operating automatically.
 Be sure to open the stop valves after the pipe work has been finished. Be sure not to operate
the unit with closed stop valves, or the compressor may break down.

Part 4 Functions and Control 159

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5. Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C,

RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
5.1 Operation Flowchart
5.1.1 Cooling/Dry Operation
Power supply ON

Initialize electronic
expansion valve
Initialize microcomputer
A
Preheating control on standby

Remote controller
operation judgment

Operation mode Emergency

judgment

Cooling/Dry Emergency operation

Cooling/Dry

Thermostat ON judgment

Startup control
B
Normal control
Compressor step control Inverter current protection control
Electronic expansion valve control Cooling control with low outdoor air temperature
Low pressure protection control Radiation fin temperature protection control
High pressure protection control Overall current protection control
Discharge pipe temperature control Simulated operation function

Oil return control Thermostat OFF judgment

Remote
starting judgment Room temperature thermostat Standby Abnormal stop
controller
control judgment judgment
operation OFF
Freeze-up prevention
Oil return control judgment
Error code
indication
Oil return control
ending judgment Restart standby

B A

160 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.2 Overview of Outdoor Unit Controls

5.2.1 Cooling 1 (Control while the compressor is OFF)
Compressor OFF
Actuator Symbol Thermostat OFF Pressure equalization
Restart standby Normal stop
standby control prior to startup
Compressor M1C Restart standby 0 Hz (1) OFF (1) 0 Hz (1)
Outdoor fan M1F Restart standby Step 0 Step 0 Pressure equalization
control prior to startup
Indoor fan Instruction not Instruction not Instruction not Control prior to
M1F specified specified specified compressor startup
(indoor fan)
Electronic expansion Controlled by restart 0 pulse 0 pulse Pressure equalization
Y1E
valve standby control prior to startup
Remarks For 3 minutes after After restart standby Outdoor unit in min. 30 seconds,
compressor is until outdoor unit operation: OFF max. 150 seconds
stopped starts operation (ON)
and thermostat ON
(OFF)
1. Compressor frequency instruction
"0 Hz" shows K1M (magnetic contactor for compressor) is ON.
"OFF" shows K1M (magnetic contactor for compressor) is OFF.

5.2.2 Cooling 2 (Control at startup and in operation)

Compressor ON
Actuator Symbol Startup control In normal operation
Basic control Protection control Basic control Protection control
Compressor Startup control Low pressure Compressor step Low pressure
protection, High control protection, High
pressure protection, pressure protection,
Discharge pipe Discharge pipe
temperature, Inverter temperature, Inverter
current protection, current protection,
Overall current Cooling control with
M1C
protection, Piping/ low outdoor air
wiring mismatch temperature, Overall
detection control current protection,
Refrigerant shortage
detection, Piping/
wiring mismatch
detection control
Outdoor fan Startup control Cooling control with Step 8 (RZF-C, Cooling control with
M1F low outdoor air RZFC125/140DV1G) low outdoor air
temperature or H tap temperature
(RZFC-DY1G)
Indoor fan M1F Startup control (indoor – Constant speed –
fan) control (indoor fan)
Electronic expansion Startup control Discharge pipe Electronic expansion Discharge pipe
Y1E
valve temperature control valve control temperature control
Remarks min. 2 minutes, max. 5 minutes –

Part 4 Functions and Control 161

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.2.3 Cooling 3 (Oil return control)

Compressor ON
Actuator Symbol Oil return control
Basic control Protection control
Compressor Compressor step control, Oil return control High pressure protection, Discharge pipe
temperature, Inverter current protection,
M1C
Overall current protection, Piping/wiring
mismatch detection control
Outdoor fan Oil return control Cooling control with low outdoor air
M1F
temperature
Indoor fan M1F Oil return control (indoor fan) –
Electronic expansion Electronic expansion valve control (1) Discharge pipe temperature control
Y1E
valve
Remarks –
1. Cooling: Wet operation with lower discharge pipe target temperature

5.3 Abnormal Stop

To protect the compressor, the thermostat turns off and an error is confirmed after a given
number of attempts in cases where the following items read abnormal values.
Item Determination Retry count
Low pressure 0.12 MPa or less for 5 minutes 10 times in 200 minutes
continuously
High pressure OCP activated or 3.92 MPa or more for 15 times in 300 minutes
1 minute continuously
Discharge pipe temperature Over 110°C for 15 minutes continuously 10 times in 200 minutes
or over 120°C
Power supply Reverse phase power supply 0 times (no retries)
Compressor body temperature Over 123°C 0 times (no retries)

5.4 Restart Standby

To prevent compressor from frequent ON/OFF and equalize pressure in refrigerant line,
conducts forced thermostat OFF for 3-5 minutes after compressor stopping. Moreover, outdoor
fan conducts residual operation for a period of time to expedite equalization and prevent
refrigerant stagnation in evaporator.
Thermostat OFF Restart standby complete
ON
Compressor OFF
⎫
⎪
Operation ⎪
complete ⎪
⎪
Electronic 480 pulse ⎪
expansion valve
⎪
⎪ Moves to “Stop” or “Starting control”
⎬ after completion of “Restart standby”.
⎪
⎪
⎪
⎪
Outdoor fan
ON ⎪
⎪
OFF ⎪
⎪
Residual operation ⎭

162 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.5 Preheating Control on Standby

If the compressor is stopped for long periods of time, warm it up to prevent penetration of
refrigerant into the compressor oil.

• Compressor stopped
• Less than 6 hours since power on
OR • 1 hour or more since compressor stopped
& &
• Outdoor air temperature is increasing
• Outdoor air temperature < A °C
• Discharge pipe temperature < 40 °C

Exit preheating operation Start preheating operation

• Thermostat on confirmed
• 6 hours or more since power on
&
OR • Outdoor air temperature is decreasing
• Outdoor air temperature > A + 3 °C
• Discharge pipe temperature > 43 °C

RZF50/60/71CV1G
Preheating output (W)

Preheating output

Outdoor air
Start Exit temperature (°C)
preheating preheating
A A+3

RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

Preheating output (W)

Maximum
preheating output

Minimum
preheating output

Outdoor air
Maximum Start Exit temperature (°C)
preheating preheating preheating
B A A+3

RZF100/125CV1G
RZF50/60/71CV1G RZFC-DY1G
RZFC125/140DV1G
A (°C) 21 21 10
B (°C) — –13 –13

Part 4 Functions and Control 163

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.6 Startup Control

When compressor startup, the starting frequency is fixed for specified period of time at low
frequency to prevent returning of refrigerant.

RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G
Pressure Pressure Startup
equalizing equalizing control
start complete complete
Pressure equalizing
control before
compressor start Startup control
(30 ~ 150 sec.)
Startup
0 Hz frequency
Compressor
Pressure equalizing Startup electronic
electronic expansion expansion valve
Electronic 0 pulse valve control control
expansion valve

8 Step
ON
Controlled by 8 steps according
Outdoor fan OFF to the cooling load

L tap
Set fan speed
Indoor fan
(Thermostat OFF)
OFF
(Remote controller OFF)

RZFC-DY1G
Pressure Pressure Startup
equalizing equalizing control
start complete complete
Pressure equalizing
control before
compressor start Startup control
(30 ~ 150 sec.)
Startup
0 Hz frequency
Compressor

Pressure equalizing Startup electronic

electronic expansion expansion valve
Electronic 0 pulse valve control control
expansion valve

H tap
ON
L tap
Outdoor fan OFF

L tap
Set fan speed
Indoor fan
(Thermostat OFF)
OFF
(Remote controller OFF)

 L tap for RZFC125/140DY1G only

164 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.7 Room Temperature Thermostat Control

The thermostat turns ON or OFF based on the difference between remote controller set
temperature and indoor suction temperature.
 Thermostat ON conditions: when T  +0.5°C
 Thermostat OFF conditions

• ΔT ≤ –0.5˚C continuously for 1 minute

&
• 5 minutes or more since starting
OR
• ΔT ≤ –2˚C (when cooling)
• ΔT ≥ +1.5˚C → ΔT ≤ –0.5˚C rapid change

T = indoor suction temperature – remote controller set temperature: cooling

5.8 Starting Frequency Control

Outline The compressor will start up with a limited fixed frequency value for a specified period of time in
order to prevent liquid back to the compressor, and to limit the starting current.

General The normal startup control time is 2-3 minutes. The maximum starting frequency control time is
limited to 5 minutes.
Hz
Normal control
A Hz

29.5 Hz

ON 1 2-3 Time (minute)

Model A (Hz)
RZF-CV1G
RZFC125/140DY1G 141

RZFC-DY1G 64.5

Part 4 Functions and Control 165

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.9 Compressor Step Control

Outline After starting frequency control function has been terminated, the ideal compressor frequency
will be determined by compressor step control.
The compressor operation frequency is controlled in order to keep a constant evaporating
temperature in cooling.
The frequency can be changed every 20 seconds.
During abnormal situations (e.g. inverter current protection) the frequency also changes by 2
steps, but the 20 seconds interval may be decreased, so a quicker change is possible.

Note When other control functions are activated (e.g. discharge pipe temperature control), they can
change the compressor frequency using other inputs than the ones normally being used by the
compressor step control function.

Cooling In cooling, the target operation frequency will be determined by the indoor t and the
evaporating temperature.
t = Remote controller set temperature – Indoor suction air temperature
Depending on the cooling load, the target evaporating temperature (Te) will be a value between
4°C  Te  19°C

Frequency steps The operating frequency will be a value chosen from a list with fixed frequency settings that is
programmed in the unit's memory:
Compressor operation frequency (Hz)
Step RZF100/125CV1G
RZF50-71CV1G RZFC125/140DV1G
RZFC-DY1G
1 — —
2 — —
3 — —
4 — —
5 — —
6 — —
7 — —
8 46.5 —
9 54 64.5 (1)
10 63 72 (2)
11 72 79.5 (3)
12 79.5 88.5
13 88.5 96
14 97.5 105
15 108 111
16 123 123
17 130.5 141
18 141 153
19 156 166.5
20 174 183
21 189 207
22 216 225
23 237 243
24 258 270
25 270 282
26 276 294
27 — 303
28 — 336
1. RZF100CV1G, RZFC100DY1G lower limit
2. RZFC125/140DY1G lower limit
3. RZF125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G lower limit

166 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.10 Outdoor Fan Speed Control

Fan speed The outdoor fan speed will be controlled in function of the actual outdoor air temperature, the
control condensation pressure, pressure difference between low and high pressure and compression
ratio.

Fan tap table

Outdoor fan speed (rpm)
Step RZF125CV1G
RZF50-71CV1G RZF100CV1G RZFC125/140DV1G
0 0 0 0
1 200 200 200
2 250 250 250
3 320 300 300
4 390 360 360
5 430 430 430
6 515 515 515
7 620 620 620
8 940 860 850

Outdoor fan speed (rpm)

Tap
RZFC100DY1G RZFC125/140DY1G
H 850 940
L — 610

5.11 Low Noise Control (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G only)

A. Setting with remote controller
Night-time low noise setting
Can be configured using the indoor remote controller field setting mode.
By estimating the current time from changes in outdoor temperature, the outdoor fan speed and
compressor frequency are automatically controlled for low noise operation during night-time
(10 pm to 8 am). (The night-time hours are guidelines.)

B. Setting with demand adapter (sold separately)

Low noise setting by external input
While the LNOP-COM pins on the X801M terminal block of the demand adapter are shorted,
low noise operation takes place by controlling the outdoor fan speed and compressor
frequency.

Note(s) For capacity precedence setting

Selecting "Capacity precedence setting" from the field settings mode of the indoor remote
controller will set capacity precedence whether in A. or B. operation, so that low-noise operation
will switch to normal operation if the air conditioner load increases.
Canceling capacity precedence setting with low noise setting in place will give precedence to
the low noise mode, continuing low noise operation even if the air conditioner load increases.

Part 4 Functions and Control 167

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.12 Low Pressure Protection Control

Outline In order to prevent abnormal low pressures in the system, the below control function will be
activated. Low pressure is detected by the pressure sensor.

Flowchart
Normal operation

Lp > 0.15 MPa continues

Lp < 0.12 MPa
for 30 seconds

Compressor upper limit frequency A Hz

Lp < 0.12 MPa continues

for 5 minutes

10 times or less
stopping in 200 minutes
Compressor stop: 0 Hz

Stopped 11 times in 200 minutes

Abnormal stop (E4 indication)

Parameters
RZF100/125CV1G
Frequency RZF50-71CV1G RZFC100DY1G RZFC125/140DV1G
RZFC125/140DY1G
A (Hz) 42 64.5 72

168 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.13 High Pressure Protection Control

Outline In order to prevent abnormal high pressures in the system and hence avoiding activation of the
high pressure safety device the below control function will be activated.

Flowchart
Normal operation

Hp > B MPa Hp F MPa

Compressor operation Compressor operation
frequency –1 step/10 seconds frequency +1 step/1 minute

Hp > C MPa Hp G MPa

Compressor operation Compressor operation
frequency A Hz Hp < E MPa frequency +1 step/5 minutes

• High pressure switch is activated.

OR
• Hp > D MPa for 1 minute

Compressor stop
15 times or less
stopping in 300 minutes
Stopped 16 times in 300 minutes

Abnormal stop (E3 indication)

As the bearing resistance limit pressure decreases during slow operation of the compressor, the
lower limit of frequency is restricted.

In cooling

Hp ≥ 2.55 MPa Compressor

Normal operation frequency lower limit
Hp < 2.36 MPa H Hz
After 30 seconds

Parameters
RZF125CV1G
RZF100CV1G
RZF50-71CV1G RZFC125/140DV1G
RZFC100DY1G
RZFC125/140DY1G
A (Hz) 88.5 88.5 88.5
B (MPa) 3.67 3.67 3.84
C (MPa) 3.77 3.77 3.92
D (MPa) 4.02 4.02 4.25
E (MPa) 3.62 3.62 3.79
F (MPa) 3.39 3.39 3.53
G (MPa) 3.52 3.52 3.68
H (Hz) 63 64.5 64.5

Part 4 Functions and Control 169

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.14 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Outline The compressor operating frequency will be controlled in order to avoid abnormal high
compressor temperatures.
Td: Discharge pipe temperature (°C)

Flowchart

Normal operation
•Td < A °C
OR •Upper limit frequency:
Td > B °C •& Maximum frequency
•Td < B °C

Compressor upper limit frequency Compressor upper limit frequency

–1 step/20 seconds +1 step/90 seconds

•Td ≥ C °C •Td < A °C

OR continues for 5 minutes Td ≤ B °C OR
•Td > D °C •& •Td ≤ B °C
•5 minutes elapsed
Compressor upper limit frequency
H Hz

•Td ≥ E °C continues
OR for G minutes
•Td ≥ F °C
10 times or less stopping in 200 minutes
Compressor stop

Stopped 11 times
in 200 minutes

Abnormal stop (F3 indication)

Parameters
RZF100CV1G RZF125CV1G
RZF50-71CV1G RZFC125/140DY1G
RZFC100DY1G RZFC125/140DV1G
A (°C) 70 70 70 70
B (°C) 105 105 105 105
C (°C) 110 110 110 110
D (°C) 115 115 115 115
E (°C) 110 110 110 110
F (°C) 118 120 120 120
G (minutes) 15 15 15 15
H (Hz) 97.5 108 111 88.5

170 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.15 Capacitor Electrical Discharge Control

Approximately 1 minute after stopping operation (remote controller stop, abnormal stop,
retry-type thermostat OFF causing the compressor or outdoor fan motor to stop) an open-phase
waveform will be output for capacitor electrical discharge.
After that, the discharge resistor will continue to discharge the capacitor to 0 V. The outdoor unit
may hum while this occurs.

5.16 Inverter Current Protection Control

Restricts compressor operation frequency to prevent compressor from tripping due to inverter
overcurrent.

Inverter current Normal operation Compressor upper limit frequency:

> Stepping down current Maximum frequency
Compressor frequency Compressor frequency
–1 step/6 seconds +1 step/2 minutes
The condition of Inverter current < Stepping down current
continues for 2 minutes

Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (liquid)  Indoor heat exchanger temperature

& Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (liquid)  25°C
Stepping down Stepping down
current P A current Q A
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (liquid) < Indoor heat exchanger temperature
OR
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (liquid) < 25°C

P (A) Q (A)

Q (A)

7.65

RZF50-71CV1G 6.6
Compressor
frequency
7.19

276 321 Hz

RZF100CV1G 15.5 15.5

RZF125CV1G
19.5 19.5
RZFC125/140DV1G
RZFC100DY1G 10.5 10.5
RZFC125/140DY1G 12.4 12.4

5.17 Forced Thermostat OFF Due to Freeze-Up Prevention

Control in Cooling
Based on the judgment to prevent the indoor heat exchanger from freezing, the thermostat is
forcedly turned OFF.

Reference Refer to Freeze-Up Prevention Control on page 129.

5.18 Cooling Control with Low Outdoor Air Temperature

To ensure the compression ratio (pressure difference between high and low pressure) at low
outdoor air temperature conditions in cooling mode, the outdoor fan and target compressor
frequency may be varied.

Part 4 Functions and Control 171

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.19 Overall Current Protection Control

Monitors the overall current and restricts the upper limit compressor operating frequency to
prevent circuit breakers from exceeding the rated capacity.
Normal operation Outdoor unit current ≤ upper limit
current value
Outdoor unit current > & Upper limit compressor operating
upper limit current value frequency: Maximum frequency
Outdoor unit current ≤
upper limit current value
Upper limit compressor operating frequency Upper limit compressor operating frequency
–1 step/10 seconds +1 step/5 minutes
Outdoor unit current >
upper limit current value

Upper limit current (A)

Takes the following values depending on the outdoor air temperature.
Also varies depending on model.
Current value (A)

A
B
C
D

43 50 Outdoor air temperature (˚C)

RZF50-71CV1G RZF100CV1G RZF125CV1G RZFC100DY1G RZFC125/140DY1G

RZFC125/140DV1G
A (A) 13.2 18.1 25.6 7.4 11.1
B (A) 13.2 18.1 24.2 9.8 12.5
C (A) 8.0 12.8 22.8 6.9 8.5
D (A) 8.0 12.8 21.4 6.9 10

5.20 Refrigerant Shortage Detection Control

If insufficient capacity due to insufficient refrigerant is determined, the remote controller will
display error code U0 and an abnormal stop will occur.

5.21 Piping/Wiring Mismatch Detection Control

If the piping and transmission wiring to the outdoor unit does not match that of the connected
indoor unit, the remote controller will display error code UF and an abnormal stop will occur.

172 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

5.22 Pump Down Operation

Outline Whenever the units need to be moved or removed, perform a pump down operation before
disconnecting the field piping. By performing a pump down operation, all of the refrigerant will
be collected in the outdoor unit.

Procedure
Procedure Precautions
1 Confirm that both the liquid and gas stop
valves are open. —

2 Press the pump down button (*) on the Compressor and outdoor fan will start operation
outdoor unit PCB for 5 seconds. automatically. Indoor fan may automatically start
running. Pay attention to this.
3 Close the liquid stop valve securely for about • Never leave the outdoor unit unattended with
2 minutes after the compressor starts opened front panel when power supply is on.
operation. • In case the liquid stop valve is not securely closed
during compressor operation, pump down operation
Once the compressor operation stops after 2 cannot be executed.
to 5 minutes, close the gas stop valve
securely.
4 Turn off the power supply. When you work alone, carry out after closing the
front plate. After turning the power supply off,
remove the insulation sheet.
* Pump down button
RZF50-71CV1G: BS1
RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G: BS2

Cautions  Pressing the pump down button on the outdoor unit PCB may cause the outdoor and indoor
fan to start operating automatically.
 Be sure to open the stop valves after the pipe work has been finished. Be sure not to operate
the unit with closed stop valves, or the compressor may break down.

5.23 Oil Return Control

Outline When the compressor operates for a certain period of time at low frequency, the oil level in the
compressor may become low due to incomplete oil return. To prevent damage to the
compressor and in worst case avoid compressor lock, an oil return control will be conducted.

Details During the oil return control the operation frequency of the compressor will be increased for a
time period of 5 minutes. Oil recovery operation is only executed in cooling mode.

5.24 Emergency Operation

 Indoor/outdoor transmission does not take place.
 Cooling operation is active for 20 minutes and stopped for 10 minutes, repeating this cycle.
 Other functions take place as per normal control.

Part 4 Functions and Control 173

Outdoor Unit Control for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G SiSG282101EB

5.25 Simulated Operation Function

In case of a thermistor error, simulated operation is performed in 2 different ways as shown
below even while the error is detected.
1. Operation continues while the error code is displayed on the remote controller.
Applicable thermistors
 Outdoor air thermistor
 Indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor
 Suction air thermistor
 Indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
2. Operation continues even the error is detected. Only when the “INSPECTION / TEST
Operation” button is pressed, the error code is displayed.
Applicable thermistors
 Remote controller thermistor

Note(s) In case of a thermistor error other than A and B above, an abnormal stop is made and no
simulated operation is carried out.
Applicable thermistors
 Suction pipe thermistor
 Discharge pipe thermistor
 Outdoor heat exchanger distributor/liquid pipe thermistor
 Outdoor heat exchanger middle thermistor

5.26 Test Operation Control

Purpose When operating the units for the first time after installation, the unit will - depending on the
selected operation mode - perform a test operation first.

Situation 1
• Cooling Cooling operation in test Normal cooling operation
& • First operation after operation for 5 minutes
installation

Situation 2
• Cooling Cooling operation in test Cooling operation in forced
& • Test operation operation for 5 minutes thermostat ON.

Note(s)  When running in test operation mode, the unit will sense on site installation parameters (e.g.:
failure to open stop valves,..) and indicate the applicable error code if required.
 If the remote controller shows E3, E4, E5, L8 or U0 as an error code, there is possibility that
either the stop valve is closed or the airflow outlet is obstructed.
 Check the inter unit branch wiring connection (1-2-3 wiring) when the error code U4 or UF is
displayed on the remote controller.
 When the error code U2 or A8 is displayed on the remote controller, check for voltage
imbalance.
 When the error code E3, E4, L4 or L8 is displayed on the remote controller, there is
possibility that the airflow outlet is obstructed.
 When there is no error code display, cooling operation continues without interruption.
(However, this control is once again performed after refrigerant is recovered by means of the
pump down switch and at the time of the first operation after the outdoor unit PCB
replacement.)

Reference Refer to Test Operation on page 225 .

174 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiSG282101EB

Part 5
Field Settings and
Test Operation
1. Field Settings with Remote Controller.................................................176
1.1 BRC1E63 .............................................................................................176
1.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................178
1.3 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................181
1.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................183
1.5 BRC7M Series......................................................................................184
1.6 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit .....................................................185
1.7 Applicable Field Settings ......................................................................187
1.8 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit................................................194
1.9 Field Settings for Outdoor Unit .............................................................210
2. Field Settings from Indoor Unit PCB (FAFC-A)...................................211
3. Field Settings from Demand Adaptor (RZF100/125CV1G,
RZFC125/140DV1G)...........................................................................212
3.1 i-Demand Function ...............................................................................212
4. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G,
RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) ....................................................213
4.1 Setting by BS Buttons ..........................................................................213
4.2 Normal Mode........................................................................................215
4.3 Monitor Mode (Mode 1) ........................................................................216
4.4 Setting Mode (Mode 2).........................................................................218
5. Emergency Operation .........................................................................220
5.1 Forced Operation .................................................................................220
5.2 Emergency Operation when the Wireless Remote Controller is Lost...222
6. Pump Down Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only).....................................223
7. Forced Cooling Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only) ................................224
8. Test Operation ....................................................................................225
8.1 Checks before Test Operation .............................................................225
8.2 Test Operation......................................................................................225
9. Silicone Grease on Power Transistor/Diode Bridge (RZFC-EV1G,
RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G).................................................227

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 175

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1. Field Settings with Remote Controller

Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the field setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause error.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change.)

1.1 BRC1E63
Basic screen

(1) 1 Press and hold Cancel button for 4

seconds or more.
Service settings menu is displayed.

2 Select Field settings in the service

settings menu, and press Menu/Enter
button.
Field settings screen is displayed.

3 Highlight the mode, and select desired

mode No. by using (Up/Down)
button.
Service settings menu screen
4 In the case of setting per indoor unit
(2) during group control (When Mode No.
such as 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 are
selected), highlight the unit No. and
select indoor unit No. to be set by
using (Up/Down) button. (In the
case of group total setting, this
operation is not needed.)
In the case of individual setting per
indoor unit, current settings are
displayed. And, second code No.
“ - ” means no function.
Press Menu/Enter button.
5 Highlight second code No. of the first
Field settings screen
code No. to be changed, and select
desired second code No. by using
In the case of individual In the case of group total (Up/Down) button. Multiple identical
setting per indoor unit setting
mode number settings are available.
(3) (3) In the case of group total setting, all
(4) (5) of second code No. which may be
set are displayed as “  ”.
(5)
“  ” is changed to second code No.
to be set. And, second code No. “ - ”
means no function.

Second code No.

First code No.

Press Menu/Enter button.

176 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

6 Press Menu/Enter button. Setting

Setting confirmation screen
confirmation screen is displayed.
(6)
(7) 7 Select Yes and press Menu/Enter
button. Setting details are determined
and field settings screen returns.

8 In the case of multiple setting

changes, repeat (3) to (7).

9 After all setting changes are

completed, press Cancel button twice.

Press Menu/Enter button.

10 Backlight goes out, and Checking the
connection. Please standby. is
displayed for initialization. After the
initialization, the basic screen returns.
Setting confirmed

CAUTION
 When an optional accessory is installed on the indoor unit, settings of the indoor
unit may be changed. See the manual of the optional accessory.
 For field setting details of the outdoor unit, see installation manual attached to the
outdoor unit.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 177

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series

This section describes how to perform field setting.
Enter the Installer Menu and make settings.

Installer menu screen

Press or button, for move to “ ”.
If Bluetooth is connected, performing field setting from
the remote controller side is impossible.
Disconnect Bluetooth, or perform field setting from the
mobile application.

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to select Mode No. and press
a Mode 20 to enter the field setting menu.
b Unit 00 a Mode No.
b Unit No.

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to scroll the desired Mode No.
Mode 20 and press button.
Unit 00

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to select Unit No. and press
Mode 20 button.
Unit 00

178 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, scroll to the desired Unit No. and
Mode 20 then press button to set the selection.
Unit 00

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to select “ ”, and then press
Mode 20 button to set the selection.
Unit 00

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, select First Code No., and then
a SW 00 press button.
b – 01 a First Code No.
b Second Code No.

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, scroll to the desired First code
SW 00 No. and then press button to set the selection.
– 01

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 179

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to move Second Code No., and
SW 00 then press button.
– 01

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, to scroll to the desired Second
SW 00 Code No., and then press button.
– 01

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, select “ ”, and then press
SW 00 button to save the setting and return to the previous
– 01 screen.
If the setting is not changed, select “ ”.

Sub-menu screen
Press or button, move to “ ”, and then press
Mode 20 button to return to the installer menu.
Unit 00 * If the setting has been changed, the screen may
return to the home screen without returning to the
installer menu.

CAUTION
• The connection of optional accessories to the indoor unit might cause changes to some field
settings. For more information, see the installation manual of the optional accessory.
• For details about the specific field settings of each type of indoor unit, see the installation manual
of the indoor unit.
• Field settings that are not available for a connected indoor unit are not displayed.
• Field setting default values are different depending on the indoor unit model.

NOTICE
• Installation of optional accessories on the indoor unit may require changes to field settings.
See the manual of the optional accessory.
• For field setting details related to the indoor unit, see installation manual shipped with the indoor unit.

180 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.3 BRC2E61
[Basic screen]

(1) 1. Press and hold both the Mode Selector

button ( ) and the Temperature
Setting (down) button ( ) for 4
seconds or longer.

Press and hold 2 buttons

for 4 seconds or longer.

[Field setting mode screen]

(2) 2. Select the desired “Mode No.” by using

the Airflow Direction Adjustment button
( ).

(3) 3. In the case of setting per indoor unit

during group control (when a Mode No.
such as 20, 21, 22, 23 or 25 is selected),
select the “Indoor unit No.” to be set by
using the Fan Speed Control button ( ).
(In the case of group setting, this
operation is not needed.)
(4)
4. Select the FIRST CODE NO. to be
changed by using the Temperature
Setting (up) button ( ) and SECOND
CODE NO. to be changed by using the
FIRST CODE NO.
Temperature Setting (down) button
(4) ( ).
Multiple identical mode number
settings are available.

SECOND CODE NO.

(5) 5. Press the Mode Selector button ( ).

Field setting mode is set.

6. In the case of multiple setting changes,

Field setting mode is set
repeat (2) to (4).

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 181

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

[Initialization screen] 7. After all setting changes are

(7) completed, press both the Mode
Selector button ( ) and the
Temperature Setting (down) button
( ) for 1 second.
“ ” is displayed during initialization.

[Basic screen] 8. After the initialization, the basic screen

(8) returns.

CAUTION
 When an optional accessory is installed on the indoor unit, settings of the indoor
unit may be changed. Refer to the manual of the optional accessory.
 For field setting details of the outdoor unit, refer to the installation manual
attached to the outdoor unit.

182 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

UP button
Mode No.
Field setting mode DOWN button

RESERVE button
First code No.

MODE button
Second code No.

INSPECTION/TEST
button

Setting
To set the field settings, you have to change:
 Mode No.
 First code No.
 Second code No.

To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds during normal mode to enter the field
setting mode.
2. Press the MODE button to select the desired mode No.
3. Press the UP button to select the first code No.
4. Press the DOWN button to select the second code No.
5. Press the RESERVE button to confirm the setting.
6. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to the normal mode.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 183

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.5 BRC7M Series

Mode No.

First code Second

No. code No.

4
3

5
1,6

Setting
To set the field settings, you have to change:
 Mode No.
 First code No.
 Second code No.

To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

1. Hold down the INSPECTION button for at least 4 seconds during normal mode to enter the
field setting mode.
2. Press the MODE button to select the desired mode No.
3. Press the FAN or BACK LIGHT button to select the first code No.
4. Press the TEMP button to select the second code No.
5. Press the RESERVE button to set the present settings.
6. Press the INSPECTION button to return to the normal mode.

184 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.6 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit

: Factory setting
First Second Code No.
Mode Reference
No. Code Description Page
No. 01 02 03 04
Filter Long life filter Approx. Approx. 1,250
0 cleaning 2,500 hrs. hrs.
(Note sign interval — — 194
3) Ultra long life Approx. Approx. 5,000
filter 10,000 hrs. hrs.
1 Filter type Long life Ultra long life
(Note filter filter — — 194
3)
Remote controller thermistor Remote Suction air Remote
10 controller thermistor controller
(20) 2 thermistor + — thermistor 194
Suction air
thermistor
3 Filter cleaning sign Displayed Not displayed — — 195
Airflow direction setting when
4 presence is detected Refer to the page on the right for details. 195

Time for absence area 30 minutes 60 minutes

7 — — 196
detection
12 Streamer operation — ON OFF — 196
Setting number of the Pair system Simultaneous Simultaneous Double twin
connected indoor units as (1 unit) operation operation multi (4 units)
0 simultaneous operation system system 196
system (2 units) (3 units)
Simultaneous operation Unified Individual
1 system individual setting setting setting — — 197

Fan ON/OFF at thermostat Keep Stop

2 — — 197
OFF operating
Detection rate setting High sensitivity Low sensitivity Standard Infrared
sensitivity presence
6 197
sensor
11 disabled
(21)
Time for presence detection High sensitivity Standard Low sensitivity
7 — 198
sensitivity
Automatic airflow adjustment OFF Completion of Start of airflow
7 airflow adjustment — 198
adjustment

11 Setting of demand operation High effect Standard Low effect — 199

effect level level level
Setting of learning data High (once per Somewhat Standard Low
12 199
collection 15 minutes) high (almost zero)
Temperature to avoid 2°C or more 3°C or more 4°C or more 6°C or more
13 199
discomfort
0 Optional output selection Refer to the page on the right for details. 199
External ON/OFF input Forced OFF ON/OFF
1 — — 200
operation

2 Thermostat differential 1°C 0.5°C — — 200

changeover
Auto restart after power failure OFF ON ON/OFF
5 depends on — 201
the model
(*4)
12
(22) 6 Airflow setting when cooling LL tap Set fan — — 201
thermostat is OFF speed
Compensating the Suction air Priority given Standard Priority given
7 temperature around people temperature on the suction on the floor 201
only air temperature temperature
Time for absence detection 0 minute (Right 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes
10 after absence 202
is detected)
Compensating the floor 4°C 2°C 0°C –2°C
11 202
temperature when cooling

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 185

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

First Second Code No.

Mode Reference
No. Code Description Page
No. 01 02 03 04
0 Ceiling height setting Refer to page on the right for details. 202
Airflow direction setting All round 3-direction 2-direction
airflow, airflow airflow
1 — 203
4-direction
airflow
Swing pattern settings All direction Facing
2 synchronized — swing — 204
swing
Airflow FCTF-A Draft Standard Ceiling soiling
direction FCF-C prevention prevention
adjustment FCFC-D (Upward) (Downward) —
range FFFC-A
4 FFFC-B 204
FHFC-D Draft Dew Standard
13 prevention Condensation (Downward) 
(23) —
(Upward) prevention
(Upward)
Fan speed setting for
5 Refer to the page on the right for details. 204
streamer option
External static pressure
6 settings Refer to the page on the right for details. 205

Setting of swing patterns

7 when cooling thermostat is Refer to the page on the right for details. 206
OFF
13 Setting of circulation airflow Disabled Enabled — — 206
14 Circulation airflow patterns Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4 206
Switching panel type Standard Designer panel
15 — — 206
panel
14 Setting of swapping slave
(24) 6 units Refer to the page on the right for details. 207

Direct duct connection Not Equipped

2 — — 208
equipped
Drain pump and humidifier Not Interlocked
15 3 — — 208
interlock selection interlocked
(25)
5 Individual ventilation setting Normal Individual — — 208

8 Humidifier control Humidifier Humidifier — — 209

control ON control OFF
Display of error codes on the Two-digit Four-digit
4 — — 209
remote controller display display
1b
Setting restricted/permitted of
14 Refer to the page on the right for details. 209
airflow block
1c 0 Room temperature display Not displayed Displayed — — 209
1E 14 Streamer display Disabled Enabled — — 209

Note(s) 1. In case there is a need to perform any setting not listed in the table above, please refer to the
installation manual of each indoor unit.
2. Some functions will not be displayed if the indoor unit is not equipped with that function.
3. This mode is used to set the time until the display time to clean air filter lights up when using
a central remote controller.
4. ON for all the indoor units in this service manual.

186 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.7 Applicable Field Settings

Mode First Indoor unit FCTF-A
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1H62W/K
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval 
1 Filter type 
2 Thermistor selection 
10
(20) 3 Filter cleaning sign 
4 Airflow direction setting when presence is detected 
7 Time for absence area detection 
12 Streamer operation 
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
0 
system
1 Simultaneous operation system individual setting 
2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF 
11 6 Detection rate setting 
(21)
7 Time for presence detection 
11 Setting of demand operation effect level 
12 Setting of learning data collection 
13 Temperature to avoid discomfort 
0 Optional output selection 
1 External ON/OFF input 
5 Auto restart after power failure 
12 6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF 
(22)
7 Compensating the temperature around people 
10 Time for absence detection 
11 Compensating the floor temperature when cooling 
0 Ceiling height setting 
1 Airflow direction setting 
13 2 Swing pattern settings 
(23) 4 Airflow direction adjustment range 
7 Setting of swing patterns when cooling thermostat is OFF 
15 Switching panel type 
14 Setting of swapping slave units
6 
(24)
3 Drain pump and humidifier interlock selection 
15
5 Individual ventilation setting 
(25)
8 Humidifier control 
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller 
1c 0 Room temperature display 
1E 14 Streamer display 
 : Available
― : Not available

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 187

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

First Indoor unit FCF-C

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval  
1 Filter type  
10 2 Thermistor selection  
(20) 3 Filter cleaning sign  ―
4 Airflow direction setting when presence is detected  
7 Time for absence area detection  
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
0  
system
1 Simultaneous operation system individual setting  
2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF  
11 6 Detection rate setting  
(21)
7 Time for presence detection  
11 Setting of demand operation effect level  ―
12 Setting of learning data collection  ―
13 Temperature to avoid discomfort  ―
0 Optional output selection  
1 External ON/OFF input  
5 Auto restart after power failure  
12 6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF  
(22)
7 Compensating the temperature around people  
10 Time for absence detection  ―
11 Compensating the floor temperature when cooling  ―
0 Ceiling height setting  
1 Airflow direction setting  
2 Swing pattern settings  ―
13 4 Airflow direction adjustment range  
(23) 7 Setting of swing patterns when cooling thermostat is OFF  
13 Setting of circulation airflow  ―
14 Circulation airflow patterns  ―
15 Switching panel type  ―
14 6 Setting of swapping slave units  
(24)
3 Drain pump and humidifier interlock selection  
15
(25) 5 Individual ventilation setting  
8 Humidifier control  
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller  
1c 0 Room temperature display  ―
 : Available
― : Not available

188 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

First Indoor unit FCFC-D

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval  
1 Filter type  
10 2 Thermistor selection  
(20) 3 Filter cleaning sign  ―
4 Airflow direction setting when presence is detected  
7 Time for absence area detection  
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
0  
system
1 Simultaneous operation system individual setting  
11
(21) 2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF  
6 Detection rate setting  
7 Time for presence detection  
1 External ON/OFF input  
5 Auto restart after power failure  
12 6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF  
(22) 7 Compensating the temperature around people  
10 Time for absence detection  ―
11 Compensating the floor temperature when cooling  ―
0 Ceiling height setting  
1 Airflow direction setting  
2 Swing pattern settings  ―
13 4 Airflow direction adjustment range  
(23) 7 Setting of swing patterns when cooling thermostat is OFF  
13 Setting of circulation airflow  ―
14 Circulation airflow patterns  ―
15 Switching panel type  ―
3 Drain pump and humidifier interlock selection  
15
(25) 5 Individual ventilation setting  
8 Humidifier control  
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller  
1c 0 Room temperature display  ―
 : Available
― : Not available

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 189

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

First Indoor unit FFFC-A

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval  
10
2 Thermistor selection  
(20)
3 Filter cleaning sign  ―
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
0  
system
11 2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF  
(21)
6 Detection rate setting  
7 Time for presence detection  
0 Optional output selection  
1 External ON/OFF input  
2 Thermostat differential changeover  
12 5 Auto restart after power failure  
(22) 6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF  
7 Compensating the temperature around people  
10 Time for absence detection  ―
11 Compensating the floor temperature when cooling  ―
0 Ceiling height setting  
1 Airflow direction setting  
13 2 Swing pattern settings  
(23)
4 Airflow direction adjustment range  
7 Setting of swing patterns when cooling thermostat is OFF  
15 2 Direct duct connection  
(25) 5 Individual ventilation setting  
4 Display of error codes on the remote controller  
1b
14 Setting restricted/permitted of airflow block  ―
1c 0 Room temperature display  ―
 : Available
― : Not available

190 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

First Indoor unit FFFC-B

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1H62W/K BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval   
10 2 Thermistor selection   
(20) 3 Filter cleaning sign   ―
12 Streamer operation  ― ―
Setting number of the connected indoor units as
0   
simultaneous operation system
11 2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF   
(21)
6 Detection rate setting   
7 Time for presence detection   
0 Optional output selection   
1 External ON/OFF input   
2 Thermostat differential changeover   
12 5 Auto restart after power failure   
(22) 6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF   
7 Compensating the temperature around people   
10 Time for absence detection   ―
11 Compensating the floor temperature when cooling   ―
0 Ceiling height setting   
1 Airflow direction setting   
13 2 Swing pattern settings   
(23) 4 Airflow direction adjustment range   
5 Fan speed setting for streamer option  ― ―
7 Setting of swing patterns when cooling thermostat is OFF   
15 2 Direct duct connection   
(25) 5 Individual ventilation setting   
4 Display of error codes on the remote controller   
1b
14 Setting restricted/permitted of airflow block   ―
1c 0 Room temperature display   ―
1E 14 Streamer display  ― ―
 : Available
― : Not available

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 191

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

First Indoor unit FHFC-D

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval  
10
2 Thermistor selection  
(20)
3 Filter cleaning sign  —
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
11 0  
system
(21)
2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF  
1 External ON/OFF input  
12
5 Auto restart after power failure  
(22)
6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF  
13 0 Ceiling height setting  (*)  (*)
(23) 4 Airflow direction adjustment range  
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller  
1c 0 Room temperature display  ―
 : Available
― : Not available
* : FHFC50-100DV1G only

192 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

First Indoor unit FBFC-D

Mode
Code Setting Contents
No. Remote controller BRC1E63 BRC2E61
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval  
10
2 Thermistor selection  
(20)
3 Filter cleaning sign  —
Setting number of the connected indoor units as simultaneous operation
0  
system
11
(21) 2 Fan ON/OFF at thermostat OFF  
7 Automatic airflow adjustment  
1 External ON/OFF input  
12
5 Auto restart after power failure  
(22)
6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF  
13 External static pressure settings
6  
(23)
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller  
1c 0 Room temperature display  ―
 : Available
― : Not available

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 193

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit

1.8.1 Filter Cleaning Sign Interval, Filter Type
When the setting 10 (20)-3 is set to 01 (Displayed), filter cleaning sign is displayed on the
remote controller after a certain period of operation time. This setting is used to change the
display interval of filter cleaning sign when the filter contamination is heavy.
The filter cleaning sign interval is determined as follows depending on the combination of Mode
No. 10 (20)-0 and 10 (20)-1.
10 (20)-1 01 02
Setting Filter contamination Light Heavy Light Heavy
heavy/light 10 (20)-0 01 02 01 02
FCTF-A
FCF-C 10,000 hrs. 5,000 hrs.
FCFC-D
Model FFFC-A 2,500 hrs. 1,250 hrs.
FFFC-B
— —
FHFC-D
FBFC-D

1.8.2 Remote Controller Thermistor

Select the thermistor to control room temperature.
 When the unit is not equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
Remote controller thermistor and
01
suction air thermistor for indoor unit
10 (20) 2
02 Suction air thermistor for indoor unit 
04 Remote controller thermistor

The Second Code No. is set to 02 at factory setting, where the room temperature is controlled
only by the suction air thermistor in the indoor unit.
When the Second Code No. is set to 01, the room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor in the indoor unit and the remote controller thermistor as indicated in the following
figure.

36

34 In cooling
32
Set temperature (˚C)

Suction air Remote controller Suction air

30 thermistor thermistor thermistor
Suction air Remote controller Suction air
28 thermistor thermistor thermistor
26

24

22

20
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37
Suction air temperature (˚C)

194 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor:

: Factory setting

Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.

10 (20) 2 01 02 02 02 02 04
12 (22) 7 01 01 02 03 04 03
The thermistor to be used
Remote controller thermistor  — — — — 
Suction air thermistor      —
Infrared floor sensor — —    —

The infrared floor Priority given to Priority given to the

sensor is not used the suction air floor temperature ()
temperature ()
Only the remote
Only the suction air Standard setting controller thermistor
thermistor is used (Factory setting) is used

 Refer to 12 (22)-7 Compensating the temperature around people.

1.8.3 Filter Cleaning Sign

Whether or not to display the sign after operation of a certain duration can be selected.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
No. Code No. Code No. Contents

01 Displayed
10 (20) 3
02 Not displayed

1.8.4 Airflow Direction Setting when Presence is Detected

For units with the infrared presence sensor, the airflow direction when presence is detected can
be optionally set, which is interlocked with the airflow direction during smart learning
power-saving operation.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code No. Second Code Contents
No. No.
Direct: Swing
01
Indirect: P0
Direct: P4
02
Indirect:P0
10 (20) 4
03 Direct: P3
Indirect: P0
Direct: Swing
04
Indirect: P0

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 195

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8.5 Time for Absence Area Detection

By selecting the energy-saving operation mode in the absence, the target temperature is shifted
to the energy-saving end by 1°C (maximum 2°C) after the state of absence continues for a
certain period of time.
Absent time defined for detection can be selected as follows:
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 30 minutes
10 (20) 7
02 60 minutes

Detection

Set temperature (°C)

State of absence
31
30
29
28
27 Cooling (at 28°C)
26
30 (60) 60 (120)
Elapsed time of absence (minutes)
 The values in parentheses represent the time
when Second code No. is 02.

 The set temperature displayed on the remote controller remains the same even if the target
temperature is shifted.
 As soon as people are detected while the temperature is shifted, this control will be
cancelled (reset).

1.8.6 Streamer Operation

The operation of internal cleaning can be turned ON/OFF.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Contents
No. No. Code No.
02 ON
10 (20) 12
03 OFF
When removing the streamer internal cleaning unit, set Second Code No. to 03 and turn on the
power supply again. When reassembling, set the Second Code No. to 02.

1.8.7 Setting Number of the Connected Indoor Units as Simultaneous

Operation System
When using in simultaneous operation system mode, change the second code No. as shown in
table below.
When using in simultaneous operation system mode, refer to "simultaneous operation system
individual setting" to set master and slave units separately.
: Factory setting
Mode Second Code
No. First Code No. No. Contents

01 Pair system (1 unit)

02 Simultaneous operation system (2 units)
11 (21) 0
03 Simultaneous operation system (3 units)
04 Double twin multi (4 units)

196 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.8 Simultaneous Operation System Individual Setting

This setting is used to set the master and slave unit separately.
: Factory setting
Mode Second Code
First Code No. Contents
No. No.
01 Unified setting
11 (21) 1
02 Individual setting

1.8.9 Fan ON/OFF at Thermostat OFF

When the thermostat is OFF, you can stop the indoor fan.
: Factory setting
Mode Second Code
First Code No. Contents
No. No.
01 Keep operating
11 (21) 2
02 Stop
Airflow Rate (Fan Speed) Setting
The fan speed when thermostat is OFF can be set by combining 11 (21)-2 "Fan ON/OFF at
thermostat OFF" and 12 (22)-6 "Fan speed when cooling thermostat is OFF" as indicated in the
following tables.
A through C in the tables indicate the contents as below:
A: OFF for 6 minutes, and then LL for 1 minute
B: OFF for 6 minutes, and then set fan speed for 1 minute
C: OFF for 6 minutes, and then L for 1 minute

In the case of 11 (21)-2-01 (Keep operating)

: Factory setting
Second Code No.
Mode No. First Code No.
Field Setting
12 (22) 6 01 02# 03 04 05

Cooling At thermostat OFF LL Set fan — A B

speed
Dry At thermostat OFF C C — A B

In the case of 11 (21)-2-02 (Stop)

: Factory setting
Second Code No.
Mode No. First Code No.
Field Setting
12 (22) 6 01 02# 03 04 05

Cooling At thermostat OFF A B — A B

Dry At thermostat OFF C C — A B

1.8.10 Detection Rate Setting

Set the sensitivity of the infrared presence sensor.
 The infrared presence sensor can be disabled by selecting the Second code No. 04.
When the infrared presence sensor is disabled, the remote controller menu does not display
some functions such as the automatic draft reduction, energy-saving operation in absence and
halt in absence.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 High sensitivity
02 Low sensitivity
11 (21) 6
03 Standard sensitivity
04 Infrared presence sensor disabled

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 197

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8.11 Time for Presence Detection

Set the time until the infrared presence sensor detects the presence.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 High sensitivity
11 (21) 7 02 Standard sensitivity
03 Low sensitivity

1.8.12 Automatic Airflow Adjustment

Make external static pressure setting automatically using automatic airflow adjustment
(11 (21)-7), or manually using external static pressure settings (13 (23)-6).
The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity.
Make settings before performing the test operation of the outdoor unit.
Setting procedure
1. Make sure that electric wiring and duct construction have been completed. In particular, if
the closing damper is installed on the way of the duct, make sure that it is open. In addition,
make sure that a field-supplied air filter is installed within the air passageway on the suction
port side.
2. If there are multiple blow-off and suction ports, adjust the throttle part so that the airflow
volume ratio of each suction/blow-off port conforms to the designed airflow volume ratio. In
that case, operate the unit with the operation mode "fan." When you want to change the
airflow rate, adjust it by pressing the airflow rate control button to select High, Middle or Low.
3. Make settings to adjust the airflow rate automatically. After setting the operation mode to
"fan," enter the field setting mode while operation is stopped and then select the Mode No.
"(21) (11 for batch setting)," set the First Code No. to 7 and the Second Code No. to 03. After
setting, return to the basic screen (to the normal mode in the case of a wireless remote
controller) and press the ON/OFF button. Fan operation for automatic airflow adjustment will
start with the operation lamp turned ON. Do not adjust the throttle part of the suction and
blow-off ports during automatic adjustment. After operation for approximately one to fifteen
minutes, airflow adjustment automatically stops with the operation lamp turned OFF.
4. After operation stopped, make sure that the Second Code No. is set to 02 as in the following
table by indoor unit with the Mode No. of (21). If operation does not stop automatically or the
Second Code No. is not set to 02, return to the step (3) above to make settings again.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 OFF
11 (21) 7 02 Completion of airflow adjustment
03 Start of airflow adjustment

Note(s) 1. Make sure that the external static pressure is within the range of specifications before making
settings. If it is outside the range, automatic adjustment fails, which may cause an insufficient
airflow volume or leakage of water.
2. If the air passageway including duct or blow-off ports is changed after automatic adjustment,
make sure to perform automatic airflow adjustment again.

198 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.13 Setting of Demand Operation Effect Level

The power-saving effect level can be selected in smart learning power-saving operation.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code Contents
No. No. No. (Power-saving effect)
01 High effect level
11 (21) 11 02 Standard
03 Low effect level

1.8.14 Setting of Learning Data Collection

Make this setting when the system frequently repeats start/stop with many occasions of
thermostat OFF during smart learning power-saving operation.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code Contents
No. No. No. (Frequency of start/stop)
01 High (once per 15 minutes)
02 Somewhat high
11 (21) 12
03 Standard
04 Low (almost zero)
Learning data may not be collected when the system frequently repeats start/stop with many
occasions of thermostat OFF.

1.8.15 Temperature to Avoid Discomfort

Smart learning power-saving operation may cause discomfort as the set temperature by remote
controller is not reached with a limited capacity. To prioritize comfort, change the value of
difference between the set temperature and the room temperature as in the following table to
cancel smart learning power-saving operation temporarily.
: Factory setting
Contents
Mode First Code Second Code
(Difference between set temperature and room
No. No. No.
temperature)
01 2°C or more
02 3°C or more
11 (21) 13
03 4°C or more
04 6°C or more

1.8.16 Optional Output Selection

External devices can be interlocked by using the adaptor for wiring concurrently.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code Contents
No. No. No.
01 Compressor status
02 Operation interlocked 1
03 Operation interlocked (1)
12 (22) 0
04 Abnormality interlock
05 Outdoor air intake
06 Infrared presence sensor interlocked (1)
1 Using with the units with the infrared presence sensor and making setting as in the following
table enables interlocking external devices (ON/OFF) by the infrared presence sensor.

Mode First Code Second Code

Contents
No. No. No.
03 Air conditioner interlocking mode
12 (22) 0
06 Sensor interlocking mode

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 199

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

Sensor interlocking mode

External devices are turned ON/OFF with presence/absence by the infrared presence sensor
without interlocking with operation stop of the air conditioner. External devices are turned OFF
when absence is detected and then turned ON again when presence is detected.

Air conditioner interlocking mode

External devices are turned OFF interlocked with operation stop of the air conditioner in
absence through the "Stop in absence" function of the indoor unit.
Once the air conditioner and the external devices are turned OFF when absence is detected,
they are not turned ON automatically even if presence is detected again.

1.8.17 External ON/OFF Input

This input is used for "ON/OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block in the electrical
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced OFF
Input A

: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
ON: Forced OFF (prohibition of using the remote controller)
01
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
12 (22) 1
02 OFF  ON: Operation
ON  OFF: Stop

1.8.18 Thermostat Differential Changeover

Set when remote sensor is to be used.
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 1ºC
12 (22) 2
02 0.5ºC

200 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.19 Auto Restart after Power Failure

: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 OFF
12 (22) 5 02 ON
03 ON/OFF depends on the model
When the "Auto Restart after Power Failure" setting is turned OFF, all the units will remain OFF
after power failure, or after the main power supply is restored. When this setting is turned ON
(factory setting), the units that were operating before the power failure will automatically restart
operation after power failure, or after the main power supply is restored.
Due to the aforementioned, when the "Auto restart after power failure” setting is ON, be careful
for the following situations that may occur.

1. The air conditioner will start operation suddenly after power failure,
Caution or when the main power supply is restored. The user might be surprised
and wonder why the air conditioner turned ON suddenly.
2. During maintenance, if the main power supply is turned OFF while the
units are in operation, the units will automatically start operation
(the fan will rotate) after the power supply is restored due to completion
of the maintenance work.

1.8.20 Airflow Setting when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

This is used to set airflow to LL airflow when cooling thermostat is OFF.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 LL tap
12 (22) 6
02 Set fan speed

1.8.21 Compensating the Temperature around People

Change the ratio between the suction air temperature and floor temperature used to calculate
the temperature around people.
The temperature around people is calculated using the values of the suction air thermistor and
the infrared floor sensor. The factory setting is "Normal" (the average value of the suction air
temperature and the floor temperature is applied). However, the rate at which the suction air
thermistor and the infrared floor sensor affect the temperature around people can be changed
with this setting.
• To reflect the effect of the temperature around the ceiling, select the "Priorities given on the
suction air temperature" (the Second code No. 02).
• To reflect the effect of the temperature around the floor, select the "Priorities given on the floor
temperature" (the Second code No. 04).
• The infrared floor sensor can be disabled by selecting "Suction air temperature only" (the
Second code No. 01).
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Suction air temperature only
02 Priority given on the suction air temperature
12 (22) 7
03 Standard
04 Priority given on the floor temperature

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 201

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8.22 Time for Absence Detection

(For adaptor for wiring)
Define the time from when the signal from the infrared presence sensor is lost until when it is
output from the adaptor for wiring.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 0 minute (Right after absence is detected)
02 5 minutes
12 (22) 10
03 10 minutes
04 15 minutes

1.8.23 Compensating the Floor Temperature when Cooling

Offset the detected value of the infrared floor sensor with a certain temperature. This setting
should be used to have the actual floor temperature detected when, for example, the unit is
installed close to a wall.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 +4°C
02 +2°C
12 (22) 11
03 0°C
04 –2°C

Specific usages of this setting

There is no problem with the standard setting in the usual condition. Change the setting in the
cases indicated in the following table.
Environment Problem Setting Value
- The unit is installed close to a wall or a window. Insufficient cooling +2°C or +4°C
- High thermal capacity of the floor (such as concrete, etc.).
- There are many heat sources including PC. Excessive cooling –2°C
- There is a non-negligible heat source such as floor heating.

1.8.24 Ceiling Height Setting

Make the following setting according to the ceiling height.
 FCTF50-71A, FCF50-71C
: Factory setting

First Second Ceiling Height

Mode
Code Code Setting All round 4-direction 3-direction 2-direction
No.
No. No. airflow airflow airflow airflow
Standard Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
01
 2.7 m 3.1 m 3.0 m 3.5 m
13 High Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
0 02
(23) Ceiling 3.0 m 3.4 m 3.3 m 3.8 m

03 Higher Lower than Lower than Lower than —

Ceiling 3.5 m 4.0 m 3.5 m

202 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

 FCTF100/125A, FCF100/125C, FCFC100-140D

: Factory setting

First Second Ceiling Height

Mode Code Code Setting
No. All round 4-direction 3-direction 2-direction
No. No. airflow airflow airflow airflow
Standard Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
01
 3.2 m 3.4 m 3.6 m 4.2 m
13 0 02 High Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
(23) Ceiling 3.6 m 3.9 m 4.0 m 4.2 m
Higher Lower than Lower than Lower than
03 —
Ceiling 4.2 m 4.5 m 4.2 m

Note(s) 1. The Second Code No. is factory set to all round airflow. For High Ceiling or Higher Ceiling,
initial setting by remote controller is required.
2. A sealing material for outlet (option) is required for 4-, 3- or 2-direction airflow.

 Designer Panel for FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D

: Factory setting
Ceiling Height
First Second
Mode Code Code Setting FCTF100/125A,
No. FCTF50-71A, FCF50-71C
No. No. FCF100/125C, FCFC-D
All round outlet All round outlet
01 Standard Lower than 2.4 m Lower than 3.2 m
13
0 02 High Ceiling Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.6 m
(23)
03 Higher Ceiling Lower than 3.2 m Lower than 4.2 m

 FFFC-A, FFFC-B
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code Contents Ceiling Height
No. No. No.
01 Standard Lower than 2.7 m
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (1) Lower than 3.0 m
03 High Ceiling (2) Lower than 3.5 m

 FHFC50-71D
: Factory setting
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Contents Ceiling Height
01 Standard Lower than 2.7 m
13 (23) 0
02 High Ceiling (1) Lower than 3.5 m

 FHFC100D
: Factory setting
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Contents Ceiling Height
01 Standard Lower than 3.8 m
13 (23) 0
02 High Ceiling (1) Lower than 4.3 m

1.8.25 Airflow Direction Setting

Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when a sealing material
for outlet has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to 01.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 All round airflow, 4-direction airflow
13 (23) 1 02 3-direction airflow
03 2-direction airflow

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 203

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8.26 Swing Pattern Settings

Set the flap operation in swing mode.
With the factory swing, flaps facing each other are synchronized to operate, and flaps placed
side by side are set to swing in an opposite direction to agitate airflow to reduce temperature
irregularity.
Conventional swing operation (all direction synchronized swing) can be set onsite.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 All direction synchronized swing
13 (23) 2 02 —
03 Facing swing

1.8.27 Airflow Direction Adjustment Range

Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.

 FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B : Factory setting

Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Draft prevention (Upward)
13 (23) 4 02 Standard
03 Ceiling soiling prevention (Downward)

Note(s) When the sealing material of air discharge outlet is attached, set the second code No. to 02 or
03.

 FHFC-D : Factory setting

Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 Draft prevention (Upward)
13 (23) 4 02 Dew condensation prevention (Upward)
03 Standard (Downward) 

1.8.28 Fan Speed Setting for Streamer Option

After installing streamer cleaning unit, change field setting from the remote controller as shown
in the table below. Sound level may increase just a little due to fan speed setting.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 Default fan speed
13 (23) 5
02 Fan speed setting for streamer option

204 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.29 External Static Pressure Settings

Make external static pressure setting automatically using automatic airflow adjustment
(11 (21)-7), or manually using external static pressure settings (13 (23)-6).
When you set external static pressure with 13 (23)-6, make sure that 11 (21)-7 (Airflow
adjustment) is set to 01 (OFF).

FBFC50/60D
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
03 30 Pa
04 40 Pa
05 50 Pa
06 60 Pa
07 70 Pa
13 (23) 6 08 80 Pa
09 90 Pa
10 100 Pa
11 110 Pa
12 120 Pa
13 130 Pa

FBFC71D
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
No. No. No. Contents

04 40 Pa
05 50 Pa
06 60 Pa
07 70 Pa
08 80 Pa
13 (23) 6 09 90 Pa
10 100 Pa
11 110 Pa
12 120 Pa
13 130 Pa
14 140 Pa

FBFC100-140D
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
05 50 Pa
06 60 Pa
07 70 Pa
08 80 Pa
09 90 Pa
13 (23) 6 10 100 Pa
11 110 Pa
12 120 Pa
13 130 Pa
14 140 Pa
15 150 Pa

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 205

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.8.30 Setting of Swing Patterns when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

In cooling operation, when the airflow direction is set to swing, flaps swing even when the
thermostat is OFF.
This setting allows to change the airflow direction when the thermostat is OFF.
: Factory setting
Operation Mode Flap movement when cooling thermostat is OFF
Mode No. 13 (23)
First Code No. 7
Airflow Direction Setting Set airflow direction Swing
Condition for Odor Prevention OFF ON OFF ON
01 Set position Set position Swing Swing
02 Set position Set position P0 P0
03 P0 P0 P0 P0
Second Code 04 Set position P0 Swing P0
No.
05 Set position Set position P2 P2
06 P2 P2 P2 P2
07 Set position P2 Swing P2

1.8.31 Setting of Circulation Airflow

This is to set whether the circulation airflow function is enabled or disabled.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Disabled
13 (23) 13
02 Enabled

1.8.32 Circulation Airflow Patterns

This setting is to change the appearance pattern of the circulation airflow direction depending
on the installation environment of the indoor unit.

Cooling
: Factory setting
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Movement pattern

Appearance 01: Pattern 1 120 600 120 600

Time 02: Pattern 2 120 600 0 0
(seconds)
03: Pattern 3 0 0 120 600
13 (23)-14 04: Pattern 4 120 600 120 600

Indicates the horizontal flap is in the position of reducing airflow volume (the inverted flaps block
the airflow).

1.8.33 Switching Panel Type

Change this setting depending on the type of the panel connected.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
No. No. No. Contents

01 Standard panel

13 (23) 15
02 Designer panel

206 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.34 Setting of Swapping Slave Units

To set the airflow direction by unit individually, each indoor slave unit is identified by the unit
number (B to D) which is randomly assigned to.
This information is stored in the master unit. When the master unit PCB is replaced, the unit
number assigned to each slave unit may be different from that before the replacement since it is
randomly assigned again.
In the case of managing unit numbers, if the assigned unit numbers changed before and after
replacing the PCB, use this setting to select a unit number which is the same one before the
replacement for each slave unit.

Note(s) 1. This setting is not required in the case you do not manage unit numbers.
2. This field setting swaps the setting of the elevating grille as well.
<Before replacing PCB>
Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D
Master Slave Slave Slave
Indoor unit 0 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3

Remote
RC
controller

<After replacing PCB>

Unit A Unit D Unit B Unit C
Master Slave Slave Slave
Indoor unit 0 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3

The assigned unit number is different from that before replacing

Remote
controller

Set the Second Code No. to 05 at the field setting.

Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D

Master Slave Slave Slave
Indoor unit 0 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3

Remote The assigned unit number is deemed to be replaced with that

controller before replacing PCB.

On the screen for setting individual airflow direction, indoor units are indicated with the unit
numbers from A to D. If the master unit PCB is replaced, the unit numbers indicated on the
remote controller may be different from the combination of corresponding indoor units.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 207

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

This setting is to force to replace the combination of unit numbers so as to be the same as
before the replacement.
: Factory setting
Contents
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code
No. Setting by Remote
Assigned to
Controller
B  Indoor unit 1
01 C  Indoor unit 2
D  Indoor unit 3
B  Indoor unit 1
02 C  Indoor unit 3
D  Indoor unit 2
B  Indoor unit 2
03 C  Indoor unit 1
D  Indoor unit 3
14 (24) 6
B  Indoor unit 2
04 C  Indoor unit 3
D  Indoor unit 1
B  Indoor unit 3
05 C  Indoor unit 1
D  Indoor unit 2
B  Indoor unit 3
06 C  Indoor unit 2
D  Indoor unit 1
B to D: Indoor units designated from the remote controller.
Indoor units 1 to 3: Indoor units designated by QA transmission.

1.8.35 Direct Duct Connection

This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected by duct directly. The
indoor fan carries out residual operation for 1 minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the
purpose of preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.) When the second code No. is set to
02: Equipped, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual operation by linking to
indoor unit.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 2
02 Equipped

1.8.36 Drain Pump and Humidifier Interlock Selection

This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the
unit, this setting is unnecessary.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 Not interlocked
15 (25) 3
02 Interlocked

1.8.37 Individual Ventilation Setting

This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote
controller/central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Normal
15 (25) 5
02 Individual

208 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings with Remote Controller

1.8.38 Humidifier Control

The humidity sensor (embedded as a standard feature) controls ON/OFF of the humidifier (ON
at below approximately 45%, OFF at approximately 50% or higher). Set this to 02 when the
humidity adjuster is attached on site.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Humidifier control ON
15 (25) 8
02 Humidifier control OFF

1.8.39 Display of Error Codes on the Remote Controller

 BRC1E Series
Error code (four digits) is displayed for limited products.
Select two-digit display if four-digit display is not preferred.
: Factory setting
Mode First Code Second Code
No. No. No. Contents

01 —
02 Two-digit display
1b 4
03 —
04 Four-digit display

1.8.40 Setting Restricted/Permitted of Airflow Block

The airflow block function cannot be enabled when closure material kit, fresh air intake kit,
separately installed natural evaporation type humidifier, or branch air duct is equipped, due to
the possibility of dew condensation.
This setting restricts the airflow block function, preventing that the airflow block is inadvertently
set to ON.
Ensure that “Airflow block restricted” is set when using the options listed above.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Airflow block permitted
02 —
1b 14 03 —
04 —
05 Airflow block restricted

1.8.41 Room Temperature Display

 BRC1E Series
A "Detailed display screen" can be selected as the display screen. This setting is used if you do
not want to display "Room temperature display" on the "Detailed display screen".
: Factory setting
Mode First Second Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Not displayed
1c 0
02 Displayed

1.8.42 Streamer Display

Set the menu display of the remote controller so that it shows the display screen of the remote
controller when the streamer is operated.
: Factory setting
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Disabled
1E 14
02 Enabled

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 209

Field Settings with Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

1.9 Field Settings for Outdoor Unit

: Factory setting
First Second code No. Applicable model
Mode Reference
code Description RZF-C
No. No. 01 02 03 04 05 RZFC-DY1G page
RZFC125/140DV1G
Night-time low — Automatic — — —
0 noise operation low noise  — 210
activation
Start time and — — 10:00 PM- 10:00 PM- 8:00 PM-
stop time of 6:00 AM 8:00 AM 8:00 AM
1  — 210
16 automatic low
(26) noise activation
(1) Server room — — Server room Anti-frozen + —
setting setting server room
2  — —
setting
(combine)
Refrigerant OFF — ON — —
7   210
recovery mode

Note(s) 1. Settings of mode number 16 will apply to the group as a batch. For individual configuration
by outdoor units, use mode number 26 and configure by each connected indoor unit
number.
2. When returning to normal mode, the remote controller may display Checking the
connection. Please stand by. as it restarts.

1.9.1 Night-Time Low Noise Setting

This setting allows automatic switching to low noise operation at night.
Start and stop times for low noise operation can also be configured.
1. Change the second code number of 16 (26)-0 from 01 to 02 to enable night-time low noise
operation.
2. Change the second code number of 16 (26)-1 and select a combination of start time and
stop time if required.
However, if the clock of the remote controller is not adjusted, the start time and stop time will
be estimated roughly based on outdoor temperatures.
Operating noise Time set as start time Time set as stop time

Rated operating
noise Night-time

Night-time low noise operation

8:00PM 10:00PM 6:00AM 8:00AM

Set as start time Set as stop time
(Factory setting is 10:00 PM) (Factory setting is 8:00 AM)

1.9.2 Refrigerant Recovery Mode

Fully opening the electronic expansion valve of the outdoor unit will aid in local refrigerant
recovery when connected to a refrigerant recovery machine.
Refer to page 235 for the refrigerant recovery procedure using this setting.
: Factory setting
Mode First code Second code
Refrigerant recovery mode settings
No. No. No.
01 OFF
16 (26) 7
03 ON
Control description
Setting the refrigerant recovery mode to ON fixes the electronic expansion valve in the fully
open (480 pulse) position.
Cancel conditions
Turn the refrigerant recovery mode OFF
OR
Turn the outdoor unit power OFF

210 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings from Indoor Unit PCB (FAFC-A)

2. Field Settings from Indoor Unit PCB (FAFC-A)

When connected
Function Jumper When cut
(factory setting)
Fan speed setting when Fan speed setting ; The fan stops.
compressor stops for Remote controller
JB
thermostat OFF. (effective setting
only at cooling operation)
Power failure recovery Auto-restart The unit does not resume
function operation after recovering from a
JC
power failure. Timer settings are
cleared.

Caution Replace the PCB if you cut a jumper unintentionally.

Jumpers are necessary for electronic circuit. Improper operation may occur if you cut any of
them.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 211

Field Settings from Demand Adaptor (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G) SiSG282101EB

3. Field Settings from Demand Adaptor

(RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G)
3.1 i-Demand Function
Purpose Set a limitation towards the power consumption from the system. (e.g. budget control, limit
power consumption during peak moments,..)

Setting 1. Connect the power supply connector from X81A on the demand adaptor to X77A on the
outdoor unit PCB.
2. Connect the transmission connector from X80A on the demand adaptor to X6A on the
outdoor unit PCB.
3. Short-circuit the contacts on the terminal X801M according to the desired demand.
4. Set the dip switch DS1 if required.
Transmission connector
DS1 (on outdoor unit PCB X6A)
Power supply connector ON

(on outdoor unit PCB X77A) OFF

1 2 3 4

X80A
X81A

X800M

X801M
Output on X801M: 12 VDC, 12 mA
3 2 1 LNOP COM Maximum wire length: 100 m

X801M

3 2 1 LNOP COM

Maximum power Dip switch (DS1)

Demand Terminal (X801M)
consumption 1 2 3 4 Switch position

100% ON ON OFF OFF

80% OFF ON OFF OFF

Short-circuit the contacts

Demand 1
COM and 1.

70% ON OFF OFF OFF

60% OFF OFF OFF OFF

(factory setting)
Short-circuit the contacts
Demand 2 40% COM and 2. —

Forced Short-circuit the contacts

Demand 3 —
thermostat OFF COM and 3.

212 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

4. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB

(RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G,
RZFC-DY1G)
4.1 Setting by BS Buttons
The following settings can be made using the BS buttons on the PCB.
In case of a multi outdoor system, make these settings with the master outdoor unit (settings
made with a slave unit are disabled).
BS buttons 7 segment display (SEG1-3)
BS1 BS2 BS3 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

MODE SET RETURN Normal mode

(TEST) (RESET)

Used to make Used to make Setting mode

setting mode field settings.
changes.

Monitor mode

 Normal mode:
 Blank: If no abnormality is detected and initialization of communication was completed.
 Flashing combination of letter and number (4 digits): Error code detected by outdoor
control or trouble by communication.
 Setting mode: Used to make changes to operating status, performance settings or address
setting.
 Monitor mode: Used to verify contents of settings, quantity of units, current value of some
parameters during operation of outdoor unit.

 Mode changing procedure can be selected using the MODE (BS1) button as shown
below:
Press and hold the
MODE (BS1) button Press the MODE
for 5 seconds or more (BS1) button once
Setting mode Normal mode Monitor mode
Press the MODE
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 (BS1) button once SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 213

Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

 Selection between normal mode, monitor mode (Mode 1) and setting mode (Mode 2).
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Press MODE (BS1) button for more than 5 sec. Normal mode Press MODE (BS1) button once.
(Initial condition)

Setting mode (Mode 2) Monitor mode (Mode 1)

Select a setting item with Select a check item with

the SET (BS2) button. the SET (BS2) button.
Press RETURN (BS3) Press RETURN (BS3)
button once. button once.
Select a setting condition
Contents display
with the SET (BS2) button.
Press RETURN (BS3) Press RETURN (BS3)
button once. button once.
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press RETURN (BS3)
button once. Press MODE (BS1)
button once.

Press MODE (BS1)

button once.

214 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

4.2 Normal Mode

1. Indoor/outdoor transmission status: Used to check for the initial status of indoor/outdoor
transmission.
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Blinking
Initializing

ON

OFF

Initializing completed

2. Descriptions: Used to display an error content.

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Normal

Example: E7-01

Error Error main code

Switching
every
second
Error sub code

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 215

Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

4.3 Monitor Mode (Mode 1)

In the monitor mode, information can be retrieved about settings related to performance,
addresses, number of units and actual operation data.

4.3.1 Retrieve data by using BS button on outdoor unit main PCB

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Normal
To enter monitor mode, press the
MODE (BS1) button while in BS1
normal mode.

MODE

Selecting monitoring item

Press the SET (BS2) button to select BS2

any of the monitoring item listed in the
following table. SET

BS3
Checking for description of data
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to RETURN
confirm.
The current state of monitoring item will
appear on the 7 segment display.

BS3

RETURN
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to
return to the initial state of monitor mode.

BS1

MODE
Press the MODE (BS1) button to return Normal
to normal mode.

 If you become unsure of how to

proceed, press the MODE (BS1)
button and return to normal mode.

Legend Segment : OFF : ON : BLINKS : hold 5 seconds

216 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

4.3.2 Overview of Monitor Mode (Mode 1)

Item Contents
No.
Description Display Display
(1) Description
SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3 SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3
Display of quiet Constantly 0
0 operation Low noise level 1 1
1 0 0
(2) Low noise level 2 2
Low noise level 3 3
Display of demand Constantly 0
1 operation Demand level 1 1
1 0 1
(2) Demand level 2 2
Demand level 3 3
Display of oil return Constantly 0
2 1 0 2
control During oil return control 1
4 Error content (latest) 1 0 4 Display of the error code and the detailed code
5 Error content (2nd last) 1 0 5
6 Error content (3rd last) 1 0 6
Drop factor Normal 0
In the low voltage drop 1
In the high voltage drop 2
In the inverter suction pipe drop 3
9 1 0 9 In the inverter current drop 5
In the FIN temperature drop 6
In the inverter drop 7
In the comprehensive current drop 8
Others 9
1: Numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the BS button.
2: RZF100/125CV1G and RZFC125/140DV1G only

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 217

Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

4.4 Setting Mode (Mode 2)

4.4.1 How to Make Settings
Press and hold the MODE (BS1) SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
button for 5 seconds or more and
set to Setting mode.
Normal

BS1

Selection of setting items MODE

Press the SET (BS2) button and set
the 7 segment display to a setting
item shown in the table below.

Press the RETURN (BS3) button

and decide the item. (The present BS2
setting condition is blinked.)

SET

BS3

RETURN
Selection of setting conditions
Default
Press the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.

Press the RETURN (BS3) button

and decide the condition. BS2

SET

BS3

RETURN
Press the RETURN (BS3) button
and set to the initial status of Setting
mode.
BS3

RETURN

BS1

Press the MODE (BS1) button to MODE

return to Normal mode.
Normal
∗ If you become unsure of how to
proceed, press the MODE (BS1)
button and return to Normal mode.

Legend Segment : OFF : ON : BLINKS : hold 5 seconds

218 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Field Settings from Outdoor Unit PCB (RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

4.4.2 Overview of Setting Mode (Mode 2)

Item Contents
Display Display
No.
(1) Description SEG SEG SEG Description SEG SEG SEG
1 2 3 1 2 3
Demand 2 Used to use a targeted power current Level 1 (50%) 1
3
operation level when the demand 2 control 2 0 3 Level 2 (40%) 2
(2)
signal is inputted. Level 3 (30%) 3
High Used to set high dehumidification Setting 1 (Tes: 4.5°C) 1
9
dehumidification cooling (provides greater comfort) 2 0 9 Setting 2 (Tes: 7.5°C) 2
(2)
cooling Setting 3 (Tes: 10.5°C) 3
Refrigerant Used to set the system to refrigerant Refrigerant recovery
28 recovery mode recovery mode (without compressor 2 2 8 OFF 0
run). ON 1
1: Numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the BS button.
2: RZF100/125CV1G and RZFC125/140DV1G only
 Setting does not return to factory setting when exit mode 2. To cancel the function, change
setting manually to factory setting.
 Once function is activated t01 appears. To stop current function, press BS3 (RETURN)
button once.
Indication bold means factory setting.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 219

Emergency Operation SiSG282101EB

5. Emergency Operation
Operation in emergency includes the following (1) to (3).
Understand the purpose and use the appropriate operation.
Operation
Name Purpose Procedure Thermistor Protection Fan Drain pump Remarks
detection device
action
Emergency Forced DS1 switch No temperature control
operation operation for on the
— — h h
(Forced servicing indoor unit
operation) PCB
(1)
DIP switch
on the — — h —
outdoor unit
PCB
Test Check Test No temperature control
operation operation operation
(2) — h h h
(*1) after with remote
installation controller
Emergency When Emergency Remote controller is
operation wireless operation disabled. Actuators such
(3) remote switch on h h h h as fan and pump
controller is the indoor operate.
lost unit panel

Note(s) 1. Refer to Test Operation on page 225 for details on test operation.

5.1 Forced Operation

To start forced operation, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Turn OFF the power supply.
2 Flip the emergency switch (DS1-1) on the indoor unit PCB from NORM (Normal, Factory
setting) to EMG (Emergency).

Normal
Emergency

3 Set the DIP switch (DS1-1) on the outdoor unit PCB to ON.
ON COOL

1 2
OFF HEAT

4 Set the DIP switch (DS1-2) on the outdoor unit PCB to COOL.
ON COOL

1 2
OFF HEAT

5 Turn ON the power supply to start forced operation.

220 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Emergency Operation

Location of DIP Switch

RZF50-71CV1G RZF100/125CV1G RZFC-DY1G

RZFC125/140DV1G
DS1 DS1
ON ON
OFF OFF
1 2 1 2

DS1

ON Turn ON to conduct emergency operation (forced operation).

DS1-1 OFF
(Factory setting)
COOL For emergency operation, flip the switch to COOL for cooling.
DS1-2 HEAT
(Factory setting)

Note(s)  Emergency operation cannot be carried out when the PCB itself is defective.
 Change the position of the emergency switch only when the power is turned OFF.
 When returning to the normal operation, restore the switch to the original position with the
power OFF.
 When safety device is activated in emergency operation, operation is stopped once and
restarted in 3 minutes.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 221

Emergency Operation SiSG282101EB

5.2 Emergency Operation when the Wireless Remote

Controller is Lost
When the wireless remote controller does not work due to battery failure or is lost, use this
switch which is located on the indoor unit.

1. Press the emergency operation switch.

Operation starts in the previous mode with the previously set airflow direction.
2. Press the emergency operation switch again to stop operation.
Type Signal receiver unit

Emergency
FCF-C operation switch
FCFC-D

Emergency
Grid panel: operation
BYFQ60CAW switch

FFFC-A
FFFC-B

Emergency
operation
Standard panel: switch
BYFQ60B3W1

Emergency
FHFC50-71D operation
switch

Emergency
FHFC100-140D operation
switch

Emergency
operation switch

FBFC-D

222 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Pump Down Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only)

6. Pump Down Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only)

Outline In order to protect the environment, be sure to conduct pump down operation when relocating or
disposing of the unit.

Details 1. Remove the valve caps from the liquid stop valve and the gas stop valve.
2. Carry out forced cooling operation.
3. After 5 to 10 minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.
4. After 2 to 3 minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop the forced cooling operation.

Hexagonal
wrench

Close

Liquid stop valve

Gas stop valve Valve cap

Service port

Reference Refer to page 224 for forced cooling operation.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 223

Forced Cooling Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only) SiSG282101EB

7. Forced Cooling Operation (RZFC35EV1G Only)

Conduct forced cooling operation using the wired remote controller.
1. Press the Mode Selector button to select Cool mode.
2. Press and hold 3 buttons — the Mode Selector button, the Airflow Direction Adjustment
button, and the Temperature Setting (up) button — for 4 seconds or longer to enter Test
operation.
The icon representing test operation is displayed on the basic screen.
3. Check the operation status of the remote controller by checking if the green lamp on the
ON/OFF button lights up or not.
If the remote controller is ON (Green lamp lights up), continue to step 4.
If the remote controller is OFF (Green lamp doesn’t light up), press the ON/OFF button
within 10 seconds after the icon representing test operation is displayed on the basic screen.
4. Press and hold 3 buttons — the Mode Selector button, the Airflow Direction Adjustment
button, and the Temperature Setting (up) button.
The basic screen returns and normal operation is conducted.
[Basic screen]
1) 1)

2) 2)

Press and hold 3 buttons

for 4 seconds or longer.

3)

4)

[Basic screen]

224 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Test Operation

8. Test Operation
8.1 Checks before Test Operation
Before carrying out a test operation, proceed as follows:
ITEM TO CHECK
Power supply Is the wiring as mentioned on the wiring diagram?
wiring Make sure no wiring has been forgotten and that there are no missing phases or
reverse phases.
Does wiring between units put in and changed in continuation installation?
Is the unit properly grounded?
Are any of the wiring attachment screws loose?
Is the insulation resistance at least 1 M?
 Use a 500 V Megger tester when measuring insulation.
Do not use a Megger tester for circuits which except 220-240 V.
Is an earth leakage circuit breaker used a current operated type which is compatible to
the higher harmonic wave?
Does the earth leakage circuit breaker have appropriate rated current?
Refrigerant Is the size of the piping appropriate?
piping
Is the insulation material for the piping attached securely?
Are both the liquid and gas pipes insulated?
Are the stop valves for both the liquid side and the gas side open?
Extra Did you write down the extra refrigerant and the refrigerant piping length?
refrigerant
Indoor unit Is the indoor unit fully installed?
When the test operation is started, the fan automatically begins turning.

Warning When a power supply is switched ON, when you leave from the outdoor unit, be sure to close
the cover plate.
(It becomes the cause of an electric shock.)

8.2 Test Operation

After the indoor and outdoor unit installation, be sure to perform the test operation in
accordance with the following procedure.
1. Open the front plate and check that the liquid and gas sides of the stop valves are open.
<Be sure to close the front plate before the operation (there is a risk of electric shock)>
 After doing an air-purge with a vacuum pump, the refrigerant pressure may not rise even if
the stop valves are opened. This is because the refrigerant piping path is closed off by the
outdoor unit electronic expansion valve, etc. There are no problems if the unit is run.
2. Attach the front plate to the outdoor unit and turn the power on at least 6 hours before
operating the outdoor unit to protect the compressor.
3. Set up a cooling operation with the remote controller.
4. Perform the test operation.
5. Operate normally.
6. Confirm function of the indoor and outdoor units according to the operation manual.

Remove the valve cap and turn

the valve counterclockwise with a
hexagonal wrench until it stops.

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 225

Test Operation SiSG282101EB

Service At the time of a test operation, when the following error code is displayed on remote control, the
Diagnosis fault of installation construction can be considered.

Error code Installation error Remedial action

E3, E4, E5, U0, A failure of a stop valve to open “Open” operation of a stop valve
L8, H6
E3, E5, L4, L8 Closing of an air passage Removing closing thing from air passage
U1 Missing phase, negative phase 2 Phase of power supply 3 Phase
(L1, L2, L3 Phase) are replaced
U2 Power supply unbalancing Unbalanced dissolution
U4, UF Incorrect connection of field wiring Correction of wiring
UA Connection of incompatible indoor unit Connect appropriate indoor unit
(Refer to the catalog)
No indication Mistake wiring or not connect wiring of To correct wiring or connect correctly
power supply, indoor, outdoor, field
wiring between indoor unit

 When error codes other than the above are displayed on remote control, considering that the
failure of between an indoor and an outdoor unit may have. For the error codes, refer to
Error Codes and Descriptions on page 269 .
 The followings can be considered causes when the breaker for power supply trips.
 The capacity of a breaker for power supply is smaller than the required capacity of the
leakage circuit breaker.
 The leakage circuit breaker is not compatible to the higher harmonic wave.

226 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiSG282101EB Silicone Grease on Power Transistor/Diode Bridge (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9. Silicone Grease on Power Transistor/Diode

Bridge (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,
RZFC50DAV1G)
Outline Apply the specified silicone grease to the heat radiation part of a power transistor/diode bridge
when you replace an outdoor unit PCB. The silicone grease encourages the heat radiation of a
power transistor/diode bridge.

Details 1. Wipe off the old silicone grease completely.

2. Apply the silicone grease evenly. See the illustrations below for examples of application.
3. Tighten the screws of the power transistor/diode bridge.
4. Make sure that the heat radiation parts are firmly contacted to the radiation fin.

Note: Smoke emission may be caused by bad heat radiation when the silicone grease is not
appropriately applied.

 OK: Evenly applied

Power transistor
(or diode bridge)

PCB

Radiation
fin

Silicone grease

 NG: Not evenly applied

 NG: Foreign matter is stuck.

Foreign matter

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 227

 SiSG282101EB

Part 6
Service Diagnosis

1. Maintenance Inspection ......................................................................231

1.1 Overview ..............................................................................................231
1.2 Refrigerant Characteristics (R-32)........................................................234
1.3 Refrigerant Recovery Method (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G,
RZFC-DY1G only) ................................................................................235
2. Symptom-Based Troubleshooting.......................................................237
2.1 Overview ..............................................................................................237
2.2 Safety Devices .....................................................................................239
2.3 Equipment does not operate. ...............................................................240
2.4 Indoor fan operates, but compressor does not operate. ......................242
2.5 Cooling operation starts but stops immediately....................................243
2.6 After unit shuts down, it cannot be restarted for a while.......................244
2.7 Equipment operates but does not provide cooling. ..............................246
2.8 Equipment discharges white mist.........................................................248
2.9 Equipment produces loud noise or vibration. .......................................249
2.10 Equipment discharges dust. .................................................................251
2.11 Defrost lamp on the receiver for wireless remote controller is
blinking. ................................................................................................252
2.12 The flaps do not operate as instructed. ................................................253
3. Troubleshooting with LED Indications.................................................254
3.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................254
3.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................254
4. Error Code via Remote Controller.......................................................260
4.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5 .........................................................................260
4.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series................................................................261
4.3 BRC2E61 .............................................................................................261
4.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series ..................................................262
4.5 BRC7M Series......................................................................................264
4.6 ARC466A14 .........................................................................................265
5. Error Code via Outdoor Unit PCB .......................................................268
6. Error Codes and Descriptions .............................................................269
6.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................269
6.2 Outdoor Unit (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G).....272
6.3 Outdoor Unit (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)..................273
7. Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) .............................................................276
7.1 Error of External Protection Device ......................................................276
7.2 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................277
7.3 Drain Water Level System Abnormality................................................279
7.4 Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................................................281
7.5 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality..............................................................282
7.6 Fan PCB Abnormality...........................................................................289
7.7 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality ......................................................290

228 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB

7.8 Humidifier System Abnormality ............................................................291

7.9 Auto Grille Unit Error ............................................................................293
7.10 Defective Capacity Setting ...................................................................294
7.11 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit Control PCB and Fan
PCB).....................................................................................................296
7.12 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit PCB and Auto Grille
Control PCB) ........................................................................................298
7.13 Thermistor Abnormality ........................................................................299
7.14 Combination Error between Indoor Unit Control PCB and Fan PCB ...300
7.15 Capacity Setting Abnormality ...............................................................301
7.16 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ...............................................................302
7.17 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ..................................................303
7.18 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error ..................................................304
7.19 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality ..........................................309
7.20 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote Controller.........310
7.21 Transmission Error between Main Remote Controller and Sub
Remote Controller ................................................................................311
7.22 Field Setting Switch Abnormality..........................................................312
7.23 Centralized Address Setting Error........................................................314
7.24 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ...315
8. Check (Indoor Unit) .............................................................................317
8.1 Thermistor Check .................................................................................317
8.2 Fan Motor Connector Check ................................................................319
9. Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,
RZFC50DAV1G) .................................................................................321
9.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality.............................................................321
9.2 OL Activation (Compressor Overload) .................................................323
9.3 Compressor Lock .................................................................................325
9.4 DC Fan Lock ........................................................................................326
9.5 Input Overcurrent Detection .................................................................327
9.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control...................................................328
9.7 High Pressure Control in Cooling .........................................................330
9.8 System Shutdown due to Temperature Abnormality in Compressor ...332
9.9 Compressor System Sensor Abnormality ............................................333
9.10 Position Sensor Abnormality ................................................................334
9.11 DC Voltage/Current Sensor Abnormality..............................................336
9.12 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)...............................337
9.13 Electrical Box Temperature Rise..........................................................338
9.14 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise ..........................................................339
9.15 Output Overcurrent Detection ..............................................................341
9.16 Low-voltage Detection or Over-voltage Detection................................343
9.17 Signal Transmission Error (Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)....345
9.18 Unspecified Voltage (Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit) .............347
10.Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) ..............348
10.1 Thermistor Resistance Check ..............................................................348
10.2 Power Supply Waveform Check...........................................................349
10.3 Electronic Expansion Valve Check.......................................................349
10.4 Inverter Unit Refrigerant System Check...............................................350
10.5 Inverter Analyzer Check .......................................................................350
10.6 Outdoor Fan Motor Check....................................................................351
10.7 Installation Condition Check.................................................................352
10.8 Discharge Pressure Check...................................................................352

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 229

 SiSG282101EB

10.9 Outdoor Fan System Check .................................................................353

10.10Main Circuit Short Check .....................................................................353
10.11Power Module Check...........................................................................355
11.Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) ...........357
11.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality.............................................................357
11.2 High Pressure Abnormality...................................................................358
11.3 Low Pressure Abnormality ...................................................................360
11.4 Compressor Motor Lock .......................................................................361
11.5 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality ...........................................................362
11.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Abnormality..............................................367
11.7 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ...........................................370
11.8 High Pressure Switch System Abnormality ..........................................372
11.9 Compressor Self-Operating Thermal Protector....................................373
11.10Thermistor System Abnormality...........................................................374
11.11Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality ............................................................375
11.12Radiation Fin Temperature Rise..........................................................378
11.13DC Output Overcurrent........................................................................379
11.14Compressor Overcurrent .....................................................................381
11.15Compressor Startup Abnormality.........................................................383
11.16Transmission Error between Microcomputers on Outdoor Unit Main
PCB ......................................................................................................385
11.17PAM Circuit Error.................................................................................386
11.18Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance...............................387
11.19Power Module Thermistor Abnormality................................................388
11.20Capacity Setting Abnormality...............................................................389
11.21Refrigerant Shortage (Warning/Alarm) ................................................390
11.22Refrigerant Shortage (Error) ................................................................391
11.23Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .....................................................393
11.24Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit, Outdoor
Fan Motor Abnormality .........................................................................396
11.25Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit.................401
12.Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)...........................402
12.1 Thermistor Check .................................................................................402
12.2 High Pressure Check ...........................................................................404
12.3 Low Pressure Check ............................................................................404
12.4 Power Transistor Check .......................................................................405
12.5 Fan Motor Connector Check ................................................................407
12.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Check.......................................................409
12.7 Wet Operation Check ...........................................................................410
12.8 Clogged Points Check..........................................................................411
12.9 Refrigerant Shortage Check.................................................................412
12.10Refrigerant Overcharge Check ............................................................413

230 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Maintenance Inspection

1. Maintenance Inspection
1.1 Overview
When performing maintenance, you should at least perform the following inspections:

Indoor unit

Transmission wiring between

indoor and outdoor units
Is the air filter dirty?
What about switch capacity?
What about cable thickness?

What about voltage and current? To dedicated

breaker

Refrigerant piping

Drain piping
Outdoor unit

Earth

Guidelines for optimal operation condition

The operation value guide lines when operating under standard conditions (at Rated
frequency) by pressing the test operation button on the remote controller are as given in the
table below.

Indoor fan: H tap

High Low Discharge Suction pipe Indoor unit: Outdoor unit:
pressure pressure pipe temperature Temperature Temperature
(MPa) (MPa) temperature (°C) differential differential
(°C) between between
suction air and suction air and
discharge air discharge air
(°C) (°C)
Cooling 2.62-3.39 0.60-0.98 60-100 –2-10 8-18 7-12

Standard conditions
Indoor Outdoor
Cooling operation 27°CDB/19°CWB 35°CDB
During or after maintenance, when the power supply is restarted, operation restarts
automatically by the auto restart function. Please exercise the proper caution.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 231

Maintenance Inspection SiSG282101EB

Correlation of air conditioner’s operation status and pressure / running current

What happens in comparison to normal values is summarized in the table below.
(Measured for 15 - 20 minutes or more after operation starts.)

Cooling
Air Conditioner Status Low Pressure High Pressure Running Current
Air filter fouling Lower Lower Lower
Short circuit of indoor unit Lower Lower Lower
inlet/outlet air
Outdoor unit fin fouling Higher Higher Higher
Short circuit of outdoor unit Higher Higher Higher
inlet/outlet air
Air mixed in refrigerant Higher Higher Higher
Water mixed in refrigerant 1 Lower Lower Lower
Dirt mixed in refrigerant 2 Lower Lower Lower
Refrigerant shortage Lower Lower Lower
Unsatisfactory compression 3 Higher Lower Lower

Note(s) 1. Water in the refrigerant freezes inside the capillary tube or electronic expansion valve, and is
basically the same phenomenon as pump down.
2. Dirt in the refrigerant clogs filters inside the piping, and is basically the same phenomenon
as pump down.
3. Pressure differential between high and low pressure becomes low.

232 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Maintenance Inspection

Precautions for maintenance

Item Attention point Item Attention point
Replace the PCB components at Troubleshooting not required;
maintenance. Shut down the power automatically recovered in 3 minutes.
Inverter
supply when replacing the Radiation fin Verifiable by the maintenance mode or
drive
unit component. Even if the display lamp temperature rise the PCB display lamp.
Power on the PCB is off, it may still be
supply unit energized.
and PCB
replacement When replacement, choose a PCB To facilitate electrical component box
Outdoor with the right capacity to replace the maintenance, reserve a distance of 400
Option for installation
main existing one. The PCB model varies mm above the outdoor unit. Pay
site
PCB according to the capacity. attention to stacking up the units for
installation.
When interrupting the operation, During an insufficient voltage
perform electric discharge of the abnormality or instantaneous power
capacitor charge. Operation will be failure, U2 is displayed on the remote
Capacitor electric affected but it is not malfunction. Instantaneous power controller for all models. For outdoor
discharge failure detection unit models with seven-segment
display, the error code U2 is also
displayed on the outdoor unit. For the
other models, the LED A is turned ON.
When maintaining the electrical Once the compressor stops running,
component box, turn off the power the fan however will keep running for 30
supply and perform the seconds for cooling the inverter. When
maintenance only after confirming the radiation fin temperature is slightly
Capacitor residual
that the capacitor terminal voltage is Fan residual operation high, the fan will keep running until the
charge
below 50 VDC. If voltage check is temperature drops.
not possible, perform the
maintenance 10 minutes after
shutting down the power.
To prevent refrigerant getting into After confirming that the fan is not
the oil, the inverter will replace the turning, pull out the fan motor plug from
compressor in providing the heating the PCB and then perform the
belt with voltage during the operation. When the outdoor fan is
shut-down period. The on/off of rotating because of strong wind, electric
warming-up is automatic and is shock may happen because of the main
Warming up determined by reading the air purge PCB capacitor power storage. Start the
pipe temperature and the outdoor operation only after making sure that
temperature. When performing the Replacing the fan motor the capacitor terminal voltage is below
maintenance, make sure that the 50 VDC. To prevent damaging the PCB,
power supply is shut down before please touch the electrical component
the maintenance operation. box earth terminal before pulling out the
plug to release the static electricity
For a standard unit, power can be before the maintenance operation.
Installing a
improved by capacitor installation.
phase-advanced
Because an inverter will cause
condenser will not
improve the power IGBT failure, do not install a
phase-advanced condenser.
Please choose the model When there is bigger headwind, it will
(higher-order waves) based on the be automatically detected, the fan will
Choosing an earth inverter. If what is chosen is not a be stopped, and natural wind will be
DC fan motor
leakage circuit breaker higher-order wave corresponded used for heat exchange. At this point,
earth leakage circuit breaker, the fan motor outputs no voltage. It is
malfunction may happen. not an error.
When increasing the starting setting The top-plate seal shape and material
value of the low pressure switch/low differ from those of standard SkyAir
pressure sensor, the operation once series units. The top-plate seal prevents
started will not be stopped water from penetrating fan or
Pump down operation immediately. In this case, the Attention to top plate mechanical chambers (electrical
method of closing the stop valve to seal damage components) and condensation from
activate LPS during cooling cannot the top-plate from dripping into the
be used. switch box. As such, replace the seal if
Please use pump down switch for it begins to peel off or is damaged
refrigerant recovery. during servicing.
Precautions for refrigerant charging
1. The charging pipe and the manifold tube use R-32 or R-410A products for pressure proof
and avoiding contamination with impurities (SUNISO oil, etc.).
2. Be sure to purge with nitrogen when brazing. Apply the specified oil to the flaring part when
connecting to the flaring.
3. Airtight test pressure: 4.0 MPa
4. Authentically perform vacuum drying. Add the refrigerant in liquid state at the liquid side.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 233

Maintenance Inspection SiSG282101EB

1.2 Refrigerant Characteristics (R-32)

4.00

3.50

3.00
Absolute pressure (MPa)

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature (°C)

Absolute Absolute Absolute Absolute

Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature
pressure pressure pressure pressure
(°C) (°C) (°C) (°C)
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
–50 0.1101 –20 0.4058 10 1.1069 40 2.4783
–48 0.1216 –18 0.4373 12 1.1742 42 2.6014
–46 0.1340 –16 0.4707 14 1.2445 44 2.7292
–44 0.1474 –14 0.5060 16 1.3179 46 2.8616
–42 0.1619 –12 0.5433 18 1.3946 48 2.9989
–40 0.1774 –10 0.5826 20 1.4746 50 3.1412
–38 0.1941 –8 0.6241 22 1.5579 52 3.2887
–36 0.2120 –6 0.6679 24 1.6448 54 3.4415
–34 0.2311 –4 0.7139 26 1.7353 56 3.5997
–32 0.2516 –2 0.7623 28 1.8295 58 3.7635
–30 0.2734 0 0.8131 30 1.9275 60 3.9332
–28 0.2967 2 0.8665 32 2.0294 62 4.1089
–26 0.3216 4 0.9225 34 2.1353 64 4.2909
–24 0.3480 6 0.9811 36 2.2454 — —
–22 0.3760 8 1.0426 38 2.3597 — —

234 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Maintenance Inspection

1.3 Refrigerant Recovery Method (RZF-C,

RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G only)
Make sure to recover the refrigerant when replacing components of the refrigerant system. The
procedure for refrigerant recovery is as follows.
Note that care must be taken to ensure the temperature does not increase too much during
refrigerant recovery for models with a fusible plug. (The fusible plug ejects refrigerant at
temperatures of 60°C and over)

Refrigerant recovery procedure

Fully opening the expansion valve of the outdoor unit will aid in local refrigerant recovery when
connected to a "refrigerant recovery machine".
1. Stop operation.
2. Check that the liquid stop valve and gas stop valve are both fully open.
3. Use the remote controller to turn on refrigerant recovery within local settings (1).
4. Use the refrigerant recovery machine to recover the refrigerant from both the refrigerant
recovery port and liquid stop valve service port (or gas stop valve service port)
simultaneously.
5. When refrigerant recovery is complete, use the remote controller to turn off refrigerant
recovery within local settings (1) or turn off the outdoor unit.
1. For local settings from the remote controller, refer to Refrigerant Recovery Mode on
page 210.

RZF50-71CV1G RZF100CV1G
Refrigerant
recovery port

Liquid stop
valve service
port

Liquid stop
valve service
port

Gas stop
Gas stop
valve service
valve service
port
port
Refrigerant recovery port
C: 2P463803E C: 2P462954J

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 235

Maintenance Inspection SiSG282101EB

RZF125CV1G RZFC100DY1G
RZFC125/140DV1G
Refrigerant
recovery port
Refrigerant
recovery port

Gas stop valve

service port

Liquid stop
valve
Liquid stop valve service port
service port

Gas stop
valve
service port

C: 2P461013G C: 2P556449D

RZFC125/140DY1G
Refrigerant
recovery port

Gas stop
valve
service port

Liquid stop
valve
service port

C: 2P551843C

236 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2. Symptom-Based Troubleshooting
2.1 Overview
Symptom Details of Measures
1 Equipment does not operate. Refer to page 240.
2 Indoor fan operates, but compressor does not operate. Refer to page 242.
3 Cooling operation starts but stops immediately. Refer to page 243.
4 After unit shuts down, it cannot be restarted for a while. Refer to page 244.
5 Equipment operates but does not provide cooling. Refer to page 246.
6 Equipment discharges white mist. Refer to page 248.
7 Equipment produces loud noise or vibration. Refer to page 249.
There is no sound of streamer discharge during streamer During streamer operation, the unit automatically decides
8
operation. whether or not to perform streamer discharge.
9 Equipment discharges dust. Refer to page 251.
Defrost lamp on the receiver for wireless remote controller is Refer to page 252.
10
blinking.
The flaps do not operate as instructed. Refer to page 253.
11 Actual airflow direction is different from individual airflow
direction setting.
Equipment emits odor. Odors and cigarette smoke from the room accumulate
inside the indoor unit and are discharged with air. Clean the
inside of the indoor unit.
For units with streamer cleaning unit, the air outlet may emit
12 a slight odor as trace amounts of ozone are generated due
to streamer discharge.
However, the amount is negligible and is not harmful to your
health. (Ozone concentration in the room 0.1 ppm or less)
This is because streamer operation is being performed.
Flap operates when power is turned ON. Normal.
13 The flap initializes for accurate positioning.
Change of operation mode causes flap to move. Normal.
14 There is a control function that moves the flap when
operation mode is changed.
Flap automatically moves during cooling. Normal.
15 It is caused by the activation of the dew condensation
prevention function or ceiling soiling prevention function.
Indoor fan operates in L tap for 1 minute in program dry mode Normal.
16 even if compressor is not operating. The monitoring function forcibly operates the fan for 1
minute.
Drain pump operates when equipment is not operating. Normal.
17 The drain pump continues to operate for several minutes
after equipment is turned OFF.
Horizontal flap sends air to different directions by operation Normal.
18 mode even if it is set to the same position. The airflow direction in cooling/dry operation is different
from that in fan operation.
Remote controller thermistor cannot be used with a group Normal.
19 controller. Remote controller thermistor cannot be used in group
control.
When operating in remote controller thermistor, the thermostat Normal.
20 turns OFF before temperature of remote control reaches the Control may be conducted with the suction air temperature
set temperature. (body thermostat), concurrently with the set temperature.
When an error occurs on the unit with an individual remote Normal.
controller during group control with one remote controller, the Address display of an individual remote controller is always
21
address display on the individual remote controller shows 0 0.
regardless of the address setting.
22 The flaps do not close fully when stopped. Restart the breaker after first turning it off.
The energy-saving operation mode in absence is not Check the content of Infrared presence/floor sensor error
displayed in the remote controller menu. (CE) in the Service Diagnosis.
Note: These functions are not displayed for the models not
The presence detection ON/OFF function or the stop in equipped with the infrared presence sensor.
23 absence function is not displayed in the remote controller
menu.
The direct/indirect airflow direction function is not displayed in
the remote controller menu.
The eco display function is not displayed in the menu. This is not a failure.
24
Set the clock.
The set position of the flaps switches automatically when in This is not a failure.
25 cooling or dry operation modes. The flaps are automatically controlled when the relative
Ex.: Horizontal (P0)  P1, downward (P4)  P3 indoor humidity is high.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 237

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

Symptom Details of Measures

The infrared presence sensor determines that there is Check whether or not any object which may cause a change
someone in the room while no one is there. in temperature by its movement exists in the room.
[Examples]
26 - Oscillating electric heater
- Open/close of doors, curtains, or window shades
- Print-out from FAX machines or printers
- On/Off of incandescent lamps
- Movement of animals
The infrared presence sensor determines that there is no one The sensor may determine that no one is in the room in the
in the room while someone is there. cases below.
- The people in the room remain motionless.
27
- A small part of skin is exposed.
- The people are away from the sensor, performing fine
movements.
The floor temperature is widely different from the actual Check whether or not any of the states below is present.
temperature. - The sensor detection area is under the
influence of insolation
- An object with high/low temperature exists in the sensor
28 detection area.
- The floor temperature is widely different from the
temperature of the living space.
- The sensor is influenced by the wall temperature since the
unit is installed in the vicinity of the wall.
29 Scheduled power-saving is not operational. Check to see if the clock is set properly.
The remote controller display goes blank during operation. This is not a failure.
BRC1E63 and BRC1H62W/K are designed to turn the
30
display off after a certain amount of time without activity, in
order to save power.
The airflow directly hits the person when his/her presence is This is not a failure.
detected. The airflow direction when presence is detected can be
31
changed from the remote controller menu.
Refer to Airflow Direction Control on page 126.
Remote controller displays warning symbol, and after pressing There is a malfunction of streamer.
32 and holding for 5 seconds, Press ON/OFF indication (The air conditioner can be turned on and operate normally
displays. (For FCTF-A and FFFC-B) without streamer.)

238 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2.2 Safety Devices

2.2.1 Indoor Unit
Model Fuse
FCTF-A —
FCF-C
FCFC-D A1P F1U (3.15 A, 250 V)
FFFC-A
FFFC-B
FHFC50-71D A1P-X2M F1U (5.0 A, 250 V)
FHFC100-140D A1P F1U (3.15 A, 250 V)
A1P-M1F F3U (4.0 A, 500 V)
FBFC-D A1P F1U (3.15 A, 250 V)
A2P F2U (5 A, 250 V)
F4U (6.3 A, 250 V)
FAFC-A A1P F1U, F2U (3.15 A, 250 V)

2.2.2 Outdoor Unit

Model Fuse High pressure switch
RZF50-71CV1G A1P F1U (6.3 A, 250 V) S1PH
F2U (30 A, 250 V) Open: 4.15+– 0.15
0
MPa
F6U (3.15 A, 250 V) Close: 3.2 ± 0.15 MPa
RZF100CV1G A1P F1U (31.5 A, 250 V)
F2U, F3U (6.3 A, 250 V)
F6U (5 A, 250 V)
RZF125CV1G A1P F1U (56 A, 250 V)
RZFC125/140CV1G F2U, F3U (6.3 A, 250 V)
F6U (5 A, 250 V)
RZFC35EV1G A1P F1U, F2U (3.15 A, 250 V)
—
F3U (30 A, 250 V)
RZFC50-100DV1G A1P F1U, F2U (3.15 A, 250 V) S1PH
RZFC50DAV1G F3U (30 A, 250 V) Open: 4.15+– 0.15
0
MPa
Close: 3.2 ± 0.15 MPa
RZFC100-140DY1G A1P F1U, F6U (6.3 A, 250 V)
F4U, F5U (30 A, 500 V)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 239

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.3 Equipment does not operate.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit

Causes  Defective operation switch or contact point
 Defective high pressure switch
 Defective magnetic contactor for fan motor
 Activation or fault of overcurrent relay for fan motor
 Defective compressor protection thermostat
 Insufficient insulation in electric system
 Defective contact point of magnetic contactor for compressor
 Defective compressor
 Defective remote controller or low batteries (wireless)
 Incorrect address setting of wireless remote controller
 Wiring defect on indoor/outdoor relay line

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the power switch YES

OFF or fuse for power switch Turn ON the power switch or replace the
blown? fuse.

NO

YES Wait until power returns.

Is there power failure?

NO

Nothing is
YES
displayed on the remote
controller.
NO

The HAP
on the outdoor unit The
main PCB blinks rapidly (∗1) YES HAP on the indoor YES
unit PCB is out.
Inspect the indoor/outdoor relay line.
continuously for more than 1
• Check that the indoor/outdoor relay
minute.
wiring is connected.
• Check the indoor/outdoor relay
NO NO wiring phases match.
Check if any fuses of the outdoor unit
are blown.
If the fuse is replaceable, replace the
blown fuse(s).
If the fuse is non-replaceable, replace
the PCB.

Is the operation YES

switch pressed repeatedly? Normal. Start up operation after 3
minutes (3-minute standby).
NO

240 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

Is the thermostat YES

changed and reset again? Normal. Start up operation after 3
minutes (3-minute standby).
NO

Is the
operation lamp on YES Diagnose based on error code on
LCD remote controller
blinking? remote controller.

NO

Is the
operation lamp on YES
indoor unit signal receiving part Diagnose based on error code on
blinking? remote controller.

NO

The fuse (F1U) on the outdoor YES Replace the fuse (F1U).
unit PCB is blown.

NO

Defective electric component Check the electric system.

• The fan motor, and indoor unit PCB
may have failed simultaneously, so
be sure to check both.

Note(s) 1. Blinking pattern: 0.2 seconds ON, 0.2 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 25 times in 10
seconds)
(Normally 0.4 seconds ON, 0.4 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 12 times in 10 seconds))

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 241

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.4 Indoor fan operates, but compressor does not operate.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit

Causes  Defective suction air thermistor
 Defective indoor/outdoor unit PCB
 Defective power transistor

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

· Indoor fan runs at set airflow rate.

· (In cooling)
When suction air temperature is higher than set temperature

Is the
power switch OFF or YES
the fuse for power switch Turn ON the power switch or
blown? replace the fuse.

NO

The HAP
on the outdoor unit
main PCB blinks slowly (1) YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
continuously for more than PCB or indoor unit PCB.
5 minutes.

NO

CHECK 4 or CHECK 22
Turn the power off and check the
power transistor.

Is the power
NO
transistor operating Replace the outdoor unit main
normally? PCB.

YES

Is the
suction air thermistor operating NO
Replace the suction air
normally? thermistor.

YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB.

Note(s) 1. Blinking pattern: 0.4 seconds ON, 1.2 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 6 times in 10
seconds)
(Normally 0.4 seconds ON, 0.4 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 12 times in 10 seconds))

Reference CHECK 4 for RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G: Refer to page 405.

Reference CHECK 22 for RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G: Refer to page 355.

242 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2.5 Cooling operation starts but stops immediately.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Defective outdoor fan

Causes  Defective indoor fan
 Soiled air filter of indoor unit
 There is an interfering item in airflow of outdoor unit.
 There is an interfering item in airflow of indoor unit.
 Soiled heat exchanger of outdoor unit
 Soiled heat exchanger of indoor unit
 Overcharge of refrigerant
 Air mixed in refrigerant system
 Defective pressure switch

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is
the type of Wired Is the operation YES
remote controller wired or lamp of remote controller Diagnose based on the error code on
wireless? blinking? remote controller.
Wireless NO

Is the
operation lamp of YES
indoor unit signal receiving Diagnose based on the error code on
part blinking? remote controller.

NO

Does the fan rotate? NO

[Cooling: Outdoor unit] Defective fan motor.

YES

YES
Is the air filter soiled? Clean the air filter.
NO

Is there any item YES

interfering airflow? Remove the interfering item.

NO

Is the heat YES

exchanger soiled? Clean the heat exchanger.
NO

Possible causes as follows:

• Refrigerant overcharge
After vacuum drying, charge correct
• Mixing of air in refrigerant system amount of refrigerant.
• Defective pressure switch Check the pressure switch.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 243

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.6 After unit shuts down, it cannot be restarted for a while.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Power voltage or power wire malfunction.

Causes  Compressor protection thermostat may act due to the following reasons;
 Insufficient compression of compressor
 Incorrect refrigerant
 Defective electronic expansion valve
 Insufficient circulation of refrigerant

244 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn the operation switch ON and

OFF, then wait at ON side.

Does the YES

unit start operation after 3 Normal.
minutes? Unit is in 3 minutes standby
mode.
NO

Is the
discharge side of NO (Not so hot)
compressor hot after the Check the compressor.
unit stops?
YES

Check on the cause why compressor

protection thermostat acted.

Electric system

Power supply
voltage is within ±10% of NO
Contact the power company.
specified voltage.

YES

Is the size of power NO

cable through total length Replace the power cable.
correct?
YES

Refrigerant circuit
After vacuum drying, charge correct
amount of refrigerant. Then, start
operation again.

Is there any
temperature difference NO
between inlet and outlet of Replace the electronic
electronic expansion expansion valve.
valve?
YES

Defective compressor Check the compressor.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 245

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.7 Equipment operates but does not provide cooling.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Wrong selection of model

Causes  Compressor (secondary side) open phase
 Refrigerant shortage
 Insufficient airflow in the indoor unit
 Increase of high pressure
 Insufficient compression of the compressor
 Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
 Defective electronic expansion valve

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Measure the temperature of suction Temperature difference = Suction air temperature – Discharge air temperature
air and discharge air.

Temperature Does the heat

difference for cooling should be YES load increase after installation YES Normal
between 8 and of the unit?
18°C.
NO NO
• Wrong selection of model Additional unit installation should be
• Effect of direct sun considered.
Are the
compressor wiring and NO Compressor open phase is possible.
connections correct? Check that the wiring is correct as per
the wiring diagram.
YES

Does any frost

generate around inlet Is the
port of indoor heat exchanger or YES operation current less than YES Refrigerant shortage possibly
outlet port of electronic specified level? generates trouble.
expansion After vacuum drying, charge correct
valve? NO amount of refrigerant.
(Refer to troubleshooting U0.)
NO

A Go to the next page

246 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

Does indoor unit YES Check each section.

airflow rate decrease?
• Clogged air filter
NO • Soiled heat exchanger
• Defective fan motor
(Refer to troubleshooting A6.)
Is the level of
YES CHECK 2
high pressure higher than
normal level? Check each item.
• Refrigerant overcharge
NO
• Air mixed in refrigerant system
• Soiled heat exchanger
• Short circuit of discharge air
• Disturbing item in airflow
• Defective fan motor of outdoor unit
(Refer to troubleshooting E7.)

Check each item.

• Insufficient compression of
compressor
• Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
• Defective electronic expansion valve

Reference CHECK 2 Refer to page 404.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 247

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.8 Equipment discharges white mist.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Humid installation site

Causes  Installation site is dirty and with dense oil mists.
 Soiled heat exchanger
 Clogged air filter
 Defective fan motor

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the room Continue the unit

temperature higher than set YES operation. Is white mist coming NO Normal.
value in cooling? out from the unit?

NO YES

Remove the source of humid

condition.

Is the indoor YES Clean the indoor heat exchanger.

heat exchanger soiled?

NO

Is the site dusty YES Remove the source of oil mist or dust.
or with dense oil mist?

NO

Is the airflow rate too YES Clean the air filter.

small? Check the fan motor.
(Refer to troubleshooting A6.)
NO

Normal.

248 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2.9 Equipment produces loud noise or vibration.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Sound of streamer discharge

Causes  Improper installation
 Contacts of fan, piping, casing, etc.
 Noise of refrigerant flow
 Operating noise of drain discharge equipment
 Noise of resin components contracting
 Overcharge of refrigerant
 Air interfusion
 Flush noise of insufficient refrigerant (hushing noise)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

A streamer cleaning YES

unit is equipped on the This is the sound of streamer
indoor unit. discharge. It is not a malfunction.

NO

Does
the noise generate with YES
vibration of whole ceilings and walls? Correct installation.
(Installation work side) Reinforce ceilings or walls.

NO

Does the noise

generate with vibration of YES Insert shock absorber in
unit mounting section? mounting section, or strengthen
the mounting section.
NO

Is the piping secured? NO Insert cushion materials to the

(Equipment side) pipe support such as saddle.
YES

Does the fan contact YES

Disassemble and remove parts
with other parts? contact.
NO
NO
FHFC-D indoor unit

YES
Open the fan housing and check the
direction of the coupling worm screw.

Are the left and right NO

couplings at 180° Loosen one of the couplings and
angles? rotate its angle 180°.

YES

Does the pipe YES

contact with casing? Correct piping manually or attach
a dead weight to pipe.
NO
A

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 249

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

Is the noise
flushing sound from YES
pressure reducing valve or Normal.
capillary tube?

NO

Continuous
YES
slight noise during Normal. The sound is flushing
cooling noise of gas (refrigerant)
inside air conditioning unit.
NO

Sound is
generated just after YES
Normal. The noise is a sound
operation start or stop.
generated at the time of gas
(refrigerant) flow change or
NO stop.

Continuous
slight noise is generated YES
during cooling or after Normal. Operation sound of
operation stop. draining device

NO

Creak after YES

operation stop Normal. Creak generates by
shrinkage of resin parts due
to temperature change.
NO
• Overcharge of refrigerant
• Air mixed in refrigerant system
After vacuum drying, charge
• Flushing noise due to refrigerant
correct amount of refrigerant.
shortage.

250 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2.10 Equipment discharges dust.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Carpet spread room

Causes  Animal hair
 Air filter not mounted

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the
trouble occur at
the time of operation start YES Dust collected inside the indoor
again after long period of unit are blown out.
operation? Cleaning for inside of indoor
unit is necessary.
NO

YES Dust collected inside the indoor

Is the air filter equipped?
unit are blown out.
NO Cleaning for inside of indoor
unit is necessary.

Install the air filter.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 251

Symptom-Based Troubleshooting SiSG282101EB

2.11 Defrost lamp on the receiver for wireless remote

controller is blinking.
Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Trouble
generates just after power YES The unit is checking to confirm that
supply ON. remote controller is normal.
Indication appears for short time.
NO

Is the
position of DS1 on indoor YES Turn the switch to "Normal", and reset
unit PCB at "Emergency"?
power supply.

NO

Check the unit based on

troubleshooting of indoor unit LED.

252 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Symptom-Based Troubleshooting

2.12 The flaps do not operate as instructed.

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Supposed  Stepper motor failure

Causes  Harness disconnection
 Stepper motor connector connection malfunction
 The protective function is causing temporary deviation from the instructions.

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the individual YES

airflow set? Normal.
Reset (Cancel) individual airflow.

NO

Is the
Is the air direction YES YES
automatic draft prevention Normal.
set to automatic? function enabled? Automatic draft prevention
function switches flap to
NO NO horizontal position when
presence is detected.

Is the stepper
NO
motor connector correctly Connect the connector correctly
connected? and reconfirm operation.

YES

Is the harness YES

disconnected? Replace the harness.

NO

Replace the stepper motor.

(Motor malfunction)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 253

Troubleshooting with LED Indications SiSG282101EB

3. Troubleshooting with LED Indications

3.1 Indoor Unit
Troubleshooting can be carried out by service monitor LED (green). (Blinks when normal)
k: LED ON / h: LED OFF / l: LED blinks
Service monitor
Description
HAP (Green)
l Indoor unit normal  Outdoor unit troubleshooting
Incorrect transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units
l If outdoor unit’s HAP is OFF, proceed outdoor unit’s troubleshooting. If outdoor
unit’s HAP blinks, defective wiring or indoor or outdoor unit PCB.
k Defective indoor unit PCB
Defective power supply or defective PCB or broken transmission wire between
h indoor and outdoor units.

Note(s) 1. When the INSPECTION/TEST button of remote controller is pressed, INSPECTION display
blinks entering INSPECTION mode.
2. In the INSPECTION mode, when the ON/OFF button is pressed and held for 5 seconds or
more, the aforementioned error history display is OFF. In this case, after the error code
blinks 2 times, the code display turns to 00 (Normal) and the unit No. turns to 0. The
INSPECTION mode automatically switches to the normal mode (set temperature display).
3. Operation halts due to error depending on the model or condition.
4. Troubleshoot by turning OFF the power supply for a minimum of 5 seconds, turning it back
ON, and then rechecking the LED display.

3.2 Outdoor Unit

3.2.1 RZF50-71CV1G
The following diagnosis can be conducted by turning ON the power switch and checking the
LED indication on PCB (A1P) of the outdoor unit.

k: LED ON / h: LED OFF / l: LED blinks

Service monitor
HAP H1P Description
(Green) (Orange)
l h Normal
k — Defective outdoor unit main PCB (Note 1)
h — Power abnormality or outdoor unit main PCB malfunction (Note 2)
l k Activation of protection device (Note 3)

Note(s) 1. Turn OFF the power supply, and turn it ON again after 5 seconds or more. Check the error
condition, and diagnose the problem.
2. Turn OFF the power supply. After 5 seconds or more, disconnect the transmission wiring for
indoor unit. Then turn ON the power supply. If the HAP on the outdoor unit main PCB blinks
after about 10 seconds, the indoor unit PCB is defective.
3. Also check for open phase.

Remark:
The error history continues to indicate the previously generated error until the power supply is
turned OFF. Be sure to turn OFF the power supply after inspection.

254 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting with LED Indications

Precautions for maintaining the electrical box

1. Be sure to check using a multimeter that the power supply is turned off at a terminal strip
before service inspection.
2. Be aware that temperature of switch boxes can be extremely high.
3. Do not touch the electrical box for another 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
Even after 10 minutes, always measure the voltage at the terminals of main circuit capacitor
or electrical parts and make sure that those voltages are 50 VDC or less.
(Always touch the earth terminal first before pulling out or plugging in connectors in order to
discharge static electricity. This is to prevent the PCB from being damaged.)

RZF50-71CV1G

E-box cover

Multimeter
Earth terminal

Outdoor fan motor

connector (X106A) Front plate C: 3P478515T

4. After confirming the main circuit capacitor voltage drop, pull out the outdoor fan connector.
Make sure not to touch any live parts during this action. (Strong adverse winds which let the
outdoor fan rotate induce a risk of electrical shock because the fan rotation makes the
capacitor store electricity.)

Caution when performing other servicing

Never connect power supply cables to compressors (U, V, W) or fan motor directly.
(Failure to connect the power supply to the PCB may cause the compressor or fan motor to burn
out.)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 255

Troubleshooting with LED Indications SiSG282101EB

3.2.2 RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

The following diagnosis can be conducted by turning ON the power switch and checking the
LED indication on PCB (A1P) of the outdoor unit.

k: LED ON / h: LED OFF / l: LED blinks

Service monitor
Description
HAP (Green)
l Normal
h Power abnormality or defective outdoor unit main PCB
k Power abnormality
l Abnormal (fast blinking)

The lights will turn off if the system has been finished normally.
In case of abnormality, the error code will be displayed.

To display error code details on seven-segment display

During test operation, seven-segment display will flash tes. This is not abnormal.

Measures in case of abnormality

Confirm the error code from remote controller and seven-segment display, then correct the
abnormality according to the installation manual, operation manual or service manual. After
correcting the abnormality, press the RETURN (BS3) button and reset the error code, then
carry out the check again and confirm the abnormality is properly corrected. The error code will
not be displayed in the remote controller and seven-segment display again.

Caution During stand by, power supply is decreased and the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P) LED may be
turned OFF.
However, power is still being supplied to terminal block during standby mode. Be sure to turn
power supply OFF while servicing.

256 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting with LED Indications

Precautions for maintaining the electrical box

1. Be sure to check using a multimeter that the power supply is turned off at a terminal strip
before service inspection.
2. Be aware that temperature of switch boxes can be extremely high.
3. Do not touch the electrical box for another 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
Even after 10 minutes, always measure the voltage at the terminals of main circuit capacitor
or electrical parts and make sure that those voltages are 50 VDC or less.
(Always touch the earth terminal first before pulling out or plugging in connectors in order to
discharge static electricity. This is to prevent the PCB from being damaged.)

RZF100/125CV1G
RZFC125/140DV1G

A1P
Fan connector

Earth terminal C: 2P479060D

C: 2P643033

RZFC100-140DY1G

Fan connector

A1P

Earth terminal C: 2P643033

4. After confirming the main circuit capacitor voltage drop, pull out the outdoor fan connector.
Make sure not to touch any live parts during this action. (Strong adverse winds which let the
outdoor fan rotate induce a risk of electrical shock because the fan rotation makes the
capacitor store electricity.)

Caution when performing other servicing

Never connect power supply cables to compressors (U, V, W) or fan motor directly.
(Failure to connect the power supply to the PCB may cause the compressor or fan motor to burn
out.)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 257

Troubleshooting with LED Indications SiSG282101EB

3.2.3 RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

The following diagnosis can be conducted by turning ON the power switch and checking the
LED indication on PCB (A1P) of the outdoor unit.

k: LED ON / h: LED OFF / l: LED blinks

Service monitor
Description
LED A (Green)
l Normal
k Defective outdoor unit PCB (Note 1)
h Power abnormality or outdoor unit PCB malfunction (Note 2)
l Activation of protection device (Note 3)

Note(s) 1. Turn OFF the power supply, and turn it ON again after 5 seconds or more. Check the error
condition, and diagnose the problem.
2. Turn OFF the power supply. After 5 seconds or more, disconnect the transmission wiring for
indoor unit. Then turn ON the power supply. If the HAP on the outdoor unit PCB blinks after
about 10 seconds, the indoor unit PCB is defective.
3. Also check for open phase.

Remark:
The error history continues to indicate the previously generated error until the power supply is
turned OFF. Be sure to turn OFF the power supply after inspection.

258 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting with LED Indications

Precautions for maintaining the electrical box

1. Be sure to check using a multimeter that the power supply is turned off at a terminal strip
before service inspection.
2. Be aware that temperature of switch boxes can be extremely high.
3. Do not touch the electrical box for another 10 minutes after turning off the circuit breaker.
Even after 10 minutes, always measure the voltage at the terminals of main circuit capacitor
or electrical parts and make sure that those voltages are 50 VDC or less.
(Always touch the earth terminal first before pulling out or plugging in connectors in order to
discharge static electricity. This is to prevent the PCB from being damaged.)

RZFC35EV1G
Check the voltage between DB1+ and DB1–.

Multimeter
(DC voltage range)

C: 3P631876

RZFC50-71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
E-box cover

Multimeter
Earth terminal

Outdoor fan motor Front plate

connector (S70) C: 3P640396

RZFC100DV1G
E-box cover

Multimeter
Earth
terminal
Front plate
Outdoor fan motor
connector (S70) C: 3P581511K

4. After confirming the main circuit capacitor voltage drop, pull out the outdoor fan connector.
Make sure not to touch any live parts during this action. (Strong adverse winds which let the
outdoor fan rotate induce a risk of electrical shock because the fan rotation makes the
capacitor store electricity.)

Caution when performing other servicing

Never connect power supply cables to compressors (U, V, W) or fan motor directly.
(Failure to connect the power supply to the PCB may cause the compressor or fan motor to burn
out.)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 259

Error Code via Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

4. Error Code via Remote Controller

4.1 BRC1E63, BRC073A5
The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during
operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen

Operation lamp

(1) Checking an error or warning

Operation Status Display
Abnormal The system stops The operation lamp (green) starts to
shutdown operating. blink. The message Error: Push Menu
button will blink at the bottom of the
screen.

Warning The system continues its The operation lamp (green) remains on.
operation. The message Warning: Push Menu
button will blink at the bottom of the
screen.

(2) Taking corrective action

1. Press the Menu/Enter button to check the error code.
2. Take the corrective action specific to the model.
A6-01 Error code

FCF50CVMG
RZF50CV1G Applicable
model names

260 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Code via Remote Controller

4.2 BRC1H61, BRC1H62 Series

Home screen
When the indoor unit is in error, the controller will display
30 ˚C on the home screen.

28 ˚C

Information screen
Press and hold on the Home screen for 5 seconds.
12:34 The unit number and error code will be displayed at the
bottom of the information screen.

A3 (Unit 00)

4.3 BRC2E61
In case of malfunction, the error code will be displayed on the screen.

Warning When the air conditioner is malfunctioning (e.g., giving off a burning odor), stop the air
conditioner and turn off the power.
Continued operation under such circumstances may result in failure, electric shock or a fire.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 261

Error Code via Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

4.4 BRC4C, BRC7E(A), BRC7GA Series

If the unit stops due to an error, the operation indicating LED on the signal receiving part of
indoor unit blinks.
The error code can be determined by the following procedure. The error code is displayed when
an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the last occurred error code is displayed.

UP button
DOWN button

Unit number

MODE button

INSPECTION/TEST button

1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to enter inspection mode. Then the figure 0 blinks on the
unit number display.
2. Press UP button or DOWN button and change the unit number until the receiver of the
remote controller starts to beep.
3 short beeps : Follow all steps below.
1 short beep : Follow steps 3 and 4. Continue the operation in step 4 until you hear a
continuous beep.
This continuous beep indicates that the error code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : There is no abnormality.
3. Press MODE button. The left 0 (upper digit) indication of the error code blinks.
4. Press UP button or DOWN button to change the error code upper digit until the receiver of
the indoor unit starts to beep.

 The upper digit of the code changes as shown below.

O0 A C E H F J L P U 9 8 7 6 5 4
"UP" button "DOWN" button
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits match. (Error code is confirmed.)
2 short beeps : The upper digit matches but the lower digit does not.
1 short beep : The upper digit does not match.
5. Press MODE button. The right 0 (lower digit) indication of the error code blinks.
6. Press UP button or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until the receiver of
the indoor unit generates a continuous beep.

 The lower digit of the code changes as shown below.

0123456789AHCJEF
"UP" button "DOWN" button

Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits match. (Error code is confirmed.)
2 short beeps : The upper digit matches but the lower digit does not.
1 short beep : The upper digit does not match.

262 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Code via Remote Controller

7. Press MODE button to return to the normal mode. If you do not press any button for 1
minute, the remote controller automatically returns to the normal mode.

2. Change the unit number with

Normal mode UP button or DOWN button.

1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to enter

inspection mode.

If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal mode.

3. Press MODE
button.
The upper digit
7. When MODE button is blinks.
pressed or no button is
pressed for 1 minute,
equipment returns to
normal mode.

If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal mode.

6. Change the lower

digit with UP
button or DOWN 4. Change the
button. upper digit with
UP button or
5. Press MODE button. DOWN button.
The lower digit blinks.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 263

Error Code via Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

4.5 BRC7M Series

When the air conditioner stops in emergency, the operating indicator lamp on the indoor unit
starts blinking. Take the following steps yourself to read the error code that appears on the
display. Contact your local dealer with this code. It will help pinpoint the cause of the trouble,
speeding up the repair.

35
7

24
6

1
1. Press the INSPECTION button to select the inspection mode “ ”.
0 appears on display and blinks.
“UNIT No.” appears.
2. Press PROGRAMMING TIMER button and change the unit number.
Press to change the unit number until the indoor unit beeps and perform the following
operation according to the number of beeps.
Number of beeps
3 short beeps.............Perform all steps from 3 to 6.
1 short beep .............Perform 3 and 6 steps.
1 long beep .............Normal state
3. Press OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button.
0 on the left-hand of the error code blinks.
4. Press PROGRAMMING TIMER button and change the error code.
Press until the indoor unit beeps twice.
5. Press OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button.
0 on the right-hand of the error code blinks.
6. Press PROGRAMMING TIMER button and change the error code.
Press until the indoor unit makes a long beep.
The error code is fixed when the indoor unit makes a long beep.
7. Reset of the display
Press the OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button to get the display back to the normal
state.

264 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Code via Remote Controller

4.6 ARC466A14
4.6.1 Method 1
1. When Timer Cancel button is held down for 5 seconds, 00 is displayed on the temperature
display screen.
2. Press Timer Cancel button repeatedly until a long beep sounds.

Timer Cancel button

< ARC466 Series >

Note(s) 1. A short beep or two consecutive beeps indicate non-corresponding codes.

2. To return to the normal mode, hold Timer Cancel button down for 5 seconds. When the
remote controller is left untouched for 60 seconds, it also returns to the normal mode.
3. Not all the error codes are displayed. When you cannot find the error code, try method 2.
Refer to page 266.

 The code indication changes in the sequence shown below.

ARC466A14
No. Code No. Code No. Code
1 00 13 C7 25 UA
2 U4 14 A3 26 UH
3 L5 15 H8 27 P4
4 E6 16 H9 28 L3
5 H6 17 C9 29 L4
6 H0 18 C4 30 H7
7 A6 19 C5 31 U2
8 E7 20 J3 32 EA
9 U0 21 J6 33 AH
10 F3 22 E5 34 FA
11 A5 23 A1 35 H1
12 F6 24 E1 36 P9

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 265

Error Code via Remote Controller SiSG282101EB

4.6.2 Method 2
1. Press the center of Temp button and Mode button at the same time.

5C is displayed on the LCD.

2. Select 5C (service check) with Temp or Temp button.

3. Press Mode button to enter the service check mode.

The left-side number blinks.

4. Press Temp or Temp button and change the number until you hear the two
consecutive beeps or the long beep.

5. Diagnose by the sound.

 Beep: The left-side number does not correspond with the error code.
 Two consecutive beeps: The left-side number corresponds with the error code but the
right-side number does not.
 Long beep: Both the left-side and right-side numbers correspond with the error code.
The numbers indicated when you hear the long beep are the error code.
Refer to page 269.

266 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Code via Remote Controller

6. Press Mode button.

The right-side number blinks.

7. Press Temp or Temp button and change the number until you hear the long beep.

8. Diagnose by the sound.

 Beep: The left-side number does not correspond with the error code.
 Two consecutive beeps: The left-side number corresponds with the error code but the
right-side number does not.
 Long beep: Both the left-side and right-side numbers correspond with the error code.

9. Determine the error code.

The numbers indicated when you hear the long beep are the error code.
Refer to page 269.

10. Press Mode button for 5 seconds to exit from the service check mode.
When the remote controller is left untouched for 60 seconds, it returns to the normal mode
also.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 267

Error Code via Outdoor Unit PCB SiSG282101EB

5. Error Code via Outdoor Unit PCB

Error code descriptions are accessible on monitor mode (Mode 1). Refer to page 216 for
monitor mode.

The error codes for forced stop outdoor or retry are item:
 No.4: Last error code
 No.5: 2nd last error code
 No.6: 3rd last error code
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Normal
To enter the Monitor Mode, press
the MODE (BS1) button while in BS1
normal mode.

MODE

Selecting error/retry item

Press the SET (BS2) button to set BS2

the 7 segment display to show one
of 4-6. SET

Displaying check 1

Press the RETURN (BS3) button. BS3

Error (Retry) codes will appear
on the 7 segment display.
RETURN
BS2 Press
SET (BS2)
button. Displaying check 2
SET
Press the SET (BS2) button. BS2
Detailed error (retry) codes will appear
on the 7 segment display. SET

BS3

Press the RETURN (BS3) button to return RETURN

to the initial state of monitor mode.

BS1

Press the MODE (BS1) button to MODE

return to normal mode.
Normal

Legend Segment : OFF : ON : BLINKS : hold 5 seconds

 The tables on the following pages show a full list of possible error codes displayed on the 3
digit 7 segment display of the outdoor unit. The error code contains an upper and lower digit.
To scroll between upper and lower error digit, use the SET (BS2) button.
 The errors cover problems detected in the outdoor unit or the communication.
 Errors detected on the indoor unit are not shown on the outdoor display. For inspecting error
code on indoor unit, please consult:
 Display of the remote controller connected to the indoor units.
 If there are no remote controllers, there should be a central control device set up. Prior to
start up, make the necessary group number settings on each indoor unit.

268 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Codes and Descriptions

6. Error Codes and Descriptions

6.1 Indoor Unit
Error Code Description Reference Page
A0 Error of external protection device 276
A1 Indoor unit PCB abnormality 277
A3 Drain water level system abnormality 279
A5 Freeze-up protection control 281
Indoor fan motor abnormality 282
A6
The fuse is blown. —
Fan PCB abnormality 289
A8
Power supply voltage abnormality 290
AF Humidifier system abnormality 291
AH Auto grille unit error 293
AJ Defective capacity setting 294
Transmission error (between indoor unit control PCB and fan PCB) 296
C1
Transmission error (between indoor unit PCB and auto grille control PCB) 298
Indoor C4 Indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor abnormality 299
Unit
C5 Indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor abnormality 299
Combination error between indoor unit control PCB and fan PCB 300
C6 Capacity setting abnormality 301
Indoor unit PCB abnormality 302
C9 Suction air thermistor abnormality 299
CC Humidity sensor system abnormality 303
CE Infrared presence/floor sensor error 304
CJ Remote controller thermistor abnormality 309
U5 Transmission error between indoor unit and remote controller 310
U8 Transmission error between main remote controller and sub remote controller 311
UA Field setting switch abnormality 312
UC Centralized address setting error 314
UE Transmission error between centralized controller and indoor unit 315

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 269

Error Codes and Descriptions SiSG282101EB

Sub Codes
Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Diagnosis
Error of external protection device Protection device connected to the unit is activated. Check for
A0 - 00
the external protection device.

A6 - 01 Fan motor locked A locked fan motor current has been detected.
Turn the fan by hand to check for the connection of connectors.
Fan overcurrent error A fan motor overcurrent has been detected.
Check for the connection of the connector between the fan
A6 - 10 motor and the fan PCB. If the connection is normal, replace the
fan motor. If this still cannot solve the error, replace the fan
PCB.
Fan position detection error An error has been occurred in the detection of position of the
fan motor. Check for the connection of the connector between
A6 - 11 the fan motor and the fan PCB. If the connection is normal,
replace the fan motor. If this still cannot solve the error, replace
the fan PCB.
Fan PCB abnormality Power supply voltage error of the fan PCB has been detected.
Check if there is any loose connection or disconnection of
A8 - 01 connectors, or any source of noise generation in the proximity.
Power supply voltage abnormality Refer to page 290.
Auto grille unit error It is detected that the grille does not operate properly.
AH - 12 (when the auto grille unit is mounted) Check whether the grille does not contact with something or the
wire does not snuggle.
Transmission error A transmission error has been detected between the indoor unit
C1 - 01 PCB and the fan PCB. Check if there is any loose connection or
disconnection of transmission connectors.
Transmission error A communication error of the auto grille control PCB or the
(when the auto grille unit is mounted) main PCB is detected.
C1 - 06
Check whether the connectors do not slip off or the harness is
not disconnected.
Heat exchanger thermistor system abnormality Short circuit of the thermistor has been detected. Check for the
C4 - 02
(short circuit) connecting area if there is any clogging of foreign matter.
Heat exchanger thermistor system abnormality Disconnection of the thermistor has been detected. Check if
C4 - 03
(open circuit) there is any loose connection or disconnection of connectors.
Heat exchanger middle thermistor system Short circuit of the thermistor has been detected. Check for the
C5 - 02 abnormality (short circuit) connecting area if there is any clogging of foreign matter.
Heat exchanger middle thermistor system Disconnection of the thermistor has been detected. Check if
C5 - 03
abnormality (open circuit) there is any loose connection or disconnection of connectors.
Defective combination of indoor unit PCB and fan A combination of indoor unit PCB and fan PCB is defective.
PCB Check whether the capacity setting adaptor is correct and the
type of the fan PCB is correct.
C6 - 01
Capacity setting error Capacity setting error of indoor unit PCB has been detected.
Check if capacity setting adaptor is correct and the combination
of indoor unit and the PCB is correct.
Indoor unit PCB abnormality An error of the main PCB is detected.
C6 - 05 Check whether the lead wire of the fan motor does not slip off
or is not disconnected.

C9 - 02 Suction air thermistor system abnormality (short Short circuit of the thermistor has been detected. Check for the
circuit) connecting area if there is any clogging of foreign matter.
Suction air thermistor system abnormality (open Disconnection of the thermistor has been detected. Check if
C9 - 03
circuit) there is any loose connection or disconnection of connectors.
Infrared presence sensor error It is detected that there is no output from the infrared presence
sensor.
CE - 01
Check whether the connectors do not slip off or the harness is
not disconnected.
Infrared floor sensor error It is detected that the temperature correction circuit (thermistor)
CE - 02 of the infrared floor sensor is disconnected. Check whether the
connectors do not slip off.
Infrared floor sensor error It is detected that the temperature correction circuit (thermistor)
CE - 03 of the infrared floor sensor is short-circuited.
Check whether the connector pins do not contact each other or
foreign matter on the PCB does not cause a short circuit.
Infrared floor sensor error An error of the infrared floor sensor caused by any reason other
than those indicated above is detected.
CE - 04 Check whether any object whose temperature becomes
extremely high or which may cause noise exists in the vicinity
of the sensor.
Incorrect number of indoor units connected This error will be displayed if the locally-set number of indoor
UA - 01
units is different from the detected number of indoor unit.

270 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Codes and Descriptions

Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Diagnosis
Multiple master units detected There are a number of indoor units with a remote controller
UA - 02 connected.
Connect the remote controller to only one indoor unit.
Excess indoor units connected This error will be displayed if 5 or more indoor units are
UA - 03
connected.
Indoor-outdoor transmission error between slave 1 There is an error in transmission between the outdoor unit and
and outdoor unit slave indoor unit 1. Check for the connection of the jumper
UA - 05
between the slave indoor unit (with no remote controller
connected) and the outdoor unit.
Indoor-outdoor transmission error between slave 2 There is an error in transmission between the outdoor unit and
and outdoor unit slave indoor unit 2. Check for the connection of the jumper
UA - 07
between the slave indoor unit (with no remote controller
connected) and the outdoor unit.
Indoor-outdoor transmission error between slave 3 There is an error in transmission between the outdoor unit and
and outdoor unit slave indoor unit 3. Check for the connection of the jumper
UA - 09 between the slave indoor unit (with no remote controller
connected) and the outdoor unit.
Indoor unit combination error The unit has been combined with an incompatible indoor unit.
UA - 40 Recheck the connected model.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 271

Error Codes and Descriptions SiSG282101EB

6.2 Outdoor Unit (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,

RZFC50DAV1G)
Error Code Description Reference Page
E1 Outdoor unit PCB abnormality 321
E5  OL activation (compressor overload) 323
E6  Compressor lock 325
E7  DC fan lock 326
E8 Input overcurrent detection 327
F3 Discharge pipe temperature control 328
F6 High pressure control in cooling 330
F8 System shutdown due to temperature abnormality in compressor 332
H0 Compressor system sensor abnormality 333
H6 Position sensor abnormality 334
Outdoor H8 DC voltage/current sensor abnormality 336
Unit H9 Outdoor air thermistor or related abnormality 337
J3  Discharge pipe thermistor or related abnormality 337
J6 Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality 337
L3 Electrical box temperature rise 338
L4 Radiation fin temperature rise 339
L5  Output overcurrent detection 341
P4 Radiation fin thermistor or related abnormality 337
U0 Refrigerant shortage —
U2 Low-voltage detection or over-voltage detection 343
U4 Signal transmission error (between indoor unit and outdoor unit) 345
UA Unspecified voltage (between indoor unit and outdoor unit) 347
 Displayed only when the system is shut down.

272 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Codes and Descriptions

6.3 Outdoor Unit (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Error Code Description Reference Page
E1 Outdoor unit PCB abnormality 357
E3 High pressure abnormality 358
E4 Low pressure abnormality 360
E5 Compressor motor lock 361
E7 Outdoor fan motor abnormality 362
E9 Electronic expansion valve abnormality 367
F3 Discharge pipe temperature abnormality 370
H3 High pressure switch system abnormality 372
H5 Compressor self-operating thermal protector 373
H9 Outdoor air thermistor abnormality 374
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor abnormality 374
J5 Suction pipe thermistor abnormality 374
J6 Outdoor heat exchanger distributor pipe thermistor abnormality 374
J7 Outdoor heat exchanger middle thermistor abnormality 374
J8 Outdoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor abnormality 374
Outdoor L1 Outdoor unit PCB abnormality 375
Unit
L4 Radiation fin temperature rise 378
L5 DC output overcurrent 379
L8 Compressor overcurrent 381
L9 Compressor startup abnormality 383
LC Transmission error between microcomputers on outdoor unit main PCB 385
PAM circuit error 386
P1
Open phase or power supply voltage imbalance 387
P4 Power module thermistor abnormality 388
PJ Capacity setting abnormality 389
Refrigerant shortage (Warning/Alarm) 390
U0
Refrigerant shortage (Error) 391
U1 Frequency judgment abnormality —
U2 Power supply voltage abnormality 393
Transmission error between indoor unit and outdoor unit, outdoor fan motor
U4 396
abnormality
UF Transmission error between indoor unit and outdoor unit 401

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 273

Error Codes and Descriptions SiSG282101EB

Sub Codes
Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Diagnosis
E7 - 01 Fan motor M1F lock Refer to the E7 flowchart and diagnose the appropriate fan,
motor or PCB.
E7 - 05 Fan motor M1F instantaneous overcurrent

E7 - 61 Transmission malfunction between inverters Transmission malfunction between the compressor inverter and
fan inverter. For details, refer to the LC flowchart.
Fan motor M1F overvoltage error, step-out Refer to the E7 flowchart and diagnose the appropriate fan,
E7 - 63
motor or PCB.
F3 - 00 Discharge pipe high temperature error Refer to the F3 flowchart of each manual and make a diagnosis
of the relevant unit based on the Error code shown to the left.
Compressor self-operating thermal protector
F3 - 23
abnormality
High pressure switch malfunction The individual high pressure switch may have failed. Check the
H3 - 01
high pressure switch.
Instantaneous overcurrent error (while in startup Refer to the L1 flowchart and make a diagnosis of the relevant
L1 - 01 operation) unit based on the Error code shown to the left.
L1 - 02 Current sensor error in PCB
L1 - 03 Current offset error
L1 - 04 IGBT (1) error
L1 - 05 Jumper setting error
L1 - 06 SP/MP-PAM (2, 3) overvoltage error
L1 - 27 Inverter malfunction The inverter may have failed.
Internal power output error Outdoor unit main PCB internal power output error. Check the
L1 - 31
PCB and fan motors.
Interleave error Outdoor unit main PCB internal circuitry may have failed.
L1 - 54
Refer to the L1 flowchart and diagnose the appropriate PCB.
Electronic thermal 1 error Overload current continues for a period of 260 seconds or
more.
L8 - 01 This error is supposed to have resulted from excessive
charging of refrigerant, damage caused to the compressor
bearing, too high pressure, etc. Check and probe the cause.
Electronic thermal 2 error Overload current close to the locked current flowed in the
thermal for a period of 5 seconds. This error is supposed to
L8 - 02 have resulted from closed stop valve, disconnected wire in the
compressor motor, etc. Check and probe the cause.
Drop in compressor revolutions Compressor load has been increased after startup. This error is
L8 - 03 supposed to have resulted from instantaneous power failure,
liquid back, etc. Check and probe the cause.
L8 - 04 Thunder detection error Surges caused by thunder
Inverter limiting current Excessive limiting current is flowing in the inverter. This error is
supposed to have resulted from failure to open the stop valve,
L8 - 05 excessive charging of refrigerant, clogging in the indoor unit
filter stain in the indoor/outdoor heat exchanger etc. Check and
probe the cause.
Compressor out-of-step in low frequency Compressor is out-of-step in low frequency area
L8 - 14
(8 rps ~ 12 rps). Restart the system using the remote controller.
Stall prevention (current increase) Overload current has been applied to startup the compressor.
This error is supposed to have resulted from high startup
L9 - 01 differential pressure, liquid back, excessive compressor oil,
abnormal compressor coil, seizure of the compressor shaft, etc.
Check and probe the cause.
Stall prevention (startup error) The compressor has not completed startup operation. This
error is supposed to have resulted from high startup differential
L9 - 02 pressure, liquid back, excessive compressor oil, abnormal
compressor coil, seizure of the compressor shaft, defective
position detection circuit, etc. Check and probe the cause.
Inverter open phase abnormality Refer to the L9 flowchart and make a diagnosis of the relevant
L9 - 03
unit based on the Error code shown to the left.

Note(s) 1. IGBT: IGBT is a power semiconductor device primarily used as an electronic switch.
2. SP: Single Pulse
3. MP: Multi Pulse

274 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Error Codes and Descriptions

Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Diagnosis
Defective wiring Defective transmission including that caused when the power
supply turns ON. This error is supposed to have resulted from
LC - 01 (1) defective wire connections around the PCB,
(2) defective outdoor unit PCB, or (3) defective fan motor.
Check and probe the cause.
Defective transmission between compressor and There is an error in transmission between the compressor and
LC - 02 microcontroller the outdoor unit PCB. If the wire connections of the
compressor are normal, check for the same of the outdoor unit
PCB.
LC - 03 Transmission error (main PCB) Refer to the LC flowchart and check the wiring status at the
relevant location and the PCB.
LC - 04 Transmission error (main PCB)
LC - 05 Transmission error
Power module thermistor malfunction (inverter) Check whether the power module thermistor X111A has come
P4 - 01 loose.
Capacity setting undefined This is an outdoor unit PCB for repair, but has no capacity
PJ - 01 setting adaptor connected. Connect a correct capacity setting
adaptor to the PCB.
Defective capacity setting This error results from a mismatch of signals between the
controller in the PCB and the inverter. Check whether the type
PJ - 04 of the PCB is correct and correct capacity setting adaptor is
connected.
Refrigerant shortage - Outdoor unit (Factor 0) This error results from a shortage of refrigerant. Refer to the
U0 - 02 U0 flowchart and make a diagnosis, and then take
countermeasures.
Refrigerant shortage - Outdoor unit (Gas leakage) This error results from a shortage of refrigerant cause by gas
U0 - 03 leakage. Charge refrigerant up to the normal refrigerant
amount.
Refrigerant shortage - Outdoor unit (Clogging) This error results from clogging caused somewhere in the
U0 - 04 refrigerant piping system. Check for a failure to open the stop
valve and clogging in the refrigerant system.
Refrigerant cooling condensation error Insufficient refrigerant may have caused the temperature of the
U0 - 12 refrigerant cooling parts to drop, leading to condensation.
Refer to the U0 flowchart to diagnose and handle this error.
Refrigerant shortage - Outdoor unit (Cooling) This error results from a shortage of refrigerant. Refer to the
U0 - 14 U0 flowchart and make a diagnosis, and then take
countermeasures.
Frequency judgment abnormality Checks for power supply frequency abnormality. Check for
U1 - 01
faulty power supply wiring.
Power supply voltage error This error is supposed to have resulted from undervoltage or
U2 - 01 overvoltage of the power supply, or defective voltage sensor in
the PCB.
U2 - 02 Open phase of power supply Check for any open phase of the power supply.
Main circuit capacitor charge error There is abnormal circuit current flowing in the PCB. If wire
U2 - 03 connections related to the PCB are normal, replace the
outdoor unit PCB.
SP/MP - PAM overvoltage error There is an overvoltage error (Single phase). If wire
U2 - 04 connections related to the PCB are normal, replace the
outdoor unit PCB.
AC voltage sensor error A voltage sensor failure within the PCB has been detected.
U2 - 35
Refer to the U2 flowchart and diagnose the appropriate PCB.
Incorrect wiring There is an error in wire connections for transmission between
indoor and outdoor units (judged with the indoor unit). Check
UF - 01
for the connections of jumpers 1, 2, and 3 between the indoor
and outdoor units.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 275

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7. Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.1 Error of External Protection Device
Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D
Models

Error Code A0
Method of Error Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Detection

Error Decision An open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set to
Conditions external ON/OFF terminal.

Supposed  Activation of external protection device

Causes  Improper field setting
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1 and YES Activation of external
T2 of the indoor unit protection device.
terminal block.

NO

Check the setting state of the

ON/OFF input from outside by remote
controller.

External
ON/OFF input (mode
No. 12, first code No. 1) has
YES Change the second code
been set to external protection
device input (second code No. to 01 or 02.
No. 03) by remote
controller.

NO

Replace the indoor unit

PCB (A1P).

276 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.2 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality

7.2.1 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A,
FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D)
Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D
Models

Error Code A1
Method of Error The system checks data from EEPROM.
Detection

Error Decision The error is generated when the data from the EEPROM is not received correctly.
Conditions
EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory): A memory chip that holds
its content without power. It can be erased, either within the computer or externally and usually
requires more voltage for erasure than the common +5 volts used in logic circuits. It functions
like non-volatile RAM, but writing to EEPROM is slower than writing to RAM.

Supposed  Defective indoor unit PCB

Causes  External factor (Noise, etc.)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Switch the power OFF and ON again

to restart.

NO Replace the indoor unit PCB. (1)

Normal reset?

YES

The error may be caused by an

external factor, rather than
damaged parts.
Locate the cause and correct the
situation.

Note(s)
1. FCTF-A: A1P, A2P, A3P, A4P, A5P
FCF-C: A1P, A2P, A3P, A4P
FCFC-D, FBFC-D: A1P, A2P
FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D: A1P

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 277

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.2.2 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality (FAFC-A)

Applicable FAFC-A
Models

Error Code A1
Method of Error The system checks if the circuit works properly within the microcomputer of the indoor unit.
Detection

Error Decision The system cannot set the internal settings.

Conditions

Supposed  Wrong models interconnected

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 Disconnection of connector
 Reduction of power supply voltage

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Combination of NO
the indoor and outdoor Match the compatible
unit matched? models.

YES
Check the connection of  To secure the connection,
connectors/wire harness. disconnect the connectors once
and then reconnect.

YES Check the power supply

OK?
voltage.

NO NO
Voltage as rated? Correct the power
supply.
YES
Start operation.
Correct the connection.

YES
Error repeats? Replace the indoor unit
PCB (control PCB).
NO
Completed.

YES Check the power supply

Error repeats?
voltage.

NO NO
Voltage as rated? Correct the power
supply.
YES
Start operation.

YES
Error repeats? Replace the indoor unit
PCB (control PCB).
NO
Completed.
Completed.
R6000615

Note Connector:
Terminal strip ~ Control PCB (H1, H2, H3)

278 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.3 Drain Water Level System Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D (Option), FBFC-D (Option)
Models

Error Code A3
Method of Error By float switch OFF detection
Detection

Error Decision The error is generated when the water level reaches its upper limit and when the float switch
Conditions turns OFF.

Supposed  Defective drain pump

Causes  Improper drain piping work
 Drain piping clogging
 Defective float switch
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective short circuit connector X15A on PCB

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 279

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the short circuit

Is drain pump mechanism NO NO
connector connected to the Short circuit connector connection
connected? indoor unit PCB?

YES YES

Check the
continuity of short circuit NO
Replace the short circuit connector.
connector. Is there
continuity?
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB (A1P).

Is a drain pump NO
connected to the indoor unit Connect the drain pump.
PCB?

YES

Does the drain

pump work after restarting YES Is the drain water level YES
Drain system abnormality
operation? abnormally high?

NO NO

Is the float switch connected NO

Connect the float switch.
to the indoor unit PCB?

YES

Remove the float switch from X15A

and attach a jumper connector to
X15A. Then restart operation.
Set to emergency and check the
voltage of the connector to which the
drain pump is connected.
Error is displayed NO
Replace the float switch.
again.

YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB (A1P).

YES
Within the rated voltage (∗1)? Replace the drain pump.

NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB (A1P).

Note(s) If A3 is detected by a PCB which is not mounted with X15A, the PCB is defective.
1.
Voltage of the
Model connector
FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D (Option), FBFC-D (Option) 13 VDC ±10%

280 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.4 Freeze-up Protection Control

Applicable FAFC-A
Models

Error Code A5
Method of Error During cooling operation, the freeze-up protection control (operation halt) is activated according
Detection to the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor.

Error Decision During cooling operation, the indoor heat exchanger temperature is below 0°C.
Conditions

Supposed  Short-circuited air

Causes  Clogged air filter of the indoor unit
 Dust accumulation on the indoor heat exchanger
 Defective indoor heat exchanger thermistor
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the air passage.

YES
Is there any short circuit? Provide sufficient air passage.

NO

Check the air filter.

YES
Dirty? Clean the air filter.

NO
Check the dust accumulation on
the indoor heat exchanger.

YES
Dirty? Clean the indoor heat
exchanger.
NO
Check No. 01
Check the indoor heat exchanger
thermistor.

As
described in the NO
thermistor characteristic Replace the indoor heat
chart? exchanger thermistor.

YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB
(control PCB).
(R20789)

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 318.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 281

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.5 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality

7.5.1 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D)
Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D
Models

Error Code A6
Method of Error Error in fan rotation is detected by the signal from the fan motor.
Detection

Error Decision The error is generated when fan rotations do not rise.
Conditions

Supposed  Fan does not rotate due to clogged foreign matter.

Causes  Disconnection, short circuit, or loose connection of the harness of the fan motor
 Loose connection of the connector between the indoor unit PCB and the fan PCB
 Fan motor lock (motor-related or external factors)
 Defective fan motor (disconnection or insulation failure)
 Signal errors from fan motor (defective circuit)
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
Turn OFF the power supply and
wait for 10 minutes.

Is there any YES

foreign matter around the Remove the foreign
fan? matter.
NO

Is the fan motor

connector (1) connected to NO
Connect the connector
indoor unit control correctly.
PCB?
YES
With fan
motor connector NO
disconnected, can the fan be Replace the indoor fan
easily turned by motor.
hands?
YES
CHECK 7
Check the fan motor connector.

Is the resistance YES

between pins balanced within Replace the indoor unit
±20%? PCB (A1P).
NO
Replace the indoor fan motor.

NO
Does the error recur? Completed.
YES
Replace the indoor unit
PCB (A1P).

Note(s)
Model 1 Fan motor connector
FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D X901A, Relay connector

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 319.

282 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.5.2 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FHFC50-71DV1G)

Applicable FHFC50-71DV1G
Models

Error Code A6
Method of Error This error is detected if there is no revolution detection signal output from the fan motor.
Detection

Error Decision When no revolutions can be detected even at the maximum output voltage to the fan
Conditions

Supposed  Defective indoor fan motor

Causes  Broken wires
 Defective contact

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Are the
X20A and X26A NO
connectors securely Properly connect the connectors.
connected? (At this time, check for any
defective connector contact or
YES broken wires.)

Is
the
power of 12
VDC supplied
between the Pins 1
and 3 when the X26A is YES CHECK 7
disconnected and the Check the indoor fan motor and
power supply turns
the wiring circuits of the fan
ON?
motor.

NO

Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 319.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 283

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.5.3 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC100-140DV1G)

Applicable FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC100-140DV1G
Models

Error Code A6
Method of Error Error in fan rotation is detected by the signal from the fan motor.
Detection

Error Decision The error is generated when fan rotations do not rise.
Conditions

Supposed  Fan does not rotate due to clogged foreign matter.

Causes  Disconnection, short circuit, or loose connection of the harness of the fan motor
 Fan motor lock (motor-related or external factors)
 Defective fan motor (disconnection or insulation failure)
 Signal errors from fan motor (defective circuit)
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
Turn OFF the power supply and
wait for 10 minutes.

Is there any YES

foreign matter around the Remove the foreign matter.
fan?
NO

Is the fan motor NO

connector (1) connected to Connect the connector correctly.
indoor unit PCB?

YES
With fan
motor connector NO
disconnected, can the fan be Replace the indoor fan motor.
easily turned by
hands?
YES
CHECK 7
Check the fan motor connector.

Is the
resistance between pins YES Replace the indoor fan motor
equal to or lower
than 1 Ω? and the indoor unit PCB
(A1P).
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB (A1P).

NO
Does the error recur? Completed.

YES
Replace the fan motor.

Note(s)
Model 1 Fan motor connector
FFFC-A, FFFC-B X20A, Relay connector
FHFC100-140DV1G X20A, Relay connector

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 319.

284 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.5.4 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FBFC-D)

Applicable FBFC-D
Models

Error Code A6-10, 11

Method of Error Detection from the current flow on the fan PCB
Detection Detection from the rotation speed of the fan motor in operation
Detection from the position signal of the fan motor
Detection from the current flow on the fan PCB when the fan motor starting operation

Error Decision  An overcurrent flows

Conditions  The rotation speed is less than a certain level for 6 seconds.
 A position error in the fan rotor continues for 5 seconds or more.

Supposed  Clogged foreign matter

Causes  Disconnection of fan motor connectors
 Disconnection of the connector between the indoor unit PCB and the fan PCB
 Defective fan PCB
 Defective fan motor
 No fuse continuity

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn OFF the power supply and

wait for 10 minutes.

There is a foreign YES Remove the foreign matter.

matter around the fan.

NO

The fan motor

connector (∗1) is connected to NO Connect the connector correctly.
the fan PCB.

YES

The connector
between the indoor unit NO Connect the connector correctly.
control PCB and the fan PCB is
connected.

YES

There is a
continuity in the fuse (∗2) NO
on the fan PCB or fan motor Replace the fuse.
harness.

YES
Turn ON the power supply while the
fan motor connector (∗1) is
disconnected.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 285

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

The HAP
lamp on the indoor
unit control PCB is blinking NO Turn OFF the power supply
while the HAP lamp on the fan Replace the fan motor.
and wait for 10 minutes.
PCB is not blinking.

YES
Turn OFF the power supply and
wait for 10 minutes.

CHECK 7
Check the fan motor connectors.

Each resistance YES

between the pins is equal to or Replace the fan motor.
lower than 1 . Replace the fan PCB (A2P).

NO
Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
When A6 abnormality still
reoccurs, replace the fan
motor.

Note(s)
1 Fan motor
Model 2 Fuse
connector
FBFC-D X8A F2U

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 319.

286 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.5.5 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FAFC-A)

Applicable FAFC-A
Models

Error Code A6
Method of Error The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine
Detection abnormal fan motor operation.

Error Decision The detected rotation speed does not reach the demanded rotation speed of the target tap, and
Conditions is less than 50% of the maximum fan motor rotation speed.

Supposed  Remarkable decrease in power supply voltage

Causes  Layer short inside the fan motor winding
 Breaking of wire inside the fan motor
 Breaking of the fan motor lead wires
 Defective capacitor of the fan motor
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 287

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
Check the power supply
voltage.

Is the
voltage
fluctuation NO
within ±10% from Correct the power
the rated supply.
value?
YES
Turn off the power and
rotate the fan by hand.

Does the fan NO

rotate smoothly? Replace the indoor
fan motor.

YES
Turn on the power and
start operation.

Turn off the power and Note: The motor may break when the
NO disconnect the fan motor motor connector is disconnected
Does the fan connector, then turn the while the power is turned on.
rotate? power on. (Be sure to turn off the power
before reconnecting the
YES connector.)
CHECK 7
Check the output of the
fan motor connector.

Motor
power supply NO
voltage 310 ~ 340 Replace the indoor
VDC? unit PCB (control
PCB).
YES

Motor NO
control voltage 15 Replace the indoor
VDC generated? unit PCB (control
PCB).
YES

Rotation NO
Stop the fan motor. command voltage Replace the indoor
1 ~ 6.5 VDC? unit PCB (control
PCB).
CHECK 7 YES
Check the output of the
fan motor connector. Indoor fan
motor rotation pulse NO
Replace the indoor
generated? fan motor.

YES
Replace the indoor
unit PCB (control
Indoor fan PCB).
NO
motor rotation pulse Replace the indoor
generated? fan motor.

YES
Replace the indoor
unit PCB (control
PCB).

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 319.

288 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.6 Fan PCB Abnormality

Applicable FBFC-D
Models

Error Code A8
Method of Error Microcomputer checks the voltage state of the fan PCB.
Detection

Error Decision Overvoltage or voltage drop is detected on the fan PCB.

Conditions

Supposed  Defective connection of the power supply connector

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective fan PCB
 External factor such as noise

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the
connector X70A on the NO
indoor unit control PCB Connect the connector correctly.
connected correctly?

YES

Is the
connector X3A on the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
fan PCB connected
correctly?

YES

Is the
harness connecting YES
Replace the harness.
X3A and X70A broken?

NO

Is there any YES

external factor such as Remove the external factor.
noise?

NO
Turn OFF the power supply and
then turn it ON again. Then, start
operation with remote controller.

Error is NO
displayed again. Normal.

YES
Check for the indoor unit control
PCB (A1P) and the fan PCB
(A2P).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 289

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.7 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B
Models

Error Code A8-01

Method of Error This error is detected by checking the voltage status with the microcomputer.
Detection

Error Decision When overvoltage or voltage drop is detected on the fan driver.
Conditions

Supposed  Defective connection of power supply connector

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 External factors (e.g. noise)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the condition of the power

supply.
Check if power supply voltage is
220-240 V±10%.

There are
problems YES
on the condition of power Correct any fault.
supply described
above.

NO

Is the
X27A connector on NO
the main PCB properly Properly connect the
connected? connector.

YES

Is the
harness YES
connecting the X27A and the Replace the harness.
terminal block (X2M)
disconnected?

NO

Is there any YES

external factor such as Remove the external factor.
noise?

NO
Turn OFF the power once and turn
ON again. Then, start operation
with remote controller.

Does the error NO

Normal.
A8 reoccur?

YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB
(A1P).

290 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.8 Humidifier System Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D (Option), FBFC-D (Option)
Models

Error Code AF
Method of Error Water leakage from the humidifier system is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation
Detection while the compressor is in non-operation.

Error Decision The float switch is activated while the compressor is OFF.
Conditions  Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.

Supposed  Defective humidifier water supply and drainage system

Causes  Dust clogging in the solenoid valve of humidifier
 Error in the drain pipe installation
 Defective float switch
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective connector connection
 Defective drain pump

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 291

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
For FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B

A humidifier unit NO
is installed on the indoor Possible failure of float switch.
unit. Check to see if drain-up height
and horizontal pipe length
YES exceed specifications.

Is humidifier water NO
supply and drainage system Defective humidifier water supply
normal? and drainage system
Clogged drain water discharge
YES system
Clogged drain pump
Defective float switch

Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).
Check to see if drain-up height
and horizontal pipe length
exceed specifications.

For FHFC-D, FBFC-D

NO Check the jumper connector

Is drain pump kit installed?
(X15A).
YES

NO Check the drain pump and drain

Is drain pump normal?
pipe.
YES

Is amount of
circulated drain water YES Check water drainage system.
excessive after pump stops
operation? Check to see if drain-up height
and horizontal pipe length exceed
NO specifications.

Does drain
YES Defective trap in water drainage
water flow in reverse during non
operation? system
NO

Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).

292 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.9 Auto Grille Unit Error

Applicable FCTF-A (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)
Models FCF-C (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)
FCFC-D (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)

Error Code AH-12

Method of Error This error is determined when an abnormal signal from the auto grille kit is detected.
Detection

Error Decision Any of the following conditions is established while the grille is elevating.
Conditions  The storage detection limit switch does not detect anything for a prescribed time while the
grille is moving upward.
 The position detection limit switch does not detect anything for a prescribed time while the
grille is moving upward.
 The position detection limit switch detects a position for less than one second while the grille
is moving downward.

Supposed  A large load on the grille

Causes  Tangled wire
 Defective motor
 Defective limit switch

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is there any YES

abnormality on appearance of Check the items below.
the grille? • The grille is elevating while
tilted in a horizontal direction.
NO • The grille is caught by
something.
• The grille is not mounted.
→ After correcting any of the
items above, perform
elevating operation again.

A large load YES

is applied to the grille. Eliminate the load on the grille.
→ Perform elevating operation
again.
NO

A wire is tangled. YES

Correct the winding of wire.

NO

YES
Is the drive unit normal? Normal.

NO
Check the limit switch, gear,
motor of the drive unit.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 293

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.10 Defective Capacity Setting

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D
Models

Error Code AJ
Method of Error Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
Detection inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is
determined.

Error Decision The capacity code is not saved to the PCB, and the capacity setting adaptor is not connected.
Conditions A capacity that does not exist for that unit is set.

Supposed  Defective capacity setting adaptor connection

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

The NO
indoor unit PCB was replaced Replace the indoor unit PCB
with a spare PCB. (A1P).

YES

The
capacity setting NO
adaptor was installed when Install a capacity setting
replacing the PCB. adaptor.

YES Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).

Note(s)
Capacity setting
Type Model name
adaptor
FCTF50AVMG J56
FCTF60AVMG J71
Ceiling mounted cassette type
FCTF71AVMG J80
(round flow) with streamer
FCTF100AVMG J112
FCTF125AVMG J140
FCF50CVMG J56
FCF60CVMG J71
FCF71CVMG J80
Ceiling mounted cassette type FCF100CVMG J112
(round flow) FCF125CVMG J140
FCFC100DVMG J112
FCFC125DVMG J140
FCFC140DVMG J160
FFFC35AVMG J40
Compact multi flow ceiling mounted FFFC50AVMG J56
cassette type FFFC35BVMG J40
FFFC50BVMG J56

294 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

Capacity setting
Type Model name
adaptor
FHFC50DV1G J56
FHFC60DV1G J71
FHFC71DV1G J80
Ceiling suspended type
FHFC100DV1G J112
FHFC125DV1G J140
FHFC140DV1G J160
FBFC50DVMG J56
FBFC60DVMG J71
Duct connection FBFC71DVMG J80
middle static pressure type FBFC100DVMG J112
FBFC125DVMG J140
FBFC140DVMG J160

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 295

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.11 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit Control PCB

and Fan PCB)
Applicable FBFC-D
Models

Error Code C1-01

Method of Error Check the condition of transmission between the indoor unit control PCB and the fan PCB using
Detection microcomputer.

Error Decision Error is decided when transmission between the indoor unit control PCB and the fan PCB has
Conditions been lost for 15 seconds and the error code will be displayed on the remote controller 60
seconds later.

Supposed  Defective connection of the transmission connector between the indoor unit PCB and the fan
Causes PCB
 Defective indoor unit control PCB
 Defective fan PCB
 External factor such as noise

296 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the
connector X70A on the NO
indoor unit control PCB Connect the connector correctly.
connected correctly?

YES

Is the
connector X3A on the fan NO
Connect the connector correctly.
PCB connected
correctly?

YES

Is the
connector X10A on the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
fan PCB connected
correctly?

YES

Is the YES
harness broken? Replace the harness.

NO

Is there any YES

external factor such as Remove the external factor.
noise other than
failure?
NO
Turn OFF the power supply and
then turn it ON again. Then, start
operation with remote controller.

Error is NO
displayed again. Normal.

YES
Check for the indoor unit control
PCB (A1P) and the fan PCB
(A2P).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 297

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.12 Transmission Error (between Indoor Unit PCB and Auto

Grille Control PCB)
Applicable FCTF-A (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)
Models FCF-C (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)
FCFC-D (when auto grille panel BYCQ125EBSF is installed)

Error Code C1-06

Method of Error The status of communication between the indoor unit PCB (X70A) and the auto grille control
Detection PCB (X12A) is checked with the microcomputer.

Error Decision When transmission communication between the indoor unit PCB and the auto grille control PCB
Conditions is not normally performed for a certain period of time or more.

Supposed  Defective connection of the transmission communication connector between the indoor unit
Causes PCB and the auto grille control PCB
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective auto grille control PCB
 External factors (e.g. noise)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the X70A
connector on the indoor NO
unit PCB properly Properly connect the
connected? connector.

YES

Is the X12A NO
connector on the auto grille Properly connect the
control PCB properly connector.
connected?

YES

Is the harness YES

disconnected? Replace the harness.

NO

Is there any YES

external factor such as Remove the external factor.
noise?

NO
Normal.

298 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.13 Thermistor Abnormality

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code C4, C5, C9

Method of Error The error is detected by temperature detected by thermistor.
Detection

Error Decision The thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
FAFC-A
The voltage between the both ends of the thermistor is either 4.96 V or more, or 0.04 V or less
with the power on.

Supposed  Defective connector connection

Causes  Defective thermistor
 Defective indoor unit control PCB
 Broken or disconnected wire

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Disconnect the thermistor on the PCB

and connect again.

YES Normal.
Does it function normally?
(Defective connector connection)
NO

Disconnect the thermistor on the PCB

and measure the resistance with a
multimeter.

CHECK 1 NO Replace the thermistor.

Is it normal? (Defective thermistor)
YES

Replace the indoor unit control PCB

(A1P).
(Defective PCB)

C4: Indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R2T)

C5: Indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor (R3T)
C9: Suction air thermistor (R1T)

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 317 for except FAFC-A

Refer to page 318 for FAFC-A.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 299

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.14 Combination Error between Indoor Unit Control PCB and

Fan PCB
Applicable FBFC-D
Models

Error Code C6
Method of Error Conduct open line detection with fan PCB using indoor unit control PCB.
Detection

Error Decision The communication data of fan PCB is determined as incorrect.

Conditions

Supposed  Defective fan PCB

Causes  Wrong capacity setting adaptor
 Defective field setting

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the
fan PCB (A2P) part No. NO
match that of the spare parts Replace it with correct fan PCB
list? (A2P).

YES

Was indoor unit control

NO After establishing transmission for
PCB (A1P) replaced with a spare
PCB? indoor and outdoor, diagnose the
operation again.

YES

Was the
correct capacity
setting adaptor attached when NO Attach the correct capacity setting
installing a spare PCB? adaptor. (1)

YES

After establishing transmission for

indoor and outdoor, diagnose the
operation again.

Note(s) 1. Refer to Defective Capacity Setting on page 294.

300 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.15 Capacity Setting Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D
Models

Error Code C6-01

Method of Error This error is detected by checking communication between the PCB (A1P) and the fan
Detection microcomputer.

Error Decision Based on the communication data, decide whether the combination of capacity setting and the
Conditions type of fan driver is correct.

Supposed  Defective connection of the capacity setting adaptor

Causes  Wrong field setting

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the indoor
unit PCB (A1P) replaced by NO After transmission between the
the spare PCB? indoor and the outdoor PCBs is
established, perform operation
again and then perform
YES
diagnosis again.

Is a
proper capacity
setting adaptor installed NO Install a proper capacity setting
when replaced by the adaptor. (1)
space PCB?

YES

After transmission between the

indoor and the outdoor PCBs is
established, perform operation
again and then perform
diagnosis again.

Note(s) 1. Refer to Defective Capacity Setting on page 294.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 301

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.16 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D
Models

Error Code C6-05

Method of Error This error is detected by checking the current sensor value.
Detection

Error Decision When an abnormal signal is detected at the start of operation of the fan motor.
Conditions

Supposed  Disconnection of the connector of the fan motor lead wire

Causes  Defective fan motor (Broken wires or defective insulation)
 Defective PCB (A1P)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn OFF the power supply, and

then wait for a period of 10 minutes.

Is the fan
motor connector (X901A) NO
Properly connect the
connected properly?
connector.

YES

Resistances
between UVW phases of
YES
the fan motor are imbalanced, or Replace the fan motor (M1F).
there is a short circuit
between UVW.

NO

Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).

302 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.17 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D
Models

Error Code CC
Method of Error Even if an error occurs, operation still continues.
Detection Error is detected according to the moisture (output voltage) detected by the moisture sensor.

Error Decision The error is generated when the humidity sensor becomes disconnected or shorted when the
Conditions unit is running.

 Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously

Supposed  Defective sensor

Causes  Broken wire
 External factor (Noise, etc.)
 Field setting omission when the remote sensor (optional accessory: BRCS01A-5) is installed

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Remove the humidity sensor from the

indoor unit PCB and insert it again.

YES
Does it function normally? Normal.
(Poor connector contact)

NO

Delete the error code history from the

remote controller. (∗1)

Error is displayed again. YES

Replace the humidity sensor
(A2P). (∗2)

NO

It is believed that external

factors (noise or else) other
than failure caused the error.

Note(s) 1. To delete the history, the Menu/Enter button of the remote controller must be pressed and
held for 4 seconds in the error code display.
2. If CC is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor (A2P) and taking the step 1,
replace the indoor unit PCB (A1P).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 303

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.18 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error

Applicable FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B
Models

Error Code CE
Method of Error The contents of a failure vary with the detailed error code. Check the code and proceed with the
Detection flowchart.

Error Decision Error is detected based on sensor output signals

Conditions

Supposed  Defective or disconnected infrared presence sensor connector: CE-01

Causes  Defective infrared floor sensor (Temperature compensation circuit disconnection): CE-02
 Defective infrared floor sensor (Temperature compensation short circuit): CE-03
 Defective infrared floor sensor element: CE-04

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Error type varies according

to error code. Check the
error code and take the
following steps.

Error code
See diagnosis procedure 1.
CE-01

Error code
See diagnosis procedure 2.
CE-02

Error code
See diagnosis procedure 3.
CE-03

Error code
See diagnosis procedure 4.
CE-04

304 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

Troubleshooting
Diagnosis procedure 1
Infrared presence sensor
error (Error code CE-01)

Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared presence NO
sensor PCB () and Connect the connector correctly.
the connector
X81A on A1P
normal?

YES

Is the
connection of the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
sensor connector
normal?

YES

Check infrared presence sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 22-25.

Displays
15 by the above NO
Normal.
verification method.

YES

Turn off the power and then reconnect.

Displays CE-01
again or 15 for NO
Normal.
sensor and
address data.

YES
Replace the sensor.

Note(s)  : Infrared presence sensor PCB

Infrared presence sensor PCB
FCTF-A, FCF-C A4P
FFFC-A, FFFC-B A5P

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 305

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Diagnosis procedure 2
Infrared floor sensor error
(Error code CE-02)

Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared floor NO
sensor PCB () and Connect the connector correctly.
the connector
X81A on A1P
normal?

YES

Is the
connection of the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
sensor connector
normal?

YES

Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to sensor

and address data No. 26.

Displays
"--" by the above NO
Normal.
verification method.

YES

Turn off the power and then reconnect.

Displays CE-02
again or "--" for NO
Normal.
sensor and
address data.

YES
Replace the sensor.

Note(s)  : Infrared floor sensor PCB

Infrared floor sensor PCB
FCTF-A, FCF-C A3P
FFFC-A, FFFC-B A4P

306 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

Troubleshooting
Diagnosis procedure 3
Infrared floor sensor error
(Error code CE-03)

Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared floor NO
sensor PCB () and Connect the connector correctly.
the connector
X81A on A1P
normal?

YES

Is the
connection of the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
sensor connector
normal?

YES

Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 26.

Displays
"--" by the above NO
Normal.
verification method.

YES

Turn off the power and then reconnect.

Displays
CE-03 again or "--" NO
for sensor and address Normal.
data.

YES
Replace the sensor.

Note(s)  : Infrared floor sensor PCB

Infrared floor sensor PCB
FCTF-A, FCF-C A3P
FFFC-A, FFFC-B A4P

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 307

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Diagnosis procedure 4
Infrared floor sensor error
(Error code CE-04)

Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared floor NO
sensor PCB () and Connect the connector correctly.
the connector
X81A on A1P
normal?

YES

Is the
connection of the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
sensor connector
normal?

YES

Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 26.

Displays
"--" by the above NO
Normal.
verification
method.

YES

Turn off the power and then reconnect.

Displays
CE-04 again or "--" NO
for sensor and address Normal.
data.

YES
Replace the sensor.

Note(s)  : Infrared floor sensor PCB

Infrared floor sensor PCB
FCTF-A, FCF-C A3P
FFFC-A, FFFC-B A4P

308 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.19 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code CJ
Method of Error Even the error is detected, the system is available for operation through the indoor suction
Detection temperature sensor.
Error is detected on the temperature detected by the air temperature sensor of the remote
controller.

Error Decision The remote controller air temperature thermistor is disconnected or short-circuited in operation.
Conditions  The system continues operation while the error code is displayed.

Supposed  Defective remote controller thermistor

Causes  Defective remote controller PCB
 External factor such as noise

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Delete the error code history of the

remote controller (∗1).

YES
Error is displayed again. Replace the remote controller.

NO

External factor such as noise

is suspected.

Note(s) 1. To delete the history, the Menu/Enter button of the remote controller must be pressed and
held for 4 seconds in the error code display.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 309

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.20 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote

Controller
Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code U5
Method of Error Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote controller is normal.
Detection

Error Decision The transmission between the indoor unit and the remote controller is not normal over a certain
Conditions amount of time.

Supposed  Defective remote controller

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 External factor (Noise, etc.)
 Connection of 2 main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers).

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Main/Sub
Control by 2 remote YES setting of both remote YES
Set one of the remote controllers to
controllers controllers is set to
Sub, turn OFF the power supply
Main. temporarily, then restart operation.
NO NO

Resets
All indoor unit normally when power
NO NO
PCB microcomputer normal supply is turned OFF Replace the indoor unit PCB.
monitors blinking temporarily.

YES YES
The error could be produced by noise.
Replace the remote controller and Check the surrounding area and
restart operation. restart operation. (Ex.: Heavy-duty
wireless equipment, etc.)

YES
Is operation normal? Normal.

NO

Replace the indoor unit PCB and

restart operation.

YES
Is operation normal? Normal.

NO
The error could be produced by noise.
Check the surrounding area and
restart operation.

Reference Refer to Main/Sub setting on page 98.

310 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.21 Transmission Error between Main Remote Controller

and Sub Remote Controller
Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code U8
Method of Error In case of controlling with 2 remote controllers, check the system using microcomputer if signal
Detection transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.

Error Decision The transmission between the indoor unit and the remote controllers (main and sub) is not
Conditions normal over a certain amount of time.

Supposed  Remote controller setting malfunction

Causes  Remote controller wiring disconnection
 Transmission error between main remote controller and sub remote controller
 No main remote controller in the system
 Defective remote controller

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Controlling with 2 Main/Sub setting

NO NO Set the Main/Sub setting of one
remote controllers of one of the remote controllers is
set to Main. remote controller to Main.
Turn OFF the power supply, and
YES YES restart operation.

Main/Sub Is there
setting on both remote NO continuity in remote YES
Turn OFF the power once and restart
controllers are set controller wiring? operation.
to Sub. Replace the remote controller PCB if
YES NO any error is generated.

Replace the remote controller wiring.

Set the Main/Sub setting of one

remote controller to Main.
Turn OFF the power supply, and
restart operation.

Reference Refer to Main/Sub setting on page 98.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 311

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.22 Field Setting Switch Abnormality

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code UA
Error Decision  The indoor unit and outdoor unit combination is incorrect.
Conditions  Field settings are not correct.

Supposed  Multiple remote controllers connected

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 Indoor-outdoor, indoor-indoor unit transmission wiring
 Optional device connection malfunction
 Power supply PCB connection malfunction
 Indoor unit power supply malfunction or miswiring
 Miswiring between units
 Defective remote controller wiring

312 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the indoor
unit and outdoor unit NO Use the correct combination.
combination correct?

YES

Are
multiple remote controllers YES Use only one remote controller.
connected to the indoor
unit?
NO

Is the remote
controller wired between YES Remove wiring.
indoor units? (Group control within the same system
is not possible)
NO

Are the
service monitors Is the indoor-indoor
NO and indoor-outdoor wired NO Correct the wiring.
(HAP) of all indoor unit PCB
blinking? correctly?

YES YES

Is power
supply for optional
devices taken from between NO
Connect the power supply correctly.
terminal blocks 1-2 of the
indoor/outdoor relay terminal
block (X2M)?

YES

Is the PCB NO
correctly connected? Connect the PCB correctly.

YES

Turn the power OFF once, then Is there 220-240

restart operation. VAC between 1-2 of YES
Check the power system within the
terminal block (X2M) of indoor unit.
indoor unit?

NO
Wiring could be incorrect, recheck.

NO Is the indoor-indoor NO
Operating normally? and indoor-outdoor wired Connect the wiring correctly.
correctly?
YES

YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.

Operates normally.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 313

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

7.23 Centralized Address Setting Error

Applicable All indoor unit models
Models

Error Code UC
Method of Error Indoor unit microcomputer detects and judges the centralized address signal according to the
Detection transmission between indoor units.

Error Decision When the microcomputer judges that the centralized address signal is duplicated
Conditions
An error code is displayed but system operation continues.

Supposed  Defective centralized address setting

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Are devices relating to

YES
centralized control connected to Change the setting so that the
the indoor unit? centralized address is not
duplicated.

NO

Replace the indoor unit PCB.

314 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit)

7.24 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and

Indoor Unit
Applicable All indoor unit models
Models Schedule timer
Central remote controller

Error Code UE
Method of Error Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized controller is normal.
Detection

Error Decision Transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Conditions

Supposed  Broken wire or wrong wiring

Causes  Group No. address setting error
 Transmission error between optional controllers for centralized controller and indoor unit
 Defective PCB for central remote controller
 Defective indoor unit PCB

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 315

Troubleshooting (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is any broken YES

wire or wrong wiring Correct the wiring.
found?

NO

Was the
indoor unit
disconnected YES
after connected or central Reset the power supplies of
control group No. for every centralized controller.
indoor unit
changed?

NO

Check Has the

the indoor setting of central
unit for which UE control group No. been
is displayed. Is the NO NO
made with the indoor unit on Make correct setting of the
transmission error UE which the UE
caused on all central control group No.
occurred?
indoor units?

YES YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.

Check the
transmission wiring
between main centralized NG
controller for any broken Correct the wiring.
wire or wrong
wiring.

OK

Has the
main centralized NO
controller setting connector Correct the connection of the
been connected? connector.

YES
Replace the centralized
controller.

316 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (Indoor Unit)

8. Check (Indoor Unit)

8.1 Thermistor Check
8.1.1 FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D, FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FHFC-D, FBFC-D
CHECK 1 If the cause of the problem is related to the thermistors, then the thermistors should be checked
prior to changing the PCB.

To check the thermistors, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Disconnect the thermistor from the PCB
2 Read the temperature and the resistance value.
3 Check if the measured values correspond with the values in the table on the next pages.

Thermistor FCTF-A FCFC-D FFFC-A FHFC-D FBFC-D

FCF-C FFFC-B
R1T Suction air thermistor Type C Type C Type B Type B Type B
R2T Indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A
R3T Indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor Type A — — — —

Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics

Thermistor Resistance (k)
temperature
(°C) Type A Type B Type C
–30 363.8 — —
–25 266.8 — —
–20 197.8 — —
–15 148.2 — —
–10 112.0 111.1 111.8
–5 85.52 84.95 85.42
0 65.84 65.53 65.80
5 51.05 50.95 51.07
10 39.91 39.92 39.97
15 31.44 31.50 31.51
20 24.95 25.02 25.02
25 19.94 20.00 20.00
30 16.04 16.10 16.10
35 12.99 13.04 13.04
40 10.58 10.63 10.63
45 8.669 8.720 8.711
50 7.143 7.189 7.179
55 5.918 — —
60 4.928 — —
65 4.123 — —
70 3.467 — —
75 — — —
80 — — —
85 — — —
90 — — —
95 — — —
100 — — —
105 — — —
3SA48018 3SA48001 3S480014
Drawing No.
(AD94A045) (AD210486) (AD150384)
This data is for reference purposes only.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 317

Check (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

8.1.2 FAFC-A
CHECK 1 Measure the resistance of each thermistor using multimeter.
The resistance values are defined by below table.
If the measured resistance value does not match the listed value, the thermistor must be
replaced.

 Disconnect the connector of thermistor ASSY from the PCB to measure the resistance
between the pins using multimeter.
 To check the thermistor soldered on a PCB, disconnect the PCB from other PCB/parts, and
measure the resistance between the both ends of soldered thermistor.

Thermistor ASSY Soldered thermistor

Multimeter

Resistance range

Multimeter

(k) R(25°C) = 20 k , B = 3950 K

Thermistor R(25°C) = 20 k 150
temperature (°C) B = 3950 K
–20 197.8
100
–15 148.2
–10 112.1
–5 85.60 50

0 65.93
5 51.14
10 39.99 –15 0 15 30 45 (°C)

15 31.52
20 25.02
25 20.00
30 16.10
35 13.04
40 10.62
45 8.707
50 7.176

R6000734

Note When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

318 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (Indoor Unit)

8.2 Fan Motor Connector Check

CHECK 7 FAFC-A
1. Check the connection of connector.
2. Check the motor power supply voltage output (pins 4 - 7).
3. Check the motor control voltage (pins 4 - 3).
4. Check the rotation command voltage output (pins 4 - 2).
5. Check the rotation pulse (pins 4 - 1).
S1
7 Motor power supply voltage (310 ~ 340 VDC)
6 Unused
5 Unused
4 GND
3 Motor control voltage (15 VDC)
2 Rotation command voltage (1~ 6.5 VDC)
1 Rotation pulse input
(R19654)

FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D

1. Turn the power supply OFF.
2. Disconnect the fan motor connector from the PCB and measure the resistances between
U-V, V-W and W-U.
Judgment: Resistances must be balanced within 20%.

Red U

White V

Black W

FHFC50-71DV1G
1. Turn OFF the power supply.
2. Measure the resistance between phases of U, V, W at the motor side connectors (3-core
wire) to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector
or relay connector is disconnected.

Red

White

Black

Judgment
Model
Black-Red Black-White
FHFC50/60DV1G 71.0  ± 10% 73.5  ± 10%
FHFC71DV1G 53.5  ± 10% 31.6  ± 10%

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 319

Check (Indoor Unit) SiSG282101EB

FHFC100-140DV1G
1. Turn the power supply OFF.
2. With the fan motor connector disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then
make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table.

— (1) —

White (2) FG

Orange (3) Vsp

Brown (4) Vcc

Blue (5) GND

— (6) —

— (7) —

Red (8) Vdc/Vm

Measuring points Judgment

2-5 1  or more
3-5 1  or more
4-5 1  or more
8-5 1  or more

FFFC-A, FFFC-B, FBFC-D

1. Turn the power supply OFF.
2. With the fan motor connector disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then
make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table.

White (1) FG

Orange (2) Vsp

Brown (3) Vcc

Blue (4) GND

— (5) —

— (6) —

Red (7) Vdc/Vm

Measuring points Judgment

1-4 1  or more
2-4 1  or more
3-4 1  or more
7-4 1  or more

320 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9. Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,

RZFC50DAV1G)
9.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality
Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code E1
Method of Error  The system checks if the microcomputer is working in order.
Detection  The system checks if the zero-cross signal comes in properly.

Error Decision  The microcomputer program runs out of control.

Conditions  The zero-cross signal is not detected.

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit PCB

Causes  Noise
 Broken harness between PCBs
 Momentary drop of voltage
 Momentary power failure

Troubleshooting RZFC35EV1G

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting

Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
∗ Wait at least for 7 sec. after
Turn on the power again. turning on the power.

Continuously ON or OFF
Is LED A blinking? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
Blink
Check if the outdoor unit is
grounded.

NO
Grounded? Ground the system.

YES
Zero-cross signal
abnormality.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 321

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn on the power.

YES
Error again? Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(main PCB).
NO

Check if the outdoor unit is

grounded.

NO
Grounded? Ground the system.

YES
The cause can be external
factors other than malfunction.
Investigate the cause of noise.

322 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.2 OL Activation (Compressor Overload)

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code E5
Method of Error A compressor overload is detected through compressor OL.
Detection

Error Decision  If the error repeats, the system is shut down.

Conditions  Reset condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Disconnection of discharge pipe thermistor

Causes  Defective discharge pipe thermistor
 Disconnection of connector S40
 Disconnection of 2 terminals of OL
 Defective OL
 Broken OL harness
 Defective electronic expansion valve or coil
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Refrigerant shortage
 Water mixed in refrigerant
 Defective stop valve

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 323

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Discharge YES
pipe thermistor Insert the thermistor in
disconnected? position.

NO

CHECK 1 NG
Check the discharge pipe Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor. thermistor.

OK

Is the connector NO
S40 properly connected? Connect the connector S40
properly.

YES
Disconnect the connector S40
from the PCB.

Check Resistance
the resistance ∞
between the 2 terminals on Disconnect the 2 terminals of
connector S40. the OL (*1).

Nearly 0 Ω Check the Resistance

resistance between the 2 ∞
terminals of the OL (*1). Replace the OL (*1).

Nearly 0 Ω
Replace the OL harness.

CHECK 12 NG
Check the electronic Replace the electronic
expansion valve. expansion valve or the coil.

OK

CHECK 14 NG
Check the refrigerant line. ∗ Refrigerant shortage Refer to the refrigerant line
∗ Water mixed check procedure.
∗ Stop valve
OK
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

Note *1.
Model name Electric symbol Activating temperature Recovery temperature
RZFC35EV1G Q1 130°C 95°C
RZFC50-71DV1G
Q1 120°C 95°C
RZFC50DAV1G
RZFC100DV1G Q1 130°C 95°C

*2. When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 348.

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 349.

Reference CHECK 14 Refer to page 350.

324 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.3 Compressor Lock

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code E6
Method of Error A compressor lock is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the
Detection position detection circuit.

Error Decision  If the error repeats, the system is shut down.

Conditions  Reset condition: Continuous run for about 11 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Closed stop valve

Causes  Compressor locked
 Disconnection of compressor harness

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
(Precaution before turning on the power again)
Make sure the power has been off for at least 30 seconds.

YES
Stop valve closed? Open the stop valve.

NO
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V, and W.

CHECK 15 ∗ Inverter analyzer:

Check with the inverter analyzer. RSUK0917C

NO
Any LED off? Correct the power supply or
replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES
Turn off the power and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and restart the system.

Emergency YES
stop without compressor Replace the compressor.
running?

NO

System shut NO
down after errors repeated Check the outdoor electronic
several times? expansion valve coil.
Go to CHECK 12.
YES
Replace the compressor.

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 349.

Reference CHECK 15 Refer to page 350.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 325

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.4 DC Fan Lock

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code E7
Method of Error DC fan lock is detected based on the relation of the duty and the fan motor rotation speed.
Detection

Error Decision  The fan does not start in about 15 ~ 60 seconds (depending on the model) even when the
Conditions fan motor is running.
 If the error repeats, the system is shut down.
 Reset condition: Continuous run for about 5 ~ 11 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Disconnection of the fan motor

Causes  Foreign matter stuck in the fan
 Defective fan motor
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Fan motor YES

connector disconnected? Turn off the power and
reconnect the connector.
NO

Foreign matters YES

in or around the fan? Remove the foreign
matters.
NO

Turn on the power.

Rotate the fan.

Fan rotates NO
smoothly? Replace the outdoor fan
motor.
YES
CHECK 16
Check the outdoor fan motor.

Is the fuse
Sinusoidal NO NO
voltage generated? (FU2) for the fan motor Replace the outdoor fan
blown? motor.

YES YES
Replace the fuse.

Replace the outdoor unit

PCB (main PCB).

Reference CHECK 16 Refer to page 351.

326 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.5 Input Overcurrent Detection

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code E8
Method of Error An input overcurrent is detected by checking the input current value with the compressor
Detection running.

Error Decision The current exceeds about 9 - 20 A (depending on the model) for 2.5 seconds with the
Conditions compressor running.
The upper limit of the current decreases when the outdoor temperature exceeds a certain level.

Supposed  Outdoor temperature out of operation range

Causes  Defective compressor
 Defective power module
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Short circuit

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
 An input overcurrent may result from wrong internal wiring. If the system is interrupted by an input overcurrent
after the wires have been disconnected and reconnected for part replacement, check the wiring again.
CHECK 17
Check the installation condition.

Start operation and measure the

input current.

Input current flowing NO

Replace the outdoor unit
above its stop level? PCB (main PCB).

YES
Turn off the power and disconnect
the harnesses U, V, and W.

CHECK 15  Inverter analyzer:

Check with the inverter analyzer. RSUK0917C

YES
Any LED off? Correct the power supply
or replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
NO
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and start operation.

CHECK 18
Check the discharge pressure.

Reference CHECK 15 Refer to page 350.

Reference CHECK 17 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 18 Refer to page 352.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 327

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code F3
Method of Error An error is determined with the temperature detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Detection

Error Decision  If the temperature detected by the discharge pipe thermistor rises above A°C, the
Conditions compressor stops.
 The error is cleared when the discharge pipe temperature has dropped below B°C.
 If the error repeats, the system is shut down.
 Reset condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes without any other error
RZFC35EV1G
Frequency A (°C) B (°C)
(1) above 50 Hz (rising), above 45 Hz (dropping) 118 85
(2) 39 ~ 50 Hz (rising), 34 ~ 45 Hz (dropping) 113 80
(3) below 39 Hz (rising), below 34 Hz (dropping) 103 70

RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Model A (°C) B (°C)
RZFC50/60/100DV1G
115 85
RZFC50DAV1G
RZFC71DV1G 118 85

Supposed  Defective discharge pipe thermistor

Causes (Defective outdoor heat exchanger thermistor or outdoor air thermistor)
 Defective electronic expansion valve or coil
 Refrigerant shortage
 Water mixed in refrigerant
 Defective stop valve
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

CHECK 1 NG
Check the thermistors. Replace the defective
∗ Discharge pipe thermistor thermistor(s).
∗ Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
OK ∗ Outdoor air thermistor

CHECK 12
Check the electronic NG
Replace the electronic
expansion valve. expansion valve or the coil.

OK

CHECK 14 NG
Check the refrigerant line. Refer to the refrigerant line
∗ Refrigerant shortage check procedure.
∗ Water mixed
OK ∗ Stop valve

Replace the outdoor unit

PCB (main PCB).

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 348.

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 349.

328 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

Reference CHECK 14 Refer to page 350.

Note When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 329

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.7 High Pressure Control in Cooling

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code F6
Method of Error High-pressure control (operation halt, frequency drop, etc.) is activated in cooling mode if the
Detection temperature sensed by the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor exceeds the limit.

Error Decision  The temperature sensed by the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor rises above A°C.
Conditions  The error is cleared when the temperature drops below B°C.
Model A (°C) B (°C)
RZFC35EV1G 60 46
RZFC50/60DV1G
RZFC50DAV1G 60 54

RZFC71DV1G 62 54
RZFC100DV1G 62 55

Supposed  Installation space not large enough

Causes  Dirty outdoor heat exchanger
 Defective outdoor fan motor
 Defective stop valve
 Defective electronic expansion valve or coil
 Defective outdoor heat exchanger thermistor
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the installation space.

CHECK 17
Check the installation NG
Change the installation
condition. location or direction.
Clean the outdoor heat
OK exchanger.

CHECK 19 NG
Check the outdoor fan. Replace the outdoor fan
motor.
Reconnect the connector or
OK fan motor lead wires.

CHECK 18 NG
Check the discharge Replace the stop valve.
pressure.
OK

CHECK 12
Check the electronic NG
Replace the electronic
expansion valve. expansion valve or the coil.
Replace the outdoor unit
OK PCB (main PCB).

CHECK 1
Check the outdoor heat NG
Replace the outdoor heat
exchanger thermistor. exchanger thermistor.

OK
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

330 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 348.

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 349.

Reference CHECK 17 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 18 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 19 Refer to page 353.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 331

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.8 System Shutdown due to Temperature Abnormality in

Compressor
Applicable RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code F8
Method of Error Operation is halted when the temperature detected by the discharge pipe thermistor exceeds
Detection the determined limit.

Error Decision Temperature exceeds the detection threshold of 127.5°C during forced cooling operation.
Conditions

Supposed  Abnormal operation due to air intrusion

Causes  Defective discharge pipe thermistor

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Abnormal YES
deformation of piping in the Replace the outdoor unit. (1)
outdoor unit

NO

CHECK 1 NG
Check the discharge pipe Replace both the discharge pipe
thermistor. thermistor and the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

OK
Replace the outdoor unit. (1)

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 348.

Note(s)
1. Replace the unit as directed in the installation manual, making sure that air does not
intrude into the refrigerant piping.
2. When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

332 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.9 Compressor System Sensor Abnormality

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code H0
Method of Error The system checks the DC current before the compressor starts.
Detection

Error Decision  The voltage converted from the DC current before compressor start-up is out of the range
Conditions 0.5 ~ 4.5 V.
 The DC voltage before compressor start-up is below 50 V.

Supposed  Broken or disconnected harness

Causes  Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the relay harness for the

compressor.

YES
Is the harness broken? Replace the harness.

NO

Turn off the power. Then, turn on

the power to restart the system.

Restart operation NO
and error displayed Not a malfunction.
again? Keep observing.

YES
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 333

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.10 Position Sensor Abnormality

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code H6
Method of Error A compressor start-up failure is detected by the current waveform generated when applying
Detection high frequency voltage to the motor.

Error Decision  The compressor fails to start in about 15 seconds after the compressor run command signal
Conditions is sent.
 If the error repeats, the system is shut down.
 Reset condition: Continuous run for about 11 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Power supply voltage out of specification

Causes  Disconnection of the compressor harness
 Defective compressor
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Start-up failure caused by the closed stop valve
 Input voltage out of specified range

Troubleshooting

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting

Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn off the power.

Check the power supply voltage.

Is the voltage NO
fluctuation within Correct the power supply.
±10% from the rated
value?

YES

CHECK 18
Check the discharge pressure.

NO
OK? Replace the stop valve.

YES

CHECK 20
Check the short circuit of the diode
bridge.

NO
Normal? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES
A Go to the next page

334 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

A Continued from the

previous page

Check the connection.

Electrical
components or NO
compressor harnesses Reconnect the electrical
connected as components or compressor
specified? harnesses as specified.

YES
Turn on the power. Check the
electrolytic capacitor voltage.

NO
Within 320 +- 100
50 VDC? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES
Turn off the power. Disconnect the
harnesses U, V, and W.

CHECK 15 ∗ Inverter analyzer:

Check with the inverter analyzer. RSUK0917C

NO
Any LED OFF? Replace the compressor.

YES
Correct the power supply or
replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).

Reference CHECK 15 Refer to page 350.

Reference CHECK 18 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 20 Refer to page 353.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 335

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.11 DC Voltage/Current Sensor Abnormality

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code H8
Method of Error DC voltage or DC current sensor abnormality is identified based on the compressor running
Detection frequency and the input current.

Error Decision  If the error repeats, the system is shut down.

Conditions  Reset condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit PCB

Causes

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Replace the outdoor unit PCB (main PCB).

336 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.12 Thermistor or Related Abnormality (Outdoor Unit)

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code H9, J3, J6, P4

Method of Error This fault is identified based on the thermistor input voltage to the microcomputer.
Detection A thermistor fault is identified based on the temperature sensed by each thermistor.

Error Decision  The voltage between both ends of the thermistor is either 4.96 V or more, or 0.04 V or less
Conditions with the power on.
 J3 error is judged if the discharge pipe temperature is lower than the heat exchanger
temperature.

Supposed  Disconnection of the connector for the thermistor

Causes  Defective thermistor(s)
 Defective outdoor heat exchanger thermistor in the case of J3 error
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting In case of P4
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Replace the outdoor unit PCB (main PCB).

P4 : Radiation fin thermistor

Troubleshooting In case of H9, J3, J6

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn on the power again.

Error displayed NO
again on remote Reconnect the connectors
controller? or thermistors.

YES
CHECK 1
Check the thermistor resistance
value.

NO
Normal? Replace the defective
thermistor(s) of the following
thermistors.
YES  Outdoor air thermistor
 Discharge pipe thermistor
 Outdoor heat exchanger
thermistor

Replace the outdoor unit

PCB (main PCB).

H9 : Outdoor air thermistor

J3 : Discharge pipe thermistor
J6 : Outdoor heat exchanger thermistor

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 348.

Note When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 337

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

9.13 Electrical Box Temperature Rise

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code L3
Method of Error An electrical box temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin thermistor with the
Detection compressor off.

Error Decision  With the compressor off, the radiation fin temperature is above A °C.
Conditions  The error is cleared when the radiation fin temperature drops below B °C.
 To cool the electrical components, the outdoor fan starts when the radiation fin temperature
rises above C °C and stops when the radiation fin temperature drops below B °C.
Model A (°C) B (°C) C (°C)
RZFC35EV1G 90 75 81
RZFC50-71DV1G
66 57 91
RZFC50DAV1G
RZFC100DV1G 71 57 91

Supposed  Defective outdoor fan motor

Causes  Short circuit
 Defective radiation fin thermistor
 Disconnection of connector
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn off the power. Then, turn on WARNING

the power to restart the system. To cool the electrical components,
the outdoor fan starts when the
radiation fin temperature rises
above C °C. The outdoor fan stops
when the radiation fin temperature
Error again or outdoor YES drops below B °C.
fan activated?
Check the radiation fin temperature.
NO

NO
Above A°C? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES

CHECK 19 NG
Check the outdoor fan. Replace the outdoor fan
motor.
Correct the connectors
OK and fan motor lead wire.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
NO
Radiation fin dirty? Check the installation
condition.
Go to CHECK 17.
YES
Clean up the radiation fin.

Reference CHECK 17 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 19 Refer to page 353.

338 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.14 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code L4
Method of Error A radiation fin temperature rise is detected by checking the radiation fin temperature with the
Detection compressor on.

Error Decision  The radiation fin temperature with the compressor on is above A °C.
Conditions  The error is cleared when the radiation fin temperature drops below B °C.
 If the error repeats, the system is shut down.
 Reset condition: Continuous run for about 60 minutes without any other error
Model name A (°C) B (°C)
RZFC35EV1G 90 84
RZFC50-100DV1G
100 64
RZFC50DAV1G

Supposed  Defective outdoor fan motor

Causes  Short circuit
 Defective radiation fin thermistor
 Disconnection of connector
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Silicone grease not applied properly on the radiation fin after replacing the outdoor unit PCB

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 339

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn off the power. Then, turn on

the power to restart the system.

YES Has the PCB been YES

Error displayed again? Check if silicone grease is
replaced? applied properly on the
radiation fin. If not, apply
NO NO the silicone grease.
Check the radiation fin
temperature.

NO
Above A °C? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES

CHECK 19 NG
Check the outdoor fan. Replace the outdoor fan
motor.
Correct the connectors and
OK fan motor leads.
Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
NO
Radiation fin dirty? Check the installation
condition.
Go to CHECK 17.
YES
Clean up the radiation fin.

Reference Refer to Silicone Grease on Power Transistor/Diode Bridge on page 227 for details.

Reference CHECK 17 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 19 Refer to page 353.

340 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.15 Output Overcurrent Detection

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code L5
Method of Error An output overcurrent is detected by checking the current that flows in the inverter DC section.
Detection

Error Decision  A position signal error occurs while the compressor is running.
Conditions  A rotation speed error occurs while the compressor is running.
 An output overcurrent signal is fed from the output overcurrent detection circuit to the
microcomputer.
 If the error repeats, the system is shut down.
 Reset condition: Continuous run for about 11 minutes without any other error

Supposed  Poor installation condition

Causes  Closed stop valve
 Defective power module
 Wrong internal wiring
 Abnormal power supply voltage
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Power supply voltage out of specification
 Defective compressor

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
∗ An output overcurrent may result from wrong internal wiring. If the system is interrupted by an output
overcurrent after the wires have been disconnected and reconnected for part replacement, check the
wiring again.

CHECK 17
Check the installation condition.

NO
Stop valve fully open? Fully open the stop valve.

YES
Turn off the power. Then, turn on
the power to restart the system.
See if the same error occurs.

NO Monitor the power supply voltage,

Error again? discharge and suction pressures,
and other factors for a long term.
YES Possible causes
∗ Momentary drop of power supply
Turn off the power and disconnect voltage Not a malfunction.
the harnesses U, V, and W. ∗ Compressor overload Keep observing.
∗ Short circuit Check the connectors and
other components.

CHECK 15 ∗ Inverter analyzer:

Check with the inverter analyzer. RSUK0917C

A Go to the next page

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 341

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

A Continued from the

previous page

YES
Any LED off? Correct the power supply
or replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
NO

CHECK 22
Check the power module.

NO
Normal? Replace the outdoor unit
PCB (main PCB).
YES
Turn off the power, and reconnect
the harnesses. Turn on the power
again and start operation.

Check the power supply voltage.

Is the voltage NO
fluctuation within Correct the power supply.
±10% from the rated
value?

YES

Short circuit
or wire breakage NO
between compressor's coil Check the discharge
phases? pressure.
Go to CHECK 18.
YES
Replace the compressor.

Reference CHECK 15 Refer to page 350.

Reference CHECK 17 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 18 Refer to page 352.

Reference CHECK 22 Refer to page 355.

342 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.16 Low-voltage Detection or Over-voltage Detection

Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code U2
Method of Error Low-voltage detection:
Detection An abnormal voltage drop is detected by the DC voltage detection circuit.

Over-voltage detection:
An abnormal voltage rise is detected by the over-voltage detection circuit.

Error Decision Low-voltage detection:

Conditions  The voltage detected by the DC voltage detection circuit is below 130-200 V.
 The compressor stops if the error occurs, and restarts automatically after 3-minute standby.

Over-voltage detection:
 An over-voltage signal is fed from the over-voltage detection circuit to the microcomputer.
 The compressor stops if the error occurs, and restarts automatically after 3-minute standby.

Supposed  Power supply voltage out of specification

Causes  Defective DC voltage detection circuit
 Defective over-voltage detection circuit
 Defective PAM control part
 Disconnection of compressor harness
 Short circuit inside the fan motor winding
 Noise
 Momentary drop of voltage
 Momentary power failure
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 343

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the power supply voltage.

Is the
voltage fluctuation NO
within ±10% from the Correct the power supply.
rated value?

YES
Check the connection of the
compressor harness.

Loose or YES
disconnected? Reconnect the harness.

NO

Does the
NO
outdoor fan rotate Replace the outdoor fan motor
smoothly? and the outdoor unit PCB
(main PCB).
YES
(Precaution before turning on the power again)
Make sure the power has been off for at
least 30 seconds.

Turn on
the power. System YES Disturbance factors
restarted? (Repeat a few ∗ Noise Check for such factors for a
times.) ∗ Power supply distortion long term.

NO

Replace the indoor

unit PCB (main PCB).

344 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.17 Signal Transmission Error (Between Indoor Unit and

Outdoor Unit)
Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code U4
Method of Error The signal transmission data received from the outdoor unit is checked whether it is normal.
Detection

Error Decision The data sent from the outdoor unit cannot be received normally, or the content of the data is
Conditions abnormal.

Supposed  Power supply voltage out of specification

Causes  Reduction of power supply voltage
 Wiring error
 Breaking of the connecting wires between the indoor and outdoor units (wire No. 3)
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Short circuit inside the fan motor winding
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Disturbed power supply waveform

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 345

Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the power supply voltage.

Is the
voltage fluctuation NO
within ±10% from the Correct the power supply.
rated value?

YES
Check the connection wires
between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit.

YES
Is there any wiring error? Correct the connection wires
between the indoor unit and
the outdoor unit.
NO

Check the voltage of the

connection wires on the indoor
terminal strip between No. 1
and No. 3, and between No. 2
and No. 3.

NO
Properly insulated? Replace the connection wires
between the indoor unit and
outdoor unit.
YES

Check the LED A on the outdoor

unit PCB.

Continuously ON or OFF
Is LED A blinking? Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(main PCB).
Blink

Rotate the
outdoor fan manually. NO
Does the outdoor fan rotate Replace the outdoor fan motor
smoothly? and the outdoor unit PCB
(main PCB).
YES

CHECK 11
Check the power supply
waveform.

NO
Is there any disturbance? Replace the indoor unit PCB
(control PCB).
YES
Locate and eliminate the
cause of the disturbance of
the power supply waveform.

Reference CHECK 11 Refer to page 349.

346 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

9.18 Unspecified Voltage (Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor

Unit)
Applicable RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G
Models

Error Code UA
Method of Error The supply power is detected for its requirements (pair type is different from multi type) by the
Detection indoor/outdoor transmission signal.

Error Decision The pair type and multi type are interconnected.
Conditions

Supposed  Wrong models interconnected

Causes  Wrong wiring of connecting wires
 Wrong indoor unit PCB or outdoor unit PCB mounted
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective outdoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
Check the combination of the
indoor and outdoor unit.

NO
OK? Match the compatible models.

YES

Are the
connecting wires NO
Correct the connection.
connected properly?

YES
Check the part numbers of the
indoor and outdoor unit PCB
with the Parts List.
If not matched, change for the
correct PCB.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 347

Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

10.Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G,

RZFC50DAV1G)
10.1 Thermistor Resistance Check
CHECK 1 Measure the resistance of each thermistor using multimeter.
The resistance values are defined by below table.
If the measured resistance value does not match the listed value, the thermistor must be
replaced.

 Disconnect the connector of thermistor ASSY from the PCB to measure the resistance
between the pins using multimeter.
 To check the thermistor soldered on a PCB, disconnect the PCB from other PCB/parts, and
measure the resistance between the both ends of soldered thermistor.

Thermistor ASSY

Multimeter

Resistance range

(k ) R(25°C) = 20 k, B = 3950 K

Thermistor 150
Resistance (k)
temperature (°C)
–20 197.8
–15 148.2
100
–10 112.1
–5 85.60
0 65.93
5 51.14 50
10 39.99
15 31.52
20 25.02
25 20.00 –15 0 15 30 45 (°C)
30 16.10
35 13.04
40 10.62
45 8.707
50 7.176

Note When replacing the defective thermistor(s), replace the thermistor as ASSY.

348 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

10.2 Power Supply Waveform Check

CHECK 11 Measure the power supply waveform between No. 1 and No. 2 on the terminal strip, and check
the waveform disturbance.
 Check if the power supply waveform is a sine wave (Fig.1).
 Check if there is waveform disturbance near the zero-cross (sections circled in Fig.2).
[Fig.1] [Fig.2]

10.3 Electronic Expansion Valve Check

CHECK 12 Conduct the followings to check the electronic expansion valve (EV).
1. Check if the EV connector is correctly connected to the PCB.
2. Turn the power off and on again, and check if the EV generates a latching sound.
3. If the EV does not generate a latching sound in the step 2 above, disconnect the connector
and check the continuity using a multimeter.
4. Check the continuity between the pins 5 - 1, 5 - 2, 5 - 3, 5 - 4 (for 5P connectors) and 6 - 1, 6
- 2, 6 - 3, 6 - 4 (for 6P connectors). If there is no continuity between the pins, the EV coil is
faulty.
5. If the continuity is confirmed in step 3, the outdoor unit PCB (main PCB) is faulty.

Harness 5P Harness 5P

5-1 6-1
(5)
5-2 6-2
S20 5P Connector Check S20 6P Connector Check
5-3 6-3
5-4 6-4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 349

Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

10.4 Inverter Unit Refrigerant System Check

CHECK 14

Refrigerant system check

Is the discharge pipe YES

thermistor disconnected from Reconnect the thermistor.
the holder?

NO
Check for refrigerant leakage.
See the section on refrigerant
shortage detection.

Replace the refrigerant.

10.5 Inverter Analyzer Check

CHECK 15  Characteristics

Inverter analyzer: RSUK0917C

If an abnormal stop occurs due to compressor startup failure or overcurrent output when using
an inverter unit, it is difficult to judge whether the stop is caused by the compressor failure or
some other failure (main PCB, power module, etc.). The inverter analyzer makes it possible to
judge the cause of trouble easily and securely. (Connect an inverter analyzer as a
quasi-compressor instead of compressor and check the output of the inverter.)

 Operation Method

Step 1
Be sure to turn the power off.

Step 2
Install an inverter analyzer instead of a compressor.

Note:
Make sure the charged voltage of the built-in smoothing electrolytic capacitor drops to 10 VDC
or below before carrying out the service work.

(1) Remove the terminals from (2) Connect the terminals to the
the compressor. terminals of the inverter analyzer.

compressor compressor

Inverter analyzer

Be careful not to let the terminals (U,V,W) touch

each other. Otherwise, high voltage is applied.

Reference:
If the terminals of the compressor are not FASTON terminals (difficult to remove the wire on the
terminals), it is possible to connect wires available on site to the outdoor unit from output side of
PCB. (Do not connect them to the compressor at the same time, otherwise it may result in

350 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

incorrect detection.)

Step 3
Activate power transistor test operation from the indoor unit.
Power transistor test operation can be activated when fan operation is started after the power is
turned on for the first time.

 Diagnose method (Diagnose according to 6 LEDs lighting status)

1. If all the LEDs are lit uniformly, the compressor is defective.
Replace the compressor.
2. If the LEDs are not lit uniformly, check the power module.
Refer to CHECK 22.
3. If NG in CHECK 22, replace the power module.
(Replace the main PCB. The power module is united with the main PCB.)
If OK in CHECK 22, check if there is any solder cracking on the PCB.
4. If any solder cracking is found, replace the PCB or repair the soldered section.
If there is no solder cracking, replace the PCB.

Caution 1. When the output frequency is low, the LEDs blink slowly. As the output frequency increases,
the LEDs blink quicker. (The LEDs look like they are lit.)
2. On completion of the inverter analyzer diagnosis, be sure to re-crimp the FASTON terminals.
Otherwise, the terminals may be burned due to loosening.
Direction of crimp

This size is shortened

by the crimp.

FASTON terminal

10.6 Outdoor Fan Motor Check

CHECK 16 Check if the sinusoidal voltage is generated between pins 1 - 3 and 3 - 5 when the fan motor is
manually rotated once.

PCB

S70
5 Phase W

3 Phase V

1 Phase U

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 351

Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

10.7 Installation Condition Check

CHECK 17

Installation condition check

Check the allowable NG

dimensions of the air Change the installation
suction and location or direction.
discharge area.

OK

Is the discharged air YES

Change the installation
short-circuited? location or direction.

NO

Is the outdoor heat YES

exchanger very dirty? Clean the outdoor heat
exchanger.

NO

Is the airflow blocked by NO

obstacles or winds Check the outdoor temperature.
blowing in the opposite (The outdoor temperature
direction? should be within the operation
range.)
YES
Change the installation
location or direction.

10.8 Discharge Pressure Check

CHECK 18

Discharge pressure check

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.

YES

Is the connection pipe YES

Replace the pipe installed at
deformed? the site.

NO

Is the air filter or

NO
indoor/outdoor heat Replace the compressor.
exchanger dirty?

YES
Clean the dirty air filter or
indoor/outdoor heat
exchanger.

352 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

10.9 Outdoor Fan System Check

CHECK 19 DC motor

Check the outdoor fan system.

Is the NO Fan motor NO

outdoor fan running? lead wire connector Go to CHECK 16.
disconnected?

YES YES

Outdoor fan system is functioning. Reconnect the connector.

10.10 Main Circuit Short Check

CHECK 20 Check to make sure that the voltage between (+) and (–) of the diode bridge (DB1) is
approximately 0 V before checking.

 Measure the resistance between the pins of the DB1 referring to the table below.
 If the resistance is  or less than 1 k, short circuit occurs on the main circuit.
Positive terminal (+) of
~ (2, 3) + (4) ~ (2, 3) – (1)
digital multimeter
Negative terminal (–) of
+ (4) ~ (2, 3) – (1) ~ (2, 3)
digital multimeter
Resistance is OK. several k ~ several M
Resistance is NG. 0  or 

 RZFC35EV1G
– +

Multimeter

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 353

Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

 RZFC50-71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

–
– +
Multimeter

~
2

~
3

+
4

 RZFC100DV1G

–
– +
Multimeter
2 ~
~
3
+

354 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G)

10.11 Power Module Check

CHECK 22 Check to make sure that the voltage between (+) and (–) of the power module is approximately
0 V before checking.

 Disconnect the compressor harness connector from the outdoor unit PCB. To disengage the
connector, press the protrusion on the connector.
 Follow the procedure below to measure resistance between the (+) or (–) terminal of the
power module and the U, V, or W terminal of the compressor with a multimeter. Evaluate the
measurement results referring to the following table.
Positive terminal (+) of Power module Power module
UVW UVW
digital multimeter (+) (–)
Negative terminal (–) of Power module Power module
UVW UVW
digital multimeter (+) (–)
Resistance is OK. several k ~ several M
Resistance is NG. 0  or 

 RZFC35EV1G

Pin 24:
Power module (+)

Pin 23: U

Pin 20:
Power module (–) Pin 21: W Pin 22: V

 RZFC50-71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

Pin 24: +
Pin 23: U

Pin 22: V
Pin 21: W
Pin 20: –

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 355

Check (RZFC-EV1G, RZFC50-100DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G) SiSG282101EB

 RZFC100DV1G

Pin 24: DC +

Pin 23: U (Red)

Pin 22: V (Yellow)

Pin 21: W (Blue)

Pin 20: DC –

356 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G,

RZFC-DY1G)
11.1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality
Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code E1
Method of Error Microcomputer checks whether EEPROM is normal.
Detection

Error Decision EEPROM error when turning the power supply ON.
Conditions

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes  Defective fan motor
 External factor (Noise, etc.)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn the power supply OFF once and

then restart.

YES
Does it return normally? External factor (Noise, etc.)

NO

Turn OFF the power supply, remove

the fan motor connector and then turn
ON the power supply again.

YES
Error is displayed again. Replace the outdoor unit
main PCB (A1P).

NO

Check the fan motor.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 357

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.2 High Pressure Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code E3
Method of Error Cooling:
Detection  Detects errors by the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor.
 The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch.

Error Decision Cooling:

Conditions  When the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor detects the following pressure. 3.92 MPa or
more continuously for 1 minute
(Ref.: Equivalent saturation temperature 62°C)
 Error is detected when high pressure switch is activated.
Operating pressure: 4.15 MPa+– 0.15
0

Supposed  Dirty outdoor heat exchanger

Causes  Defective outdoor fan motor
 Overcharge of refrigerant
 Stop valve is not opened.
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB

358 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the installation conditions.

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES

Is the
harness properly
connected to outdoor unit PCB NO
Connect the connector
and to high pressure correctly.
switch body?

YES

Turn OFF the power supply. Wait for

10 minutes after compressor stops
operating, then check the following.

Is there
continuity in high pressure NO
Replace the high pressure
switch? switch (S1PH).

YES

CHECK 2
YES
Is high pressure Correct the high pressure.
abnormally high?

NO

Set the remote controller and turn ON

again.

Is the error code YES

of H3 displayed? Replace the high pressure
switch (S1PH).

NO

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Reference CHECK 2 Refer to page 404.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 359

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.3 Low Pressure Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code E4
Method of Error Cooling:
Detection  Detect errors by the indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor

Error Decision When the detection pressure is the following value;

Conditions 0.12 MPa or less continues for 5 minutes
(Ref.: Equivalent saturation temperature –35°C)

Supposed  Stop valve is not opened.

Causes  Disconnection of indoor heat exchanger middle thermistor
 Defective thermistors
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Abnormal drop of low pressure

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the stop valve open? NO

Open the stop valve.

YES

Is the
indoor heat exchanger
middle thermistor properly NO
Connect the connector
connected to the indoor unit properly.
PCB?

YES

Remove the thermistor from the

indoor unit PCB and measure
resistance.

Is it normal? NO
Replace the indoor heat
CHECK 1
exchanger middle thermistor.

YES

Is low pressure
NO
abnormally low? Replace the outdoor unit main
CHECK 3 PCB (A1P).

YES

Correct the refrigerant system

defect.

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 402.

Reference CHECK 3 Refer to page 404.

360 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.4 Compressor Motor Lock

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code E5
Method of Error Detect the motor lock when the compressor is energized.
Detection

Error Decision Motor rotor does not rotate when the compressor is energized.
Conditions

Supposed  Compressor lock

Causes  High pressure (2.6 MPa or more) at starting
 Stop valve is not opened.

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the installation conditions.

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES

Check and see

whether compressor is YES
Replace the compressor.
short-circuited or
ground.

NO

Is high pressure YES

higher than 2.6 MPa at Remedy the cause.
starting?
NO

Replace the compressor.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 361

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.5 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality

11.5.1 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G)
Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G
Models

Error Code E7
Method of Error Abnormality of fan motor system is detected according to the fan revolution detected by Hall IC
Detection when the fan motor runs.

Error Decision  When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 15 seconds or more when the fan
Conditions motor running conditions are met.
 When connector detecting fan revolution is disconnected.
 When the error is generated 4 times, the system shuts down.

Supposed  Defective fan motor

Causes  The harness connector between fan motor and PCB is left in disconnected, or defective
connector.
 Fan does not run due to foreign matter tangled.
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Blowout of fuse
 External factor (Noise, etc.)

Troubleshooting RZF50-71CV1G
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the fuse F6U NO Replace the fuse.

have continuity?
Use only specified fuse.

YES

Turn OFF the power (and wait for 10

minutes).

Is there any
YES
foreign matter around the Remove the foreign matter.
fan?

NO

Is the fan
motor connector correctly NO
connected to the outdoor unit Properly connect the connector.
main PCB?
(∗1)
YES

362 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Remove the fan motor connector. (∗1)

Is the fan NO
rotatable easily by hand? Replace the fan motor.

YES

CHECK 7
Check the resistance value for the
fan motor.

Are the
resistance values between pins YES
Replace the fan motor and the
less than 1 Ω? outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).
(The fan motor is broken by short
circuit. Replace the outdoor unit main
NO
PCB (A1P) also as there is a
possibility of failure.) If the E7 error
Replace the outdoor unit recurs even so: The device is not at
main PCB (A1P). fault. The failure may be caused by
external factors (such as noise).

YES Replace the fan motor.

Does the error recur?
(The fan motor was broken by open
circuit.)
NO
Completed.
(The outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
was defective.) If the E7 error recurs
even so: The device is not at fault.
The failure may be caused by
external factors (such as noise).

Note(s) *1. Fan motor connector No.

Model Connector
RZF50-71CV1G X106A

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 363

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting

Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the fuse F6U NO

Replace the fuse.
have continuity? Use only specified fuse.
YES
Turn OFF the power (and wait for 10
minutes).

Is there any YES

foreign matter around Remove the foreign matter.
the fan?
NO

Is the fan
motor connector
correctly connected to the NO
Properly connect the connector.
outdoor unit main PCB?
(1)

YES
Remove the fan motor connector. (1)

Is the fan NO
rotatable easily Replace the fan motor.
by hand?
YES
CHECK 7
Check the resistance value for the fan
motor.

Are the
resistance values between YES
Replace the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).
pins balanced within (The fan motor is not defective.)
±20%? If the E7 error recurs even so:
NO The device is not at fault. The failure may be caused
by external factors (such as noise).
Replace the fan motor.

Does the error recur? YES

Replace the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).
(The fan motor and the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
were defective.)
NO
Completed.
(The fan motor was defective.)
If the E7 error recurs even so:
The device is not at fault. The failure may be caused
by external factors (such as noise).

Note(s) *1. Fan motor connector No.

Model Connector
RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G X106A

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

364 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.5.2 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality (RZFC-DY1G)

Applicable RZFC100-140DY1G
Models

Error Code E7
Method of Error Abnormality of fan motor system detected by thermal protector when the fan motor operates.
Detection

Error Decision  When the fan motor stops operating by thermal protector cut off.
Conditions

Supposed  Foreign matters stuck in the fan

Causes  Fan motor breakdown

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 365

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is there any foreign YES

Remove the foreign matter.
matter around the fan?

NO

Check Q1M (Thermal protector)

status.

Check the
circuit between Pin 1 (Gray) YES
and Pin 9 (Gray) of connector (1). Replace the fan motor.
Is it open circuit?

NO

CHECK 7
Check the winding resistance value of fan motor.
Model: RZFC100DY1G
Pin 3 (Black) - Pin 7 (Red) : 40.83-46.97 
Pin 3 (Black) - White : 40.83-46.97 
Model: RZFC125/140DY1G
Pin 3 (Black) - Pin 7 (Red) : 19.12-22.00 
Pin 3 (Black) - White : 38.78-44.62 
Pin 3 (Black) - Pin 5 (Blue) : 61.66-70.94 

Is the winding
resistance value in the NO
Replace the fan motor.
specification range?

YES

Try to operate.

After turning
on the remote controller, YES
does the display show E7 Replace the fan motor.
error again?

NO
No problem.

Note(s) 1. Fan motor connector No.

Model Connector
RZFC100-140DY1G X805A

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

366 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code E9
Method of Error  Detect errors based on check of continuity of the electronic expansion valve.
Detection  Detect errors by suction pipe superheating degree, discharge pipe superheating degree and
electronic expansion valve opening degree.

[Suction pipe superheating degree]

Cooling: Suction pipe temperature – indoor heat exchanger temperature

[Discharge pipe superheating degree]

Cooling: Discharge pipe temperature – heat exchanger middle temperature

Error Decision  No common power supply when the power is turned ON

Conditions  When the following conditions are all met;
Suction pipe superheating degree < 4°C
Discharge pipe superheating degree < 5°C
Electronic expansion valve opening degree is minimum.

Supposed  Defective electronic expansion valve

Causes  Broken harness of electronic expansion valve
 Defective connection of electronic expansion valve connector
 Defective each thermistor
 Defective each thermistor mounting
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Wet operation

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 367

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Turn OFF the power supply once and

then turn ON again.

NO
Error is displayed again?

YES

Is the
electronic expansion
valve connector properly NO
Connect the connector
connected to the outdoor
properly.
unit main PCB?
(∗1)
YES

Is the coil
resistance of the electronic NO
expansion valve normal? Replace the electronic
expansion valve coil.
CHECK 8

YES

Is the
thermistors
(suction pipe,
discharge pipe, heat
exchanger middle, NO
and heat exchanger Mount the thermistor properly.
distributor pipe thermistors)
mounted properly?

YES

A Go to the next page

368 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Are the
characteristics of each
NO
thermistor normal? Replace the defective
CHECK 1 thermistor.

YES

Actually, it is in wet operation.

Refer to CHECK 9 to eliminate the
causes of wet operation.

Restart the operation.

YES
Error is displayed again. Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB (A1P).

NO

External factor (Noise, etc.)

Note(s) 1. Connector and PCB

Electronic expansion valve Connector for electronic expansion valve PCB
Y1E X21A A1P

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 402.

Reference CHECK 8 Refer to page 409.

Reference CHECK 9 Refer to page 410.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 369

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.7 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code F3
Method of Error  The error is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
Detection thermistor.
 The error is detected if there is an abnormality in the self-operating thermal protector.

Error Decision  The discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level.
Conditions  The discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly.
 The discharge pipe temperature does not rise after operation start.

Supposed  Defective discharge pipe thermistor

Causes  Defective connection of discharge pipe thermistor connector
 Refrigerant shortage
 Defective compressor
 Disconnection of discharge pipe thermistor from discharge pipe
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB

370 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the
discharge
pipe temperature
higher than 110°C or the
YES Abnormality in refrigerant
compressor self-operating
thermal protector system such as refrigerant
temperature higher shortage, defective
than 120°C? compressor, etc.
Conduct inspection.

NO

Is the
discharge pipe
NO Connect the thermistor
thermistor correctly connected to
outdoor unit main PCB? correctly.

YES

Is the discharge
pipe thermistor attached to the NO Attach the thermistor properly.
discharge pipe?

YES

CHECK 1
Is the discharge pipe NO Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor characteristic thermistor.
normal?

YES

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 402.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 371

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.8 High Pressure Switch System Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code H3
Method of Error The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch.
Detection

Error Decision There is no continuity in the high pressure switch when the compressor stops operating.
Conditions

Supposed  Defective high pressure switch

Causes  Defective connection of high pressure switch connector
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Disconnected lead wire

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is high
pressure switch
connector (1) correctly NO
Connect the connector correctly.
connected to outdoor unit
PCB?

YES

Wait for 10 minutes after the unit

stops operating, then check the
following.

Is there
continuity in each high NO
Replace the high pressure switch with
pressure switch? no continuity.
Resistance in normal operation:
10  or less
YES

Is there continuity in NO
Replace the lead wire.
lead wire?
YES

For RZF50-71CV1G:
Proceed to H5 troubleshooting.
For remaining outdoor units:
Replace the outdoor unit PCB (A1P).

Note(s) 1. Connector and high pressure switch

High pressure switch Connector for high pressure switch Activation pressure
S1PH X32A 4.15 MPa

372 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.9 Compressor Self-Operating Thermal Protector

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code H5
Method of Error The error is detected according to the continuity in the compressor self-operating thermal
Detection protector.

Error Decision There is no continuity in the compressor self-operating thermal protector when the compressor
Conditions starts operating.

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes  Defective compressor self-operating thermal protector

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the
compressor self-
operating thermal protector NO
(X33A) on the outdoor unit main Properly connect the compressor
PCB (A1P) properly self-operating thermal protector.
connected?

YES
Is the
compressor NO
self-operating thermal Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
protector open? (A1P). If the error recurs, replace the
compressor.
YES
Replace the compressor self-operating
thermal protector.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 373

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.10 Thermistor System Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8

Method of Error The error is detected according to the temperature detected by each thermistor.
Detection

Error Decision Thermistor is short-circuited or thermistor harness is broken during operation.

Conditions

Supposed  Defective thermistor

Causes  Defective connection of connector
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check connectors for connection. (∗1)

NO
Is it normal? Connect the connector
correctly.
YES

Remove thermistor from outdoor unit

main PCB, then measure the
resistance using a multimeter.

CHECK 1 NO
Replace the defective
Is it normal? thermistor.
YES

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Note(s) 1. Connector of thermistor

RZF100/125CV1G
RZF50-71CV1G RZFC100-140DY1G
Error RZFC125/140DV1G
Defective Thermistor
Code Electric Electric Electric
Symbol Connector Symbol Connector Symbol Connector

H9 Outdoor air thermistor R1T X11A R1T X11A R1T X11A

J3 Discharge pipe thermistor R2T X12A R2T X12A R2T X12A
J5 Suction pipe thermistor R3T X12A R3T X12A — —
Outdoor heat exchanger distributor
J6 R4T X12A — — — —
pipe thermistor
Outdoor heat exchanger middle
J7 R5T X12A R5T X12A R5T X13A
thermistor
Outdoor heat exchanger liquid pipe
J8 thermistor — — R4T X12A — —

Reference CHECK 1 Refer to page 402.

374 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.11 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code L1
Method of Error  Detect error by current value during waveform output before compressor startup.
Detection  Detect error by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of startup.
 Detect error using an PAM series capacitor overvoltage sensor.

Error Decision  Overcurrent is detected at the time of compressor starting.

Conditions  Current sensor error during synchronized operation
 Overvoltage occurs in PAM.
 IGBT (1) error
 EEPROM error

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes  IPM (2) failure
 Current sensor failure
 PAM circuit failure
 Defective IGBT or drive circuit
 Inverter EEPROM failure
 Defective connection of compressor connector
 Compressor power supply open phase
 Defective outdoor fan motor
 Broken fuse
 External factor (Noise, etc.)

Note(s) 1. IGBT: IGBT is a power semiconductor device primarily used as an electronic switch.
2. IPM: IPM is a semiconductor device for electric power incorporating the drive circuit and
self-protection feature of the power device which controls electric power.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 375

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting RZF50-71CV1G
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the fuse NO

F6U have continuity? Replace the fuse.
Use only specified fuse.
YES

Is the power
supply voltage within the NO
Request an improvement to
standard range? make the power supply
voltage fall within the standard
YES range.

Turn OFF the power supply.

Disconnect the fan motor connector
and restart operation.

NO
Error is displayed again. Replace the fan motor.

YES

CHECK 7
Check the resistance value for the fan
motor.

Are the
resistance values between YES
Replace the fan motor and the
pins less than 1 ? outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).
(The fan motor is broken by
NO short circuit. Replace the
outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
also as there is a possibility of
failure.)
Is the
compressor lead wire NO
securely connected to the PCB Connect the lead wire tightly
and compressor? and correctly.

YES

Is there open phase? YES

Correct the open phase.

NO
Power ON again.

YES
Error is displayed again. Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB (A1P).
NO
External factor (Noise, etc.)

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

376 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC100-140DY1G

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Does the fuse NO Replace the fuse.

F6U have continuity?
Use only specified fuse.
YES

Is the power
NO Request an improvement to make
supply voltage within the
standard range? the power supply voltage fall within
the standard range.
YES
Turn OFF the power supply.
Disconnect the fan motor connector
and restart operation.

NO
Error is displayed again. Replace the fan motor.

YES
CHECK 7
Check the resistance value for the fan
motor.

Are the
resistance values between NO Replace the fan motor.
pins balanced within
range (*1)?

YES

Is the
compressor lead wire NO
securely connected to the PCB Connect the lead wire tightly and
and compressor? correctly.

YES
YES
Is there open phase? Correct the open phase.
NO

Power ON again.

YES
Error is displayed again. Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
(A1P).
NO
External factor (Noise, etc.)

Note(s)
*1. RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G: ±20%
RZFC100-140DY1G: ±7%

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 377

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.12 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code L4
Method of Error Radiation fin temperature is detected by the radiation fin thermistor.
Detection

Error Decision The temperature of the inverter radiation fin rises abnormally due to defective heat dissipation.
Conditions

Supposed  Silicone grease is not properly adhered to the refrigerant piping and radiation fin.
Causes  The refrigerant piping is not fixed to or contacting the radiation fin.
 U0 error (Refrigerant shortage)
 High outdoor air temperature
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Troubleshooting

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting

Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the cooling status of the

radiation fin for inverter cooling.
(1) Is silicone grease properly
adhered to the refrigerant piping
and radiation fin?
(2) Is the refrigerant piping fixed to
and contacting the radiation fin
with the cover and fixing screws?
(3) U0 error code appears in the error
history.

Normal? NO Correct the malfunction.

YES

Remove the power module thermistor  Excluding RZF50-71CV1G

connector (X111A) on the PCB (A1P)
and mount correctly.

Does the
error recur after turning YES
the power on and starting Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
operation again? (A1P).

NO

Continue operation.
Local causes such as high outdoor
air temperatures may have caused
the radiation fin temperature to rise.

378 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.13 DC Output Overcurrent

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code L5
Method of Error The error is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with DC
Detection current sensor.

Error Decision Overcurrent has run to power transistor.

Conditions (Actuated even by instantaneous overcurrent)

Supposed  Defective compressor coil (disconnection, poor insulation)

Causes  Compressor startup error (mechanical lock)
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Defective compressor (scratched bearing)
 The stop valve is not opened.
 Momentary power failure
 Compressor noise, vibration
 Compressor power supply open phase

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the installation conditions.

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.

YES

Is the compressor
lead wire securely NO
connected to the PCB Connect tightly and correctly.
and compressor?

YES

YES
Is there open phase? Correct the open phase.

NO

Compressor is YES
grounded or short-circuited. Replace the compressor.

NO

CHECK 4
Continuity check in the NO
power transistor (IGBT (1)). Replace the outdoor unit main
Is the continuity PCB (A1P).
normal?

YES

A Go to the next page

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 379

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Turn on the power and operate in test

operation mode (∗2).

NO Does normal NO
Does error code L5 Try another error diagnosis flow.
operation continue?
recur? (∗3)

YES YES

Normal.
Check the power supply voltage.

Is instantaneous YES
voltage drop generated? Correct the power supply.

NO

Inspect according to the diagnosis

procedure for abnormal noise,
vibration, operating status, etc. of the
compressor.

Note(s) 1. IGBT: IGBT is a power semiconductor device primarily used as an electronic switch.
2. In order to operate the compressor reliably, use the remote controller to set the test
operation mode. The test operation mode lasts for 30 minutes, then automatically finishes and
switches to normal mode. To continue in test operation mode, set the test operation mode once
again.
3. The unit must be run for at least 30 minutes to confirm the L5 error.

Reference CHECK 4 Refer to page 405.

380 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.14 Compressor Overcurrent

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code L8
Method of Error The error is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with DC
Detection current sensor.

Error Decision Compressor overload (except for when startup) is detected.

Conditions

Supposed  Stop valve is not opened.

Causes  High pressure is too high.
 Defective compressor wiring, compressor open phase
 Broken compressor coil
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Defective compressor (scratched bearing)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 381

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the
secondary current of
the inverter higher than the YES Is the stop valve open? NO Open the stop valve.
reference values (1) for
each phase?

NO YES

CHECK 2 YES
Pressure is high. Correct the malfunction.
Check for refrigerant overcharge.

Turn the main power supply OFF. CHECK 12

NO
Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
(A1P).

Is the
compressor lead wire NO
securely connected to the PCB Secure the connection.
and compressor?

YES

Is there open YES

phase? Correct the open phase.

NO

CHECK 4
Continuity check in the NO
power transistor (IGBT (2)). Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
Is the continuity (A1P).
normal?

YES

Compressor inspection.
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for abnormal noises,
vibration, operating status, etc. of the
compressor.
Replacement of the outdoor unit main
PCB (A1P) is not necessary.

Note(s) 1. Inverter secondary current reference values:

Model Detection value
RZF50-71CV1G Cooling 17.7 A × 260 seconds
RZF100/125CV1G Cooling 22.1 A × 260 seconds
RZFC125/140DV1G
RZFC100DY1G Cooling 11.6 A × 260 seconds
RZFC125/140DY1G Cooling 13.1 A × 260 seconds
2. IGBT: IGBT is a power semiconductor device primarily used as an electronic switch.

Reference CHECK 2 Refer to page 404.

Reference CHECK 4 Refer to page 405.

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 413.

382 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.15 Compressor Startup Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code L9
Method of Error The error is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with CT1
Detection (DC current sensor).
Outdoor unit main PCB detects the disorder of position signal.

Error Decision When overload or load fluctuation is detected at compressor startup.

Conditions

Supposed  The stop valve is not opened.

Causes  Defective wiring between compressor and inverter
 Defective compressor wiring, compressor open phase
 Pressure differential startup (0.9 MPa or more)
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Defective compressor (lock)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Check the installation conditions.

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES

Compressor lead YES

wire is detached. Mount the compressor lead
wire.
NO

Is the
difference between NO
high and low pressure before Insufficient pressure
startup less than 0.2 equalization.
MPa? Check refrigerant system.
YES

A Go to the next page

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 383

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Turn the main power supply OFF.

Is the
compressor lead
wire securely connected to NO
Connect tightly and correctly.
the PCB and
compressor?

YES

Is there open YES

Fix the open phase.
phase?

NO

Disconnect the connection between

the compressor and inverter.

CHECK 4
Continuity check in the NO
power transistor (IGBT (∗1)). Replace the outdoor unit main
Is the continuity PCB (A1P).
normal?

YES

The
compressor is YES
grounded and short- Replace the compressor.
circuited.
NO
Compressor inspection.
Inspect according to the
diagnosis procedure for
abnormal noises, vibration,
operating status, etc. of the
compressor.

Note(s) 1. IGBT: IGBT is a power semiconductor device primarily used as an electronic switch.

Reference CHECK 4 Refer to page 405.

384 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.16 Transmission Error between Microcomputers on

Outdoor Unit Main PCB
Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code LC
Method of Error Check whether transmission between microcomputers on the outdoor unit main PCB is carried
Detection out normally.

Error Decision The transmission is not carried out normally in a specified period of time.
Conditions

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes  External factor (Noise, etc.)
 Defective outdoor fan motor
 Defective connection of fan motor connector

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the fan motor

connector connected properly to NO Connect the connector, and
the outdoor unit main turn ON again.
PCB?
YES

Disconnect the fan motor connector,

and turn ON again.

Is the error
code E7 displayed? (Is LC YES Replace the fan motor.
not displayed?) Inverter transmission
error due to the error of
fan motor.
NO

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 385

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.17 PAM Circuit Error

Applicable RZF50-71CV1G
Models

Error Code P1
Method of Error The error is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in
Detection inverter.

Error Decision The above voltage waveform fluctuation increases.

Conditions

Supposed  Reactor connector detached

Causes  Outdoor unit main PCB (A1P) malfunction (PAM circuit failure)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Are the
connectors for the reactor YES
Reinsert the connectors
L1R detached?
correctly.

NO

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

386 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.18 Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance

Applicable RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code P1
Method of Error The error is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in
Detection inverter.

Error Decision The above voltage waveform fluctuation increases.

Conditions

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes  Defective main circuit capacitor
 Disconnection in diode module
 Defective magnetic relay
 Improper main circuit wiring

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Replace the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 387

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.19 Power Module Thermistor Abnormality

Applicable RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code P4
Method of Error Detects open or short-circuit of the power module thermistor while the compressor stops
Detection operating.

Error Decision Open or short-circuit of the power module thermistor is detected while the compressor stops
Conditions operating.

Supposed  Defective outdoor unit main PCB

Causes (Defective power module thermistor)
 External factor (Noise, etc.)

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Remove the power module thermistor

connector (X111A) on the PCB (A1P)
and mount correctly.

Does error
code P4 recur even when YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
the power is turned on
PCB (A1P).
again?

NO
Continue operation.
(Likely due to factors other
than failure (noise, etc.))

388 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.20 Capacity Setting Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code PJ
Method of Error Judge whether the combination is correct through communication between the inverter and
Detection control microcomputers and the fan and control microcomputers.

Error Decision If there is a mismatch in the signals sent between the inverter and control microcomputers, or
Conditions between the fan and control microcomputers, the error is confirmed. (Error decision is made
every time the power supply is turned ON.)

Supposed  Outdoor unit main PCB model mistake

Causes  EEPROM data is not written correctly or cannot be read.

Troubleshooting

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Was the outdoor unit main YES Is the outdoor unit main NO Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
PCB replaced? PCB model correct? (A1P) with the correct model.

NO YES

Restart operation after power reset.

Note(s) 1. Capacity setting adaptor is not connected at factory. (Capacity is written in EEPROM.)
Capacity data for spare PCB is also written to the EEPROM, so a capacity setting adapter is not
required.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 389

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.21 Refrigerant Shortage (Warning/Alarm)

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code U0
Method of Error Judgment is based on the opening degree of electronic expansion valves as well as individual
Detection temperatures and pressures.

Error Decision An error code is displayed but system operation continues.

Conditions
Cooling
 Compressor frequency does not increase even though the electronic expansion valve is
opened to the fullest extent due to the heavy load.
 The temperature detected with the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor does not increase
even when operation starts.
 The temperature detected with the indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R2T) does
not decrease even when operation starts.

Supposed  Refrigerant shortage

Causes  Defective compressor wiring, compressor open phase
 Stop valve is not opened.
 Clogged refrigerant piping system

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the refrigerant NO
Collect refrigerant and
level proper?
conduct vacuum drying, then
recharge a proper amount of
YES refrigerant.

Is the
compressor lead wire
NO
securely connected to the PCB Connect tightly and correctly.
and compressor?

YES

Is there open phase? YES

Correct the open phase.

NO
CHECK 10
Check the refrigerant piping
system for clogging.

Reference CHECK 10 Refer to page 411.

390 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.22 Refrigerant Shortage (Error)

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code U0
Method of Error Cooling
Detection Detection based on difference in temperature between temperature preset by remote controller
and suction air temperature, electronic expansion valve opening degree, compressor frequency
and low pressure.

Error Decision Cooling

Conditions The conditions below are obtained under a refrigerant shortage warning (1)
 The evaporation temperature remains far below the target evaporation temperature.
 The temperature detected with the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor does not increase
even when operation starts.
 The temperature detected with the indoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R2T) does
not decrease even when operation starts.
1. In test operation mode, the conditions are obtained even without a refrigerant shortage
warning.

Supposed  Refrigerant shortage

Causes  Defective compressor wiring, compressor open phase
 Stop valve is not opened.
 Clogged refrigerant piping system
 Mismatching of wiring and piping

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 391

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the stop valve NO

Open the stop valve.
open?

YES

CHECK 11
Check for refrigerant shortage.

Is the refrigerant NO
Collect refrigerant and
level proper?
conduct vacuum drying, then
recharge a proper amount of
YES refrigerant.

Check the transmission wiring and

piping between the indoor and
outdoor units.

Is wiring and piping NO

connection matched? Match wiring and piping
connection.
YES

Is the
compressor lead
wire securely connected to NO
Connect tightly and correctly.
the PCB and
compressor?

YES

Is there YES
open phase? Fix the open phase.

NO

CHECK 10
Check the refrigerant piping
system for clogging.

Reference CHECK 10 Refer to page 411.

Reference CHECK 11 Refer to page 412.

392 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.23 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality

Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code U2
Method of Error The error is detected according to the voltage of main circuit capacitor built in inverter and the
Detection power supply voltage.

Error Decision The voltage of main circuit capacitor built in inverter and the power supply voltage are detected
Conditions to be abnormal.

Supposed  Dropping power supply voltage

Causes  Instantaneous power failure
 Defective outdoor fan motor
 Defective compressor wiring, compressor open phase
 Defective outdoor unit main PCB
 Voltage fluctuation due to an in-house generator

Troubleshooting RZF50-71CV1G

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the power
supply voltage within the NO Correct the power supply voltage.
normal range?

YES

Remove the fan motor connector from

the PCB and start operation.

Is the fan motor

Does error code U2 recur? NO operating normally? (Refer NO Replace the fan motor.
to E7 troubleshooting
flowchart)
YES
YES

CHECK 7
Are the resistance YES
values between pins of fan Replace the fan motor and the
motor less than outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
1 Ω? (The fan motor is broken by
short circuit. Replace the
NO outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
also as there is a possibility of
A failure.)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 393

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Connect the fan motor NO

Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
and operate? (A1P).
YES

Are the power

supply and compressor NO
Connect the wires correctly.
connections correct?

YES

YES
Is there open phase? Correct the open phase.

NO

While the compressor is running,

measure the voltage between C+ and
C– of power module. CHECK 4

Is the
measured voltage 220 YES
Monitor the voltage.
VDC or more? (Instantaneous voltage drop)
(Voltage fluctuation due to an in-house
NO generator)

Replace the outdoor unit main PCB

(A1P).

Reference CHECK 4 Refer to page 405.

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

394 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC100-140DY1G

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the power
NO
supply voltage within the Correct the power supply voltage.
normal range?

YES
Remove the fan motor connector from
the PCB and start operation.

Is the fan motor

Does error code U2 recur? NO operating normally? (Refer NO
Replace the fan motor.
to E7 troubleshooting
flowchart)
YES
YES

CHECK 7
Are the resistance
NO
values between pins of fan Replace the fan motor.
motor balanced within
range (*1)?

YES

Connect the fan NO

motor and operate? Replace the outdoor unit main PCB
(A1P).
YES

Are the power

supply and compressor NO
Connect the wires correctly.
connections correct?

YES
YES
Is there open phase? Correct the open phase.
NO
While the compressor is running,
measure the voltage between C+ and
C– of power module. CHECK 4

Is the
measured voltage 220 YES
Monitor the voltage.
VDC or more? (Instantaneous voltage drop)
(Voltage fluctuation due to an
NO in-house generator)

Replace the outdoor unit main PCB

(A1P).

Note(s)
*1. RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G: ±20%
RZFC100-140DY1G: ±7%

Reference CHECK 4 Refer to page 405.

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 395

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

11.24 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor

Unit, Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality
Applicable All indoor unit models
Models RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G

Error Code U4
Method of Error The microcomputer detects transmission error between the indoor and the outdoor unit.
Detection

Error Decision The normal transmission is not conducted for a certain period of time.
Conditions

Supposed  Wiring indoor-outdoor transmission wire is incorrect.

Causes  Optional device connection malfunction
 Defective indoor unit PCB
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
 Defective outdoor fan motor
 External factor (Noise, etc.)
 Defective power supply

396 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting RZF50-71CV1G

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the power
NO Correct the power supply voltage.
supply voltage within the
normal range?

YES

The HAP on the

outdoor unit main PCB blinks YES Connect the indoor/outdoor relay lines
rapidly (∗1) continuously for (Indoor/outdoor relay line phases correctly.
more than 1
do not match)
minute.

NO

Is there a
wrong wiring,
disconnection, loose terminal or YES
contact failure in the transmission Wire correctly and securely fasten the
wiring between the indoor terminal screws.
and outdoor
units?

NO

Is the
connector for
the indoor/outdoor relay YES Connect the indoor/outdoor relay lines
wiring to the terminal block
correctly.
detached or loose?

NO

NO Is any
optional accessory (∗2)
connected?
YES

Is the
power for the
optional accessory supplied NO Wire correctly.
from between 1 and 2 on
terminal block
X2M?
YES

Is HAP on the YES

outdoor unit main PCB B
blinking?
NO
A

Note(s) 1. Blinking pattern: 0.2 seconds ON, 0.2 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 25 times in 10
seconds)
(Normally 0.4 seconds ON, 0.4 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 12 times in 10 seconds))
2. Optional accessories refer to adaptor for wiring, and other accessories.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 397

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Turn OFF the power supply and

disconnect the connector of the
outdoor fan motor. Then power ON
again.

Is HAP on the YES

outdoor unit main PCB Replace the outdoor fan motor.
blinking?
NO
CHECK 7
Check the resistance value of the
outdoor fan motor.

Are the
resistance values between YES
Replace the fan motor and the
pins less than 1 Ω? outdoor unit main PCB (A1P).
(The fan motor is broken by short
NO circuit. Replace the outdoor unit main
After turning OFF the power supply, PCB (A1P) also as there is a
correctly insert the connector of the possibility of failure.)
fan motor and then restore the power.

NO External factor (Noise, etc.)

B Error is displayed again.

YES

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Is the error code YES Replace the indoor unit PCB.

U4 displayed?
NO
External factor (Noise, etc.)

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

398 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Troubleshooting RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC100-140DY1G

Caution Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting connectors, or parts may be damaged.

Is the power
NO Correct the power supply voltage.
supply voltage within the
normal range?

YES

The HAP on the

outdoor unit main PCB blinks YES Connect the indoor/outdoor relay lines
rapidly (∗1) continuously for (Indoor/outdoor relay line phases correctly.
more than 1
do not match)
minute.

NO

Is there a
wrong wiring,
disconnection, loose terminal or YES
contact failure in the transmission Wire correctly and securely fasten the
wiring between the indoor terminal screws.
and outdoor
units?

NO

Is the
connector for
the indoor/outdoor relay YES Connect the indoor/outdoor relay lines
wiring to the terminal block
correctly.
detached or loose?

NO

NO Is any
optional accessory (∗2)
connected?
YES

Is the
power for the
optional accessory supplied NO Wire correctly.
from between 1 and 2 on
terminal block
X2M?
YES

Is HAP on the YES

outdoor unit main PCB B
blinking?
NO
A

Note(s) 1.0.2 seconds ON, 0.2 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 25 times in 10 seconds)
(Normally 0.4 seconds ON, 0.4 seconds OFF (blinking approximately 12 times in 10 seconds))
2. Optional accessories refer to adaptor for wiring, and other accessories.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 399

Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Turn OFF the power supply and

disconnect the connector of the
outdoor fan motor. Then power
ON again.

Is HAP on the YES

outdoor unit main PCB Replace the outdoor fan motor.
blinking?
NO
CHECK 7
Check the resistance value of the
outdoor fan motor.

Are the
resistance values between NO
pins of fan motor balanced within Replace the outdoor fan motor.
range (*1)?

YES

After turning OFF the power supply,

correctly insert the connector of the
fan motor and then restore the power.

NO
B Error is displayed again. External factor (Noise, etc.)

YES

Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB (A1P).

Is the error code YES

U4 displayed? Replace the indoor unit PCB.

NO

External factor (Noise, etc.)

Note(s)
*1. RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G: ±20%
RZFC100-140DY1G: ±7%

Reference CHECK 7 Refer to page 407.

400 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Troubleshooting (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

11.25 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Outdoor

Unit
Applicable RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G
Models

Error Code UF
Method of Error Checks the transmission between the indoor and outdoor units with a microcomputer when the
Detection power turned ON.

Error Decision The transmission wiring between the indoor and outdoor units is incorrect.
Conditions

Supposed This is not a failure of the outdoor unit main PCB.

Causes  Defective transmission wiring between the indoor and outdoor units

Troubleshooting

Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting

Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.

The phase of transmission wiring

between the indoor and outdoor units Correctly connect transmission
is incorrect. wiring between the indoor and
outdoor units.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 401

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

12.Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.1 Thermistor Check
CHECK 1 If the cause of the problem is related to the thermistors, then the thermistors should be checked
prior to changing the PCB.

To check the thermistors, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Disconnect the thermistor from the PCB
2 Read the temperature and the resistance value.
3 Check if the measured values correspond with the values in the table on the next pages.

RZF100/125CV1G
Thermistor RZF50-71CV1G RZFC100-140DY1G
RZFC125/140DV1G
R1T Outdoor air thermistor Type M Type E Type E
Discharge pipe
R2T Type G Type G Type G
thermistor
R3T Suction pipe thermistor Type A Type A —
Outdoor heat exchanger
distributor pipe Type A — —
R4T thermistor
Outdoor heat exchanger
— Type A —
liquid pipe thermistor

R5T Outdoor heat exchanger Type A Type A Type A

middle thermistor
R7T Power module — Type K —
thermistor
R10T — — Type K

402 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics

Thermistor Resistance (k)
temperature
(°C) Type A Type E Type G Type K Type M
–30 363.8 357.9 4759 350.6 —
–25 266.8 263.5 3454 257.4 —
–20 197.8 196.1 2534 191.03 197.7
–15 148.2 147.4 1877 143.2 148.2
–10 112.0 111.8 1404 108.4 112.1
–5 85.52 85.53 1059 82.83 85.60
0 65.84 66.00 806.5 63.80 65.93
5 51.05 51.31 618.9 49.53 51.14
10 39.91 40.20 478.8 38.75 39.99
15 31.44 31.74 373.1 30.56 31.52
20 24.95 25.23 292.9 24.26 25.02
25 19.94 20.19 231.4 19.40 20.00
30 16.04 16.26 184.1 15.62 16.10
35 12.99 13.17 147.4 12.65 13.04
40 10.58 10.74 118.7 10.31 10.62
45 8.669 8.806 96.13 8.447 8.707
50 7.143 7.260 78.29 6.692 7.176
55 5.918 6.014 64.10 5.769 5.947
60 4.928 5.008 52.76 4.805 4.953
65 4.123 4.191 43.63 4.021 4.146
70 3.467 3.525 36.26 3.381 3.487
75 — 2.978 30.27 2.856 2.946
80 — 2.527 25.38 2.422 2.499
85 — 2.153 21.37 2.063 2.130
90 — 1.843 18.06 1.764 1.822
95 — 1.583 15.33 1.515 1.565
100 — 1.365 13.06 1.305 1.349
105 — 1.181 11.17 1.128 —
110 — — 9.585 0.9781 —
115 — — 8.254 0.8506 —
120 — — 7.131 0.7420 —
125 — — 6.181 0.6495 —
130 — — 5.374 0.5700 —
135 — — 4.686 — —
140 — — 4.098 — —
145 — — 3.594 — —
150 — — 3.161 — —
3P064103
3SA48004
3SA48018 3S480025 3SA48009 3P204139 4P275721
Drawing No.
(AD94A045) (AD180054) (AD970175) (AD070077) (AD030359)
3SA48017
(AD190102)
This data is for reference purposes only.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 403

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

12.2 High Pressure Check

CHECK 2 Abnormally high pressure level is mostly caused by the condenser side. The following contents
are provided by service engineer based on their field checks. Further, the number is listed in the
order of degree of influence.

Cooling
No. Check items (Possible causes) Judgment
1 Does the outdoor fan run normally? Visual inspection
2 Is the outdoor heat exchanger clogged? Visual inspection
Is there clogging before or after the electronic Check if there is a temperature difference before
expansion valve (capillary)? and after electronic expansion valve (capillary).
3 Check if the main valve unit of electronic
expansion valve operates (by noise, vibration).
4 Is the high pressure switch normal? Check continuity by using a multimeter.
Is the outdoor unit installed under such Visual inspection
5
conditions that short circuit easily occurs?
Does air enter the refrigerant system? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying,
6 and then recharge proper amount refrigerant.
Is the refrigerant overcharged? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying,
7
and then recharge proper amount refrigerant.

12.3 Low Pressure Check

CHECK 3 Abnormally low pressure level is mostly caused by the evaporator side. The following contents
are provided based on field checking of service engineer. Further, the number is listed in the
order of degree of influence.

Cooling
No. Check items (Possible causes) Judgment
1 Does the indoor fan run normally? Visual inspection
2 Is the indoor unit filter clogged? Visual inspection
Is there clogging before or after the electronic Check if there is a temperature difference before
expansion valve (capillary)? and after electronic expansion valve (capillary).
3
Check if the main valve unit of electronic
expansion valve operates (by noise, vibration).
Is the indoor unit installed under such Visual inspection
4
conditions that short circuit easily occurs?
Is the refrigerant shortage? Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying,
5 and then recharge proper amount refrigerant.

404 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.4 Power Transistor Check

CHECK 4 Use a multimeter to measure the resistance to determine if the power transistor is defective or
not.
1. Do not touch live parts (high voltage parts) within 10 minutes after turning off the power
supply.
2. Touch the earth terminal with your hand to release static electricity. (This is to avoid
damaging the PCB.)
3. Use a multimeter to measure the C+ and C- on the PCB to make sure that the residual
voltage of the power transistor is under 50 VDC.

RZF50-71CV1G

E-box cover

Multimeter
Earth terminal

Outdoor fan motor

connector (X106A) Front plate C: 3P478515T

RZF100/125CV1G
RZFC125/140DV1G

A1P
Fan connector

Earth terminal C: 2P479060D

C: 2P643033

RZFC100-140DY1G

Fan connector

A1P

Earth terminal C: 2P643033

4. After verifying the residual voltage, pull out the outdoor fan motor connector.
If a strong wind causes the outdoor fan to rotate, the capacitor may store electricity.
Therefore, make sure that the fan is still and then pull out the outdoor fan motor connector.
5. Disconnect the connection wire between the power transistor and the compressor.
Remove the connection wire from the compressor.
At this point, make sure that there is no deformation of the Faston terminal at the front end of
the connection wire.
6. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance listed in the table.
Among the three phases listed in the table, if there is one phase with unbalanced resistance
(with a value five times higher than the other values), then the power transistor is defective.
When normal, all phases have the same resistance value.

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 405

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

Multimeter Resistance Multimeter Resistance

Red (+) Black (–)  Red (+) Black (–) 
C+ U C– U
C+ V C– V
C+ W C– W
U C+ U C–
V C+ V C–
W C+ W C–

Outdoor unit PCB

Red White Blue

Compressor

406 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.5 Fan Motor Connector Check

CHECK 7 Check the fan motor connector according to the following procedure.

RZF50-71CV1G
1. Turn the power supply OFF.
2. With the fan motor connector disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then
make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table.

White (1) FG

Orange (2) Vsp

Brown (3) Vcc

Blue (4) GND

— (5) —

— (6) —

Red (7) Vdc/Vm

Measuring points Judgment

1-4 1  or more
2-4 1  or more
3-4 1  or more
7-4 1  or more

RZF100/125CV1G, RZFC125/140DV1G
1. Turn the power supply OFF.
2. Disconnect the fan motor connector from the PCB and measure the resistances between
U-V, V-W and W-U.
Judgment: Resistances must be balanced within 20%.

Red U

White V

Black W

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 407

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

RZFC100DY1G
Measurement of power wire connector.
Remove the X805A connector from the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P) and measure the
resistance between main winding (BLK - RED) and aux winding (BLK - WHT) of motor
connector and check if the resistance of winding is within permissible dispersion range of ± 7%.

Aux. winding

Main winding

X805A
1 3 5 7 9

GRY BLK RED GRY

M
YLW
1
C1

WHT

RZFC125/140DY1G
Measurement of power wire connector.
Remove the X805A connector from the outdoor unit main PCB (A1P) and measure the
resistance between main winding (BLK - RED), aux winding (BLK - WHT) and speed winding
(BLK - BLU) of motor connector and check if the resistance of winding is within permissible
dispersion range of ± 7%.

Aux. winding

Main winding

Speed winding

X805A
1 3 5 7 9

GRY BLK BLU RED GRY

M
YLW
1
C1

WHT

408 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Check

CHECK 8
X21A

1 Orange

2 Red

3 Yellow

4 Black

5—

6 Gray

Measurement point Judgment

1-6
2-6 35-55 
3-6 (at 20°C)(1)
4-6

Note(s) 1. When the temperature is different, correct the resistance value referring to the graph below.
140%

135%

130%

125%

120%
Resistance change rate (%)

115%

110%

105%

100%

95%

90%

85%

80%
–20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Temperature (°C)

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 409

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

12.7 Wet Operation Check

CHECK 9
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, identify the defective points.

Refrigerant Frequent starts and stops of the compressor

dwelling

Excessive refrigerant charging Refer to CHECK 12.

Defective valve coil Are the coil resistance

Defective electronic
and insulation normal?
expansion valve Defective valve body
Defective superheating
Defective suction pipe thermistor Is the connector properly connected?
degree control
Are the thermistor resistance
Defective control characteristics normal?
Wet operation
Defective outdoor unit main PCB Are the voltage
characteristics normal?

Dirty evaporator Is the heat exchanger clogged?

Decreased
evaporation Defective fan motor Can the fan motor be
capacity rotated with hands?
Decreased Decreased Are the motor coil
fan airflow fan output Defective outdoor resistance and insulation
rate
unit main PCB normal?
(including capacity
setting)

Note(s)  Reference values for superheating degree to be used in the judgment of wet operation
Discharge pipe superheating degree: 5°C or less
(The values above must be used only for reference purposes. Even it is operated within the
range above, operation may be normal in other conditions.)

Reference CHECK 12 Refer to page 413.

410 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.8 Clogged Points Check

CHECK 10 Temperature differences must occur before or after the clogged points.

(1)

(3) (3)

(4) (5)

(2)

ACC COMP

Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Check points Check factor Causes Remedies

1 Around expansion Temperature Dust Replace the electronic expansion
mechanism difference Choked moisture valve.
Reduced effective pipe diameter due
to adherent contamination, etc.
2 Accumulator for Frosting Choked moisture Blow nitrogen gas, and then replace
compressor the refrigerant.
3 Distributor Temperature Dust Replace the heat exchanger or
difference Choked moisture distributor.
Reduced effective pipe diameter due
to adherent contamination, etc.
4 Field piping Temperature Collapsed pipe Replace the pipe.
difference
5 Stop valve Temperature The stop valve is not fully open. Open the stop valve fully.
difference

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 411

Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G) SiSG282101EB

12.9 Refrigerant Shortage Check

CHECK 11 As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is shortage or not, refer to the following operating
conditions.

Cooling
1. As suction superheating degree increases due to refrigerant shortage, the electronic
expansion valve tends to open (opens fully) in order to avoid overheat operation.
2. In response to decreased evaporator capacity caused by refrigerant shortage, capacity is
controlled in the inverter in order to maintain low pressure, which results in a decrease in
frequency.
3. Because of items 1 and 2 above, the compressor frequency decreases despite a large
difference (large load) between temperature set by the remote controller and indoor suction
air temperature, resulting that cooling capacity becomes unavailable.
4. If refrigerant shortage worsens, the electronic expansion valve remains fully open and
suction superheating degree further increases. In addition, because the compressor
frequency drops to the level of the lowest frequency, low pressure cannot be maintained.

Cooling Refrigerant shortage Abnormal

warning refrigerant shortage

High pressure Control high

(Outdoor heat pressure
exchanger thermistor)
As compressor frequency Actual high
decreases, high pressure pressure
decreases.

(Maintains a certain level

Low pressure of low pressure)
(Pressure sensor)

When the refrigerant flow rate

decrease, it is impossible to
maintain a low pressure.

As the electronic expansion valve

opening degree reaches the maximum,
discharge superheating degree increases.

Discharge superheating degree

Compressor frequency

In response to decreased evaporator capacity Reaches the lowest

caused by refrigerant shortage, capacity is frequency
controlled in the inverter in order to maintain a low
pressure, which resulting in a decrease in frequency.

The maximum opening degree of the

electronic expansion valve (480 pulses)

Avoid overheat operation by

changing DSH target value
Electronic expansion valve

(Degree of inadequate refrigerant)

Adequate level Inadequate

412 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiSG282101EB Check (RZF-C, RZFC125/140DV1G, RZFC-DY1G)

12.10 Refrigerant Overcharge Check

CHECK 12 As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is excessively charged or not, refer to the following
operating conditions.

1. Because high pressure rises due to excessive charging, overload control is carried out and
capacity tends to run short.
2. Considering pressure load, compressor discharge pipe temperature is low.
Cooling
As compressor
High pressure frequency decreases,
(Heat exchanger middle low pressure rises.
thermistor)
Low pressure Compressor frequency
(Pressure sensor) Maximum frequency decreases due to high
pressure protection control
Compressor
frequency Minimum frequency
Compressor frequency
increases in order to
maintain low pressure.
Electronic expansion valve
opening degree decreases
Electronic due to wet protection control
expansion valve
Minimum opening degree

Suction Suction superheating degree is approx. 0 deg.

superheating degree
Discharge
superheating degree

(Degree of excessive refrigerant charging)

Adequate level Excessive charge

Part 6 Service Diagnosis 413

 SiSG282101EB

Part 7
Appendix

1. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................415
1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................415
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................425

414 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

1. Wiring Diagrams
1.1 Indoor Unit
FCTF50/60/71/100/125AVMG

3D141986A
'$

Part 7 Appendix 415

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

FCF50/60/71/100/125CVMG

3D109317H

416 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

FCFC100/125/140DVMG

3D122159D

Part 7 Appendix 417

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

BYCQ125EBSF (Auto grille panel for FCTF-A, FCF-C, FCFC-D)

3D130909

418 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

FFFC35/50AVMG

C: 3D129911A

Part 7 Appendix 419

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

FFFC35/50BVMG

C: 3D141486

420 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

FHFC50/60/71DV1G

C: 3D122311C

Part 7 Appendix 421

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

FHFC100/125/140DV1G

C: 3D122308D

422 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

FBFC50/60/71/100/125/140DVMG

C: 3D122474B

Part 7 Appendix 423

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

FAFC100AV1G

3D131981

424 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

1.2 Outdoor Unit

1.2.1 Premium Series
RZF50/60/71CV1G

3D109042E

Part 7 Appendix 425

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

RZF100CV1G

C: 3D109066E

426 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

RZF125CV1G

C: 3D108487E

Part 7 Appendix 427

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

1.2.2 Standard Series

RZFC35EV1G

3D130554

428 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

RZFC50/60/71DV1G, RZFC50DAV1G

C: 3D131964

Part 7 Appendix 429

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

RZFC100DV1G

C: 3D122282E

430 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

RZFC125/140DV1G

C: 3D108487E

Part 7 Appendix 431

Wiring Diagrams SiSG282101EB

RZFC100DY1G

C: 3D119910E

432 Part 7 Appendix

SiSG282101EB Wiring Diagrams

RZFC125/140DY1G

C: 3D119911E

Part 7 Appendix 433

Warning z Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorized importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
z Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
z Read the user's manual carefully before using this product. The user's manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any inquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.

Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.

© All rights reserved

Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of December 2022 but subject to change without notice.
SiSG282101EB
12/2022 AK.K